Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
2
• Steel Flat Top Chains • Thermoplastic Flat Top Chains • Straight Running Chains
• Side Flexing Chains • Multi-flex Chains • Gripper Chains
• Plate Top Chains • Crate Conveyor Chains • Flat Top Belts
881 8810
Side Flexing page 10 Side Flexing page 10
820 831
Straight Running
page 16 Straight Running
page 18
828 821
Straight Running
page 20 Straight Running
page 22
Conveyor Chains
831 VG 878 TAB VG
Straight Running page 36 Side Flexing
page 38
843 863
Straight Running page 48 Straight Running page 49
1843 1863
Side Flexing page 50 Side Flexing
page 51
1873
Side Flexing
page 52
CC 600 CC 1400
CC 1400 TAB
CC 600 TAB page 58 CC 1431 page 59
Crate Conveyor Chains Crate Conveyor Chains
2121 2121 FT
Straight Running
page 76 Straight Running
page 78
2252 2252 FT
Straight Running page 88 Straight Running page 90
2250M 2260M
Side Flexing page 84 Side Flexing page 86
Conveyor Chains
DRIVE END
Catenary (chain sag) TRAVEL IDLER END
0.03
3/16" 882
1/4" 843
S
9/32" 1843
Entry Radius Chain Series Min. Backflex Chain Series Min. Backflex
Numbers Radius Numbers Radius
Allocation for sufficient entry radius to the return section of the conveyor
must be provided in order to allow the chain to feed cleanly onto the return 815 6" 881, 8810 2"
ways. The curve radius provided with the re-entry shoe should be at least 805 6" LBP 882 10"
that shown in the table. 820, 831 2" 882 2"
821 2" 1873 12"
843 4" 1874 10"
863, 963 5" 1700, 7000 2"
LBP 821 10" 1843 2"
R. Larger than 831, 879 2"
Return Wear Strips Minimum Backflex Radius
TAB chains with hold-down tabs should be guided onto return wear
strips with a guide shoe or comparable support. Round corners
Entry Direction should be provided at the entry of the return wear strips to facilitate
a smooth entry of the TAB shoes.
Relief or Radius
Features:
• Surface hardness: 44 HRC
Benefits:
• High mechanical strength
• High abrasion resistance
Features:
• Rust resistant stainless steel
Benefits:
• Economic stainless steel option
Material name: special 400 series Extra Plus high performance stainless steel
High performance stainless steel, specially developed for high speed and heavy duty applications. Offers excellent cor-
rosion resistance and the highest surface hardness.
Features:
• Surface hardness of HRC 26-30 • Extremely flat and best surface finish
• High corrosion and wear resistance • Highest ultimate yield loading capability
Benefits:
• Typically used in pressureless combiners and excessively long conveyors.
• Improved product stability, especially for P.E.T.
Features:
• Non magnetic stainless steel
• 18% chrome and 8% nickel
Benefits:
• High corrosion and acid resistance material
Other materials are available. See the complete System Plast conveyor chain catalog for details.
Conveyor Chains
Material name: LF, LFG, LFW Low Friction Acetal Resin
It is identical to the delrin acetal material and offers an improved coefficient of friction. This material is suitable
for use in high speed applications.
Operating temperatures:
dry: - 40°F to + 176°F
wet: 32°F to +149°F
Color: Light Brown, Dark Grey or White
This material is FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for direct contact with food.
Operating temperatures:
dry: - 40°F to + 176°F
wet: 32°F to +149°F
Color: Brown
This material is FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for direct contact with food.
Operating temperatures:
up to 248°F
Color: Green or Dark Grey
Other materials are available. See the complete System Plast conveyor chain catalog for details.
RD
.39
.26
812, 815 .12
1.66
1.50 1.50 Ø .25
G
Straight Running 1.73
Chains,Single Hinge
These chains feature high
wear resistance, durability,
and an excellent surface finish.
L
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80
TRAVEL
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.
Chain Yield Surface Finish Flatness L Weight
Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (max) (width) G RD (lbs. per ft.)
SSEL 815 K325 10009L 1911 12 .004 3-1/4 .06 5.91 1.74
SSE 815 K400 10011 1911 12 .008 4 .07 5.91 2.01
SSE 815 K450 10012 1911 12 .008 4-1/2 .07 5.91 2.21
SSE 815 K600 10013 1911 12 .012 6 .07 5.91 2.81
SSE 815 K750 10014 1911 12 .012 7-1/2 .07 5.91 3.42
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.Pins are made from vacuum hardened stainless steel.
Chain Yield Surface Finish Flatness L Weight
Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (max) (width) G RD (lbs. per ft.)
SSEL 815 K325 HB 10036L 1911 12 .02 3-1/4 .06 5.91 1.74
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 812, 815 Chains for 812, 815 Chains
RD=3.15
.12
.26
SC
.39
881
Side Flexing Chains, 8°
.44
1.50 1.50 Ø .25
Bevel Guides 1.69
These chains feature high wear
resistance, exceptional durabil-
ity and hardness, high tensile
strength, and an excellent
surface finish.
L
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
RD=3.15
881O
.12
.39
.26
SC
R.
TRAVEL
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.
Yield Surface Finish L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
SSE 881O K325 10400 1574 12 3-1/4 20 1.75 1.63 2.01
SSE 881O K450 10401 1574 12 4-1/2 20 1.75 1.63 2.48
SSE 881O K750 10402 1574 12 7-1/2 20 1.75 1.63 3.69
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 881 Chains for 881 Chains
90˚ 90˚
Return Return
Ra Ra Return Return
diu diu
s s
Track Options for
881 Chains Le Le
ng
ng th
th
Straight
Carry Track
Carry Carry or Length
Carry Part Number Track Width Return (feet)
Carry
VT-980-B-S-0325-3 3.75 Carry 3
90˚
90˚ VT-980-B-S-0325-6 3.75 Carry 6
Return
VT-980-B-S-0325-10 3.75 Carry 10
Return
Return VT-980-R-S-0325-3 3.75 Return 3
Ra Return
diu VT-980-R-S-0325-6 3.75 Return 6
RCorner
ad Track s
ius VT-980-R-S-0325-10 3.75 Return 10
Carry or Radius
Part Number Track Width Return (inches) VT-980-B-S-0450-3 5.0 Carry 3
VT-980-B-S-0450-6 5.0 Carry 6
VT-980-B-18-0325 3.75 Carry 18
VT-980-B-S-0450-10 5.0 Carry 10
VT-980-B-24-0325 3.75 Carry 24
VT-980-R-S-0450-10 5.0 Return 10
VT-980-R-18-0325 3.75 Return 18
VT-981-B-S-0750-3 8.0 Carry 3
VT-980-R-24-0325 3.75 Return 24
VT-981-B-S-0750-6 8.0 Carry 6
VT-980-B-24-0450 5.0 Carry 24 VT-981-B-S-0750-10 8.0 Carry 10
VT-980-R-24-0450 5.0 Return 24 See all ValuTrac VT-981-R-S-0750-3 8.0 Return 3
VT-981-B-24-0750 8.0 Carry 24 modules on pages VT-981-R-S-0750-6 8.0 Return 6
130-145
VT-981-R-24-0750 8.0 Return 24 VT-981-R-S-0750-10 8.0 Return 10
Side Flexing Steel Chains
Conveyor Chains
RD=3.15
.12
.26
.76
SC
881 TAB
Side Flexing Chains, TAB Guides
These chains feature high wear resistance, exceptional 1.69 1.50 1.50 Ø .25
.50
durability and hardness, and high tensile strength.
2.21
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
.26
SC
.76
R.
TRAVEL
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.
Yield Surface Finish L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
SSE 881O TAB K325 10403 1574 12 3-1/4 18 1.81 1.77 2.01
SSE 881O TAB K450 10404 1574 12 4-1/2 24 1.81 1.77 2.48
SSE 881O TAB K750 10405 1574 12 7-1/2 24 1.81 1.77 3.69
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 881TAB Chains for 881TAB Chains
Le
ng
th
Track Options for Carry Carry
881TAB Chains
90˚ Return Le
ng
th
Ra Carry Carry
Return
diu
s Straight Track
90˚ Return Length
L
enWidth
Part Number Track g (feet)
th
Ra Return VT-980-T-S-0325-3 3.75 3
diu Carry
s VT-980-T-S-0325-6 3.75 6
Carry
LeVT-980-T-S-0325-10 3.75 10
Corner Track ng
Radius th
VT-980-T-S-0450-3 5.0 3
90˚
Part Number Track Width (inches) VT-980-T-S-0450-6 5.0
Carry 6
Return
VT-980-T-18-0325 3.75 18
Carry VT-980-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
VT-980-T-24-0325 3.75 24 Return
VT-981-T-S-0750-3 8.0 3
Ra See all ValuTrac
90˚
VT-980-T-24-0450 5.0 diu 24 modules on pages VT-981-T-S-0750-6 8.0 6
s
Return 130-145
VT-981-T-24-0750 8.0 24 VT-981-T-S-0750-10 8.0 10
Return
Ra
diu
s
881 M, 881 MO SC
RD=3.15
Magnetic Side Flexing Chains 1.66
.26
.12
.39
Series 881 M is securely retained in the curve by
magnets embedded in the chain track material.
There are no tabs or bevels on these chains, so
1.06
they can be easily removed for maintenance or
cleaning, without dismantling the chain. 1.50 1.50 Ø .25
.53
Series 881 MO (Magnet Optimal) is a further
development of the traditional series 881 M. With
more material in each plate and smaller gaps
between each link, improved product transfer
and stability can be achieved.
L
radius of the 3-1/4 version of this chain is 20".
R.
Standard Length: 10ft.
See page 146 for
Pitches: 80
more information.
TRAVEL
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.
Yield Surface Finish Flatness Polished L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (max) Hinges (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
SSEL 881 MO K325 10206L 1912 12 .004 yes 3-1/4 20 1.77 1.68
SSE 881 M K450 10201 1912 12 .008 no 4-1/2 20 1.77 2.08
SSE 881 M K750 10203 1912 12 .012 no 7-1/2 20 1.77 3.29
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel. Pins are made from vacuum hardened stainless steel.
Yield Surface Finish L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
SSEL 881 MO K325 HB 10213L 1912 12 3-1/4 20 1.77 1.68
L881 MO (Speed-Line)
Magnetic Side
Flexing Chains
Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel.
Speed-Line chains feature all the Yield Surface Finish Flatness Polished L R Weight
advantages of the magnetic system, Chain Reference Part Number Point (lbs.) (micro inches) (max) Hinges (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
plus specially designed plates and SPSL 881 MO K325 10255L 1912 8 .004 yes 3-1/4 20 177 1.68
hinges that allow for smooth transfers.
High speed applications or pressure-
less combiner areas are ideal for this Material: Special 400 series "Extra Plus" high performance stainless steel. Pins are made from vacuum hardened stainless steel.
type of chain. Other features include SPSL 881 MO K325 HB 10265L 1912 8 .004 yes 3-1/4 20 1.77 1.68
minimal gaps and an excellent
surface finish.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 881 M, 881 MO Chains 881 M, 881 MO Chains
g n e t i c
M a
See all Magnetic
Corner Tracks on
90° pages 146-153
Ra
diu
s
Track Options for 881 MO Chains / K325 and K330 Series
Number Total Width
of Tracks mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
1 100 3.94 KMD.14.15.01.A KMD.14.30.01.A KMD.14.45.01.A KMD.14.60.01.A KMD.14.75.01.A KMD.14.90.01.A
2 185 7.28 KMD.14.15.02.A KMD.14.30.02.A KMD.14.45.02.A KMD.14.60.02.A KMD.14.75.02.A KMD.14.90.02.A
3 270
10.63 KMD.14.15.03.A KMD.14.30.03.A KMD.14.45.03.A KMD.14.60.03.A KMD.14.75.03.A KMD.14.90.03.A
4 355
13.98 KMD.14.15.04.A KMD.14.30.04.A KMD.14.45.04.A KMD.14.60.04.A KMD.14.75.04.A KMD.14.90.04.A
RD=2.0
1.50 1.50
.16
.28
820
Straight Running Chains,
Single Hinge 1.75 Ø .25
.37
.53
Low noise level, low coefficient of friction, and low
horsepower requirements are the advantages of these
chains. They provide an excellent flat surface and
medium working load in a dry running environment.
1.66
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel
L
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink
film, paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can
also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical indus-
try applications include all general purpose conveying.
TRAVEL
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 820 K325 11362 1124 3-1/4 .57
LF 820 K400 11365 1124 4 .64
LF 820 K450 11368 1124 4-1/2 .69
LF 820 K600 11371 1124 6 .84
LF 820 K750 11374 1124 7-1/2 .99
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 820 K325 11100G 1079 3-1/4 .57
XPG 820 K450 11102G 1079 4-1/2 .69
XPG 820 K600 11103G 1079 6 .84
XPG 820 K750 11104G 1079 7-1/2 .99
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
NG 820 K325 11151 899 3-1/4 .57
NG 820 K450 11154 899 4-1/2 .69
NG 820 K600 11155 899 6 .84
NG 820 K750 11156 899 7-1/2 .99
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 820 Chains for 820 Chains
RD=2.0
1.50 1.50
.19
.28
831
Straight Running Chains,
Single Hinge 1.75 Ø .25
.34
.53
Low noise level, low coefficient of friction, and low horse-
power requirements are the advantages of these chains.
They provide an excellent flat surface and medium working
load in a dry running environment.
1.66
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel
L
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink film,
paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can also be
fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical industry applica-
tions include all general purpose conveying.
TRAVEL
The added thickness (3/16 in.) of the 831 series top plate
adds 20% more wear life, and simplifies conveyor design
when matching with chain series: 821, 879, 882, 878.
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80 Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 831 K325 11607 1124 3-1/4 .70
LF 831 K450 11608 1124 4-1/2 .86
LF 831 K750 11609 1124 7-1/2 1.22
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 831 K325 11105G 1079 3-1/4 .70
XPG 831 K450 11106G 1079 4-1/2 .86
XPG 831 K750 11107G 1079 7-1/2 1.22
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
NG 831 K325 11160 899 3-1/4 .70
NG 831 K450 11161 899 4-1/2 .86
NG 831 K750 11162 899 7-1/2 1.22
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 831 Chains for 831 Chains
828 RD=2.0
1.50 1.50
Straight Running Chains
• Very versatile
.30
• Higher load capacity than standard series
• Can be used in combination with 880 series
.16
Ø .28
• Improved product stability 1.65
.44
Applications for the food and beverage industry include
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink
film, paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can
3.25
also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical indus-
try applications include all general purpose conveying.
TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 828 K325 11130 1349 3-1/4 .60
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
Special features of the 828 series:
XPG 828 K325 11132G 1259 3-1/4 .60
ü Compatibility
Same hinge width and plate thickness as 820
series chains.
Material: "NG Green" Proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Can be used adjacent to 820 and 880 chains.
Breaking L Weight
ü Uses the same sprockets as 878, 879, 880 Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
series chains
NG 828 K325 11134 1124 3-1/4 .62
ü Improved Design
Reduced gap between adjacent tracks.
Top plate and hinge surfaces improve product
stability.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 828 Chains for 828 Chains
RD=2.0
821 1.50 1.50
.31
.19
.56
Straight Running Chains
Double Hinge
With a double hinge and double
5.37 Ø .25
.37
reinforcing bars, these chains have
a load capacity similar to single
hinge stainless steel chains. 5.51
L
TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 821 K750 11002 1866 7-1/2 1.74
LF 821 K1000 11004 1866 10 2.08
LF 821 K1200 11006 1866 12 2.25
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 821 K750 11510G 1821 7-1/2 1.74
XPG 821 K1000 11511G 1821 10 2.08
XPG 821 K1200 11512G 1821 12 2.25
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
NG 821 K750 11170 1753 7-1/2 1.74
NG 821 K1000 11171 1753 10 2.08
NG 821 K1200 11172 1753 12 2.25
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 821 Chains for 821 Chains
RD=2.0
878 TAB 1.50 1.50
.19
SC
.82
manufacturer of conveyors to reduce the average radius
.33
.28
in turns. This unique chain solves conveying problems in
.46
1.69
confined spaces. It can also be used where products are
conveyed on an incline or decline. 2.43
Other advantages include:
• Small sideflexing radius of 7-7/8 inches.
• Specially shaped flites with a radius on the edges
L
designed to improve product transfer.
• Preferred usage with turn discs.
R.
Applications for the food and beverage industry include
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink TRAVEL
film, paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can
also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical industry
applications include all general purpose conveying.
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
LF 878 TAB K325 11390 1349 3-1/4 7.87 1.77 .73
LF 878 TAB K450 11389 1349 4-1/2 7.87 1.77 .81
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 878 TAB K325 11420G 1281 3-1/4 7.87 1.77 .73
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 878 TAB Chains 878 TAB Chains
(Top View)
RD=2.0
879, 880 SC
1.50 1.50
B
Bevel Guide
Applications for the food and beverage industry include
Ø .28
.30
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel 8°
.63
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink 1.69
film, paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can
also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical indus-
try applications include all general purpose conveying.
L
plate adds 20% more wear life, and simplifies conveyor
design when matching with chain series: 821, 831, 878,
R.
879, and 882.
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LF 880 K325 11383 1349 3-1/4 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .60
LF 880 K450 11386 1349 4-1/2 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .70
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 880 K325 11502G 1281 3-1/4 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .60
XPG 880 K450 11503G 1281 4-1/2 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .70
XPG 879 K325 11508G 1281 3-1/4 .19 18 1.75 1.63 .62
XPG 879 K450 11509G 1281 4-1/2 .19 18 1.75 1.63 .74
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
NG 880 K325 11187 1124 3-1/4 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .60
NG 880 K450 11185 1124 4-1/2 .16 18 1.75 1.63 .70
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 879, 880 Chains for 879, 880 Chains
RD=2.0
.45
B
Side Flexing Chains, TAB Guides
Applications for the food and beverage industry include
.30
Ø .28
conveying lines for PET bottles and aluminium or steel
1.69
.63
cans. Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink
film, paper board boxes, or cans in heat shrink film, can
also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical indus- 2.40
try applications include all general purpose conveying.
L
conveyor design when matching with chain series: 821,
831, 878, 879, and 882.
R.
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80 TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LF 880 TAB K325 11377 1349 3-1/4 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .63
LF 880 TAB K450 11380 1349 4-1/2 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .72
LF 879 TAB K325 11377ST 1349 3-1/4 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .66
LF 879 TAB K450 11380ST 1349 4-1/2 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .76
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 880 TAB K325 11500G 1281 3-1/4 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .63
XPG 880 TAB K450 11501G 1281 4-1/2 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .72
XPG 879 TAB K325 11504G 1281 3-1/4 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .66
XPG 879 TAB K450 11505G 1281 4-1/2 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .76
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
NG 880 TAB K325 11195 1124 3-1/4 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .63
NG 880 TAB K450 11197 1124 4-1/2 .16 18 1.81 1.77 .72
NG 879 TAB K325 11198 1124 3-1/4 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .66
NG 879 TAB K450 11199 1124 4-1/2 .19 18 1.81 1.77 .76
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 879, 880 TAB Chains 879, 880 TAB Chains
Le
ng
Track Options for th
Le
90˚ Return
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
90˚ s
Return
Le
Straight Track ng
Ra Return t
h
diu Length
s See all ValuTrac Part Number Track WidthCarry(feet)
modules on pages
130-145
Carry Le VT-980-T-S-0325-3 3.75 3
Corner Track ng
th VT-980-T-S-0325-6 3.75 6
Radius
Part Number Track Width 90˚
(inches) Carry
VT-980-T-S-0325-10 3.75 10
VT-980-T-18-0325 3.75 18
Carry Return VT-980-T-S-0450-3 5.0 3
VT-980-T-24-0325 3.75 24 VT-980-T-S-0450-6 5.0
Return 6
90˚
VT-980-T-24-0450 5.0 Ra 24 VT-980-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
diu
Return
s
Return
Ra
diu
s
879 M, 880 M
RD=2.0
Magnetic Side Flexing Chains SC 1.50 1.50
These chains are securely retained in the 1.66
.53
B
curve by magnets embedded in the chain
track material. There are no tabs or bevels, so
they can be easily removed for maintenance
1.06
.30
or cleaning, without dismantling the chain.
Ø .28
The added thickness (3/16 in.) of the 879 M
series top plate adds 20% more wear life, and
simplifies conveyor design when matching
with chain series: 821, 831, 879, 879 TAB,
and 882.
L
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
See page 146 for
more information.
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with ferritic stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
LF 880 M K325 11377M 1283 3-1/4 .16 18 1.77 .71
LF 880 M K450 11380M 1283 4-1/2 .16 20 1.77 .77
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with ferritic stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 880 M K325 11500MG 1239 3-1/4 .16 18 1.77 .71
XPG 880 M K450 11501MG 1239 4-1/2 .16 20 1.77 .77
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with ferritic stainless steel pins.
Breaking L B R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (thickness) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
NG 880 M K325 11195M 1170 3-1/4 .16 18 1.77 .71
NG 880 M K450 11197M 1170 4-1/2 .16 20 1.77 .77
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 879 M, 880 M Chains 879 M, 880 M Chains
g n e t i c
M a
882 SC
RD=2.0 1.50 1.50
.19
.37
.34
Side Flexing Chains,
Bevel Guides
.88
• Heavy duty
• Large, flat surface 8°
.69
• Low coefficient of friction 2.40
L
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LF 882 K450 11459 2248 4-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.30
LF 882 K750 11460 2248 7-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.60
LF 882 K1000 11461 2248 10 24 2.44 2.28 1.90
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 882 K450 11462G 2136 4-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.30
XPG 882 K750 11463G 2136 7-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.60
XPG 882 K1000 11464G 2136 10 24 2.44 2.28 1.90
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
NG 882 K450 11480 2023 4-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.30
NG 882 K750 11481 2023 7-1/2 24 2.44 2.28 1.60
NG 882 K1000 11482 2023 10 24 2.44 2.28 1.90
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for 882 Chains for 882 Chains
Carry Carry
90˚
90˚
Return Straight Track
Return
Return Carry or Length
Ra Return Part Number Track Width Return (feet)
Ra diu
diu s VT-982-B-S-0450-3 5.0 Carry 3
s VT-982-B-S-0450-6 5.0 Carry 6
Corner Track
Carry or Radius VT-982-B-S-0450-10 5.0 Carry 10
Part Number Track Width Return (inches) VT-982-B-S-0750-6 8.0 Carry 6
VT-982-B-24-0450 5.0 Carry 24 VT-982-B-S-0750-10 8.0 Carry 10
VT-982-R-24-0450 5.0 Return 24 VT-982-B-S-1000-3 10.5 Carry 3
VT-982-B-24-0750 8.0 Carry 24 VT-982-B-S-1000-6 10.5 Carry 6
VT-982-R-24-0750 8.0 Return 24 See all ValuTrac VT-982-B-S-1000-10 10.5 Carry 10
VT-982-B-24-1000 10.5 Carry 24 modules on pages VT-982-R-S-1000-10 10.5 Return 10
130-145
RD=2.0
.19
.34
.68
.37
Side Flexing Chains,
1.06
TAB Guides
• Heavy duty 2.23
.87
• Large, flat surface
• Low coefficient of friction
2.99
Due to a larger hinge and pin size, plus a well bal-
anced distribution of materials, the 882 TAB chain
has excellent load carrying capacity, comparable
with that of the 821 chain's double hinge design.
L
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LF 882 TAB K450 11040 2248 4-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.36
LF 882 TAB K750 11041 2248 7-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.65
LF 882 TAB K1000 11042 2248 10 24 2.36 2.28 1.93
LF 882 TAB K1200 11043 2248 12 24 2.36 2.28 2.29
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 882 TAB K450 11513G 2136 4-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.36
XPG 882 TAB K750 11514G 2136 7-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.65
XPG 882 TAB K1000 11515G 2136 10 24 2.36 2.28 1.93
XPG 882 TAB K1200 11516G 2136 12 24 2.36 2.28 2.29
Material: "NG Green" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
NG 882 TAB K450 11483 2023 4-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.36
NG 882 TAB K750 11484 2023 7-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 1.65
NG 882 TAB K1000 11485 2023 10 24 2.36 2.28 1.93
NG 882 TAB K1200 11486 2023 12 24 2.36 2.28 2.29
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 882 TAB Chains 882 TAB Chains
Le
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
s Len
Straight
gth Track
Le Length
ng
Carry Part Number Carry th Width
Track (feet)
VT-982-T-S-0450-3 5.0 Carry 3
90˚ Return VT-982-T-S-0450-6 5.0 6
Carry
VT-982-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
Ra 90˚ Return VT-982-T-S-0750-3 8.0 3
diu
s Return VT-982-T-S-0750-6 8.0 6
Corner Track
Radius Le
VT-982-T-S-0750-10 8.0 10
ng Return
Part Number Track Width (inches) th
Ra VT-982-T-S-1000-3 10.5 3
VT-982-T-24-0450 5.0dius 24 Carry
VT-982-T-S-1000-6 10.5 6
VT-982-T-24-0750 8.0 24
Carry See all ValuTrac VT-982-T-S-1000-10 10.5 10
VT-982-T-24-1000 10.5 24 modules on pages
130-145 VT-982-T-S-1200-6 12.5 6
90˚
VT-982-T-24-1200 12.5 24 VT-982-T-S-1200-10 12.5 10
Return
Ra
35 Return ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
diu
s
Straight Running Plastic Chains
Conveyor Chains
RD=2.0
1.50 1.50
.12
.28
831 VG
.31
Straight Running Chains,
.19
.34
Single Hinge, High Friction Surface 1.75 Ø .25
.65
These chains are produced with high friction pads, and .59
are ideal for use in the food and beverage industry where
products are often conveyed on inclined and declined
conveyors.
Low noise level, low coefficient of friction, and low horsepower requirements
2.36
1.66
are the advantages of these chains. They provide an excellent flat surface
L
and medium working load in a dry running environment.
Lines packaging PET bottle packs in heat shrink film, paper board boxes, or
cans in heat shrink film, can also be fitted with these chains. Pharmaceutical
industry applications include all general purpose conveying.
TRAVEL
The added thickness (3/16 in.) of the 831 series top plate adds 20% more
wear life, and simplifies conveyor design when matching with chain series:
821, 879, 882, 878.
These chains need a roller return track due to the friction pad extending
across the full width of the plate.
Material: "NGD Dark Grey" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel
pins. Water blue thermoplastic rubber pads.
Breaking L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs. per ft.)
NGD 831 K325 VG 11221 900 3-1/4 .94
Custom pad spacing available upon request. Pads are assembled per order based on cus-
tomer requirements. Indicate distance between rubber pads when ordering.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 831 VG Chains 831 VG Chains
0.12
SC
0.19
1.50 1.50
Side Flexing Chains with
0.33
High Friction Surface
0.82
These sideflexing chains are produced with
0.28
high friction pads and are designed to articu-
0.46
1.69
late around a tight radius. Ideal for use in the 0.59
food and beverage industry where products 2.43
are often conveyed on inclined and declined
conveyors.
2.36
L
R.
TRAVEL
Material: "NGD Dark Grey" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Water blue thermoplastic rubber pads.
Part Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
NGD 878 TAB K325 VG 11391 1124 3.25 7.87 1.81 1.77 0.60
Custom pad spacing available upon request. Pads are assembled per order based on customer require-
ments. Indicate distance between rubber pads when ordering.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 878 TAB VG Chains 878 TAB VG Chains
(Top View)
0.30
1.50 1.50
0.19
Side Flexing Chains with
0.12
High Friction Surface
Ø 0.28
0.45
0.63
These sideflexing chains are produced with
high friction pads and are designed to articu-
late around an 18 inch turn radius. Ideal for
0.59
use in the food and beverage industry where 1.69
products are often conveyed on inclined and
declined conveyors. 2.40
2.36
Pitches: 80
L
R.
TRAVEL
Material: "NGD Dark Grey" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Water blue thermoplastic rubber pads.
Part Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
NGD 879 TAB K325 VG 11242 1124 3.25 18 1.81 1.77 0.94
NGD 879 TAB K450 VG 11245 1124 4.5 20 1.81 1.77 1.07
Custom pad spacing available upon request. Pads are assembled per order based on customer require-
ments. Indicate distance between rubber pads when ordering.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 879 TAB VG Chains 879 TAB VG Chains
Le
ng
th
Track Options for
Carry
879 TAB VG Chains Carry
Le
90˚ Return
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
90˚ s
Return
Le
Straight Track ng
Ra Return th
diu Length
s Part Number Track WidthCarry(feet)
SC
0.12
0.19
0.34
1.50 1.50
882 TAB VG 0.04
0.37
1.18
0.87
Side Flexing Chains with
High Friction Surface 2.25
0.75
These sideflexing chains offer a higher 3.00
tensile strength than standard chains and are
particularly suitable where heavier and larger
products are conveyed. Ideal for use in the
food and beverage industry where products
are often conveyed on inclined and declined
conveyors.
0.91
WR
Pitches: 80
R.
TRAVEL
Material: "NGD Dark Grey" Our proprietary lowest friction PBT with 304 stainless steel pins.
Water blue thermoplastic rubber pads.
Part Breaking L WR R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
NGD 882 TAB K750 VG 11093 2023 7.50 5.31 24 2.36 2.28 1.58
NGD 882 TAB K1000 VG 11094 2023 10.00 7.50 24 2.36 2.28 1.78
NGD 882 TAB K1200 VG 11095 2023 12.00 10.00 24 2.36 2.28 1.95
Custom pad spacing available upon request. Pads are assembled per order based on customer require-
ments. Indicate distance between rubber pads when ordering.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 882 TAB VG Chains 882 TAB VG Chains
SC
0.19
878 TAB GS
0.82
0.33
0.28
Side Flexing Gripper Chains
0.46
• Exceptional durability 1.69
• Optimum performance 1.50 1.50
• Extremely low noise level
2.43
• Removable gripper
Gripper pads are utilized for a wide range of applications due to their
unique mechanical properties. They offer resistance to laceration,
abrasion, and other ambient influences.
L
Standard
R.
Length: 10ft. K
Pitches: 80 K
K
K TRAVEL
1.61
1.61 1.61
1.61
GS1 Style TRAVEL
TRAVEL
Light Applications TRAVEL
TRAVEL
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal with thermoplastic gripper and 304 stainless pins.
Part Kit/Rubber Rubber Part Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number and Pin Number Load (lbs.) K (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
K
LFG 878 TAB K325 GS1 11407 11736 11740 K 1349 3.23 3.25 7.87 1.81 1.77 3.12
K
K
1.38
1.38 1.38
1.38
GS3 Style
1.32
GS4 Style
Special Applications TRAVEL
TRAVEL
TRAVEL
Part Kit/Rubber Rubber Part Breaking L R SC TRAVEL
SC Weight
Chain Reference Number and Pin Number Load (lbs.) K (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
LFG 878 TAB K325 GS4 11404 11739 11746 1349 3.23 3.25 7.87 1.81 1.77 2.72
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 878 TAB GS Chains 878 TAB GS Chains
Turning
Disk
(Top View)
Improved Turning
Disk Designs!
See page 126 for complete details.
SC
0.16
1873 GS
0.81
1.00
Side Flexing Gripper Chains
0.56
Series 60 carbon or stainless steel roller chain,
3/4 in. pitch
• Exceptional durability 1.25
• Optimum performance 2.24 Ø 0.20 0.75 0.75
• Extremely low noise level
• Removable gripper
Ø 0.47
• Base roller chain with high load capability
0.50
1.97
applications due to their unique mechanical
L
properties. They offer resistance to laceration, abra-
sion, and other ambient influences.
R.
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 160 TRAVEL
1.61
GS1 Style K
Light Applications
TRAVEL
1.61
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal with thermoplastic gripper and 304 stainless pins.
Part Kit/Flight, Rubber Part Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number Rubber & Pin Number Load (lbs.) K (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
LFG 1873 K325 GS1 11762 11730 11740 6070 3.23 3.25 15.0 1.31 1.38 3.12
Carbon
Steel
K
LFG 1873 K450 GS1 11766 11731 11741 6070 4.49 4.5 15.0 1.31
TRAVEL1.38 4.73
1.38
Stainless
LFG 1873 SS K325 GS1 11763 11730 11740 4721 3.23 3.25 15.0 1.31 1.38 3.12
Steel
LFG 1873 SS K450 GS1 11767 11731 11741 4721 4.49 4.5 15.0 1.31 1.38 4.73
K
TRAVEL
1.38
GS2 Style
Heavy Applications K
TRAVEL
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal with thermoplastic gripper and 304 stainless pins.
1.32
LFG 1873 K325 GS2 11775 11732 11742 6070 3.23 3.25 15.0 1.31 1.38 2.72
TRAVEL
1.32
Stainless
Steel
TRAVEL
TRAVEL
1.30
TRAVEL
Conveyor Chains
TRAVEL
1.30
GS4 Style
Special Applications TRAVEL
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal with thermoplastic gripper and 304 stainless pins.
Part Kit/Flight, Rubber Part Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Number Rubber & Pin Number Load (lbs.) K (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs./ft.)
Carbon
Steel
LFG 1873 K325 GS4 AA1100156
11728 11746 6070 3.23 3.25 15.0 1.31 1.38 2.72
Stainless
Steel
LFG 1873 SS K325 GS4 AA1100146
11728 11746 4721 3.23 3.25 15.0 1.31 1.38 2.72
Carry Carry
Le
90˚ Return
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
90˚ s
Return
Le
ng
Ra Straight Track
Return th
diu Length
s Carry (feet)
Part Number Track Width
Carry Le
VT-973-T-S-0325-3 3.75 3
ng
Corner Track th
VT-973-T-S-0325-6 3.75 6
90˚ Radius Carry
Part Number Track Width (inches) VT-973-T-S-0325-10 3.75 10
Carry Return
VT-973-T-18-0325 3.75 18 VT-973-T-S-0450-3 5.0 3
VT-973-T-24-0325 3.75 24 Return
VT-973-T-S-0450-6 5.0 6
90˚
Ra
VT-973-T-24-0450 5.0diu 24
Return VT-973-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
s
Return
Ra
diu
s See all ValuTrac
modules on pages
130-145
RD=3.54
843 .94
Ø .16
.36
.45
Straight Running Plate Top Chains
.12
Series 40 carbon or stainless steel roller chain, 1/2 in. pitch
By combining the carrying capacity of a high quality base roller .50 .50
chain with the smoothness and flatness of thermoplastic flites, .81
greater conveyor design flexibility, increased conveyor lengths
and faster speeds are possible. Plate top chains offer the Ø .31
added benefits of:
.31
• Small pitch
• Reduced sprocket diameter
• Easy maintenance
L
• Removable plastic flites
• High loads
• Ability to start under full load
TRAVEL
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 240
Flites: 120 Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 843 K100 11593 1 .55
LF 843 K125 11720 1-1/4 .56
LF 843 K138 11614 1-3/8 .56
LF 843 K144 11615 1-7/16 .57
LF 843 K200 11616 2 .60
Carbon Steel
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller
chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 843 K100 11594G 1 .55
XPG 843 K125 11721G 1-1/4 .56
XPG 843 K138 11517G 1-3/8 .56
XPG 843 K144 11595G 1-7/16 .57
XPG 843 K200 11518G 2 .60
XPG 843 K325 11519G 3-1/4 .69
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 843 SS K100 11597 1 .55
LF 843 SS K138 11644 1-3/8 .56
LF 843 SS K144 11645 1-7/16 .57
LF 843 SS K200 11646 2 .60
LF 843 SS K325 11647 3-1/4 .69
Stainless Steel
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to stainless
steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 843 SS K100 11598G 1 .55
XPG 843 SS K125 11724G 1-1/4 .56
XPG 843 SS K138 11520G 1-3/8 .56
XPG 843 SS K144 11599G 1-7/16 .57
XPG 843 SS K200 11521G 2 .60
XPG 843 SS K325 11522G 3-1/4 .69
Conveyor Chains
863 1.44 Ø .23
RD=4.53
.16
.67
Straight Running Plate Top Chains
Series 60 carbon or stainless steel roller chain,
3/4 in. pitch
By combining the carrying capacity of a high quality base
.53
roller chain with the smoothness and flatness of thermo- 1.20 .75 .75
plastic flites, greater conveyor design flexibility, increased
conveyor lengths and faster speeds are possible. Plate
Ø .47
top chains offer the added benefits of:
• Easy maintenance
• Removable plastic flites
L
• Very high loads
• Ability to start under full load
.50
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 160
TRAVEL
Flites: 80
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 863 K325 11622 3-1/4 1.41
LF 863 K450 11623 4-1/2 1.50
LF 863 K600 11624 6 1.70
Carbon Steel
Material: "XP Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller
chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 863 K325 11523G 3-1/4 1.41
XPG 863 K600 11525G 6 1.70
XPG 863 K750 11526G 7-1/2 1.80
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
LF 863 SS K325 11652 3-1/4 1.41
LF 863 SS K450 11653 4-1/2 1.50
LF 863 SS K600 11654 6 1.70
Stainless Steel
Material: "XP Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to stainless
steel roller chain.
L Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 863 SS K325 11527G 3-1/4 1.41
XPG 863 SS K450 11528G 4-1/2 1.50
XPG 863 SS K600 11529G 6 1.70
XPG 863 SS K750 11530G 7-1/2 1.80
RD=2.0
Ø .14
.13
.37
1843 SC
.43
.57
Side Flexing, Overlapping Plate Top Chains
Series 40 carbon or stainless steel roller chain, 1/2 in. pitch .50 .50
.79
The 1843 series chain offers a continuous, flat conveying surface
by combining the carrying capacity of a high quality sidebow base
roller chain with snap-on thermoplastic flites. The tab shoes on the 1.22
flites retain the chain to the track on both the carrying and return Ø .31
sections. This allows for increased conveyor lengths and faster
speeds.
.31
• Higher loads
L
• Longer conveyors
• Easy maintenance
TRAVEL R
• Flites removable
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 1843 K125 11544G 1-1/4 10 .88 .50
XPG 1843 K200 11430G 2 10 .88 .60
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal flites attached to stainless steel roller chain.
L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
LF 1843 SS K125 11545 1-1/4 10 .88 .50
Stainless Steel
Material: "XPG Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to stainless steel roller chain.
L R Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. SC (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 1843 SS K125 11546G 1-1/4 10 .88 .50
XPG 1843 SS K200 11434G 2 10 .88 .60
90˚
90˚ Return
Return
RR
adadi Return
Return
iuuss
Corner Track Straight Track
Le L
Radius ng en Length
Part Number Track Width (inches) Part Number th gt Track Width (feet)
h
VT-943-T-10-0150 2 10 Carry
VT-943-T-S-0150-3 2 3
Carry
VT-943-T-18-0150 2 18
Carry VT-943-T-S-0150-6 2 6
Carry
VT-943-T-24-0150 2 24 VT-943-T-S-0150-10 2 10
90˚
90˚
Return
Return
©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved. 50 Return
Ra Return
d
Ra ius
d i
Side Flexing 2-Piece Chains
Conveyor Chains
RD=5.25
1863 SC Ø .20
.16
.56
.67
Side Flexing, Overlapping
Plate Top Chains
.98
Series 60 carbon or stainless steel roller
chain, 3/4 in. pitch
The 1863 series is a further development of .90 .75 .75
.82
the well known 1873 series chain. It has the
mechanical characteristics of the 1873 series, Ø .47
1.26
offering high speed, longer conveyors and the
ability to start under load. Additional features
include: 2.24
.50
• Overlapping flites to facilitate the conveying of
instable products.
• Reduced gap between flites to assure better
L
product stability.
• No more pinching of products in the curve R.
section.
• Improved safety because of the reduced flites
gap on both the straight and curved sections TRAVEL
of the conveyor.
• Interchangeable with 1873 series.
Material: "XP Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to steel roller chain.
L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 1863 K225 11552G 2-1/4 15 1.31 1.38 1.34
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal flites attached to stainless steel roller chain.
L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
Stainless Steel
Material: "XP Dark Grey" Very low friction acetal flites attached to stainless steel roller chain.
L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
XPG 1863 SS K225 11562G 2-1/4 15 1.31 1.38 1.34
Carry
90˚ Return
Ra Re
diu
s
90˚
Return
Re
Ra
diu
s
51 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Side Flexing 2-Piece Chains
Conveyor Chains
SC Ø .20 RD=5.9
.16
1873
.56
.67
.81
Side Flexing, 1.25 .75 .75
1.00
Overlapping Plate 2.24
Top Chains
Series 60 carbon or stainless steel roller chain,
3/4 in. pitch
The 1873 series chain combines the carrying
capacity of a high quality sidebow roller chain with Ø .47
snap-on thermoplastic flites. The tab shoes on the
flites retain the chain to the track on both the car-
L
rying and return sections. This allows for increased
conveyor lengths and faster speeds.
.50
R.
• Very high loads
• Longer conveyors
• Easy maintenance
• Removable flites
• Lower noise TRAVEL
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal flites attached to stainless steel roller chain.
L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LF 1873 SS K225 11663 2-1/4 15 1.31 1.38 1.34
LF 1873 SS K325 11664 3-1/4 15 1.31 1.38 1.41
LF 1873 SS K450 11665 4-1/2 15 1.31 1.38 1.50
LF 1873 SS K600 11666 6 20 1.31 1.38 1.61
LF 1873 SS K750 11667 7-1/2 20 1.31 1.38 1.75
Stainless Steel
Conveyor Chains
Track Options for Le
ng Le
1873 Chains th ng
th
Carry Carry
Carry Carry
Ra Ra ReturnReturn
diu diu
s s
Le L
ng engt
Corner Track Straight Track th h
Radius CarryCarry
Length
Part Number Track Width (inches) Part Number Track Width (feet)
Carry
VT-973-T-18-0325 3.75 Carry 18 VT-973-T-S-0325-3 3.75 3
VT-973-T-24-0325 3.75
90˚ 24 VT-973-T-S-0325-6 3.75 6
90˚
VT-973-T-24-0450 5.0 Return
24 VT-973-T-S-0325-10 3.75 10
Return
VT-973-T-24-0600 6.5 24 VT-973-T-S-0450-3 5.0
Return 3
Ra
VT-973-T-18-0750 8.0 18
Return
VT-973-T-S-0450-6 5.0 6
Ra diu
diu s
VT-973-T-24-0750 8.0 24 VT-973-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
s
VT-973-T-S-0600-10 6.5 10
VT-973-T-S-0750-6 8.0 6
See all ValuTrac
modules on pages VT-973-T-S-0750-10 8.0 10
130-145
.12
2.28
1700
.94
Multiflex Chains
Used for conveying milk cartons in the dairy Ø .31 1.97 1.97
industry, or for elevating or lowering products
.45
with the possibility of accumulation. Also
used in the preserving and mechanical
industries. Additional features include:
1.42
2.17
• Multi-directional flexibility
• Horizontal or incline/decline
• Small sideflexing radius
R.
• High working load
• Quality construction
• Long wear life
• Low coefficient of friction
Material: "LF White" Low friction acetal with stainless steel pins.
2.28
1702
.98
Multiflex Chains
Ø .31 1.97 1.97
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 61
1.50
2.11
R.
Material: "LF White" Low friction acetal with stainless steel pins.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options for Idler Options for
1700, 1702 Multiflex Chains 1700, 1702 Multiflex Chains
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.79* 8 12730 -
1 8 32731 32736
1-1/4 8 32732 32737
1-7/16 8 32733 32738
1-1/2 8 32734 32739
.79* 10 12745 -
1 10 32746 32741
1-1/4 10 32747 32742
1-7/16 10 32748 32743
1-1/2 10 32749 32744
.79* 13 12750 -
1 13 32751 32756
1-1/4 13 32752 32757
1-7/16 13 32753 32758
1-1/2 13 32754 32759
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
(Top View)
2.28
.18
1701 TAB
.24
.98
Multiflex Chains
Used for conveying milk cartons in the dairy 2.60 Ø .31 1.97 1.97
industry, or for elevating or lowering products
with the possibility of accumulation. Also
used in the preserving and mechanical
industries. Additional features include:
2.17
1.42
• Multi-directional flexibility
• Horizontal or incline/decline
• Small sideflexing radius
• High working load
R.
• Quality construction
• Long wear life
• Low coefficient of friction
2.28
1701 TAB OP
.98
Multiflex Chains
.24
R.
Material: "LF Brown" Low friction acetal with stainless steel pins.
Min. Breaking Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Radius Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
LF-1701 TAB OP 11958 4.92 1910 .94
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options for 1701 Idler Options for 1701 TAB,
TAB, 1701 TAB OP Multiflex Chains 1701 TAB OP Multiflex Chains
Le
ng Le
th ng
th
Track Options for Carry CarryCarry
Carry
1701 TAB Chains
90˚ 90˚ Return Return
Ra Ra ReturnReturn
See all ValuTrac diu diu
modules on pages s s
130-145 Corner Track Straight Track
Radius Le Le Length
Part Number Track Width (inches) Part Number
ngTrack nWidth
gth (feet)
th
VT-901-T-24-0209 3.25 24 VT-901-T-S-0209-3 3.25 CarryCarry 3
Carry VT-901-T-S-0209-6 3.25 6
Carry
VT-901-T-S-0209-10 3.25 10
90˚
90˚
Return
Return
Return
Ra Return
diu
Improved Turning
Ra
d Disk Designs!
s
Turning
ius
These chains can also use horizontal disks, ideal for numerous Disk
curves or alpine applications. See page 126 for complete details.
(Top View)
Ø .43
CC 600
1.12
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains
.57
These chains transport plastic crates, or can 2.50 2.50
be used for general purpose conveying appli-
cations. They feature high strength, curving
radius capability, uniform matte finish, and
high wear resistance.
1.65
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 48
R.
3.54
See page 125 for compatible sprokets.
TRAVEL
Ø .43
.67
1.12
.57
1.65
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 48
3.54
TRAVEL
Conveyor Chains
Ø .37
.75
CC 1400
1.52
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains 3.25 3.25
These chains transport plastic crates, or can be used for
general purpose conveying applications. They feature high
strength, curving radius capability, uniform matte finish, and 4.65
very high wear resistance.
1.97
R.
TRAVEL
Ø .37
1.52
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains
3.25 3.25
Standard Length: 10ft. Pitches: 37
4.65
1.97
2.58
R.
TRAVEL
Material: White acetal with stainless steel pins.
Min. Breaking Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Radius Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
CC 1400 TAB 11098 25.98 4050 2.31
Ø .37
CC 1431 TAB
.76
.76
1.69
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains
CC 1431 TAB is similar to CC 1400 Tab, but
3.25 3.25
with a taller link height.
4.67
Standard Length: 10ft. Pitches: 37
1.97
2.58
TRAVEL
R.
RD=16
Ø.43
LBP 821
.37
.76
1.13
.89
.19
.31
5.37
1.50 1.50
Double Hinge Straight Running Ø.25 5.50
Ø.43
Accumulation Rollers
.37
.76
1.13
.89
T
• Heavy duty R
.19
A
.31
5.37
• High load Ø.25
1.50 1.50 V
E 5.50
• Low noise rollers L
• Reduced back-line pressure RD=16
Ø.43
Ideal for the food and beverage industry packag- 7.50
.37
.76
1.13
.89
T
ing line and general purpose conveying applica- R
tions to reduce pressure created between product A Low friction acetal chain.
.19
Material: "LFG Dark Grey"
.31
RD=16 V 5.37
1.50 1.50
and flite surface. The small width rollers provide a Ø.25 Water blue acetal resin rollers
E with austenitic steel
5.50 pins.
Ø.43
L
stable conveying surface and enable the product
Part Breaking L Weight
.37
1.13
to be handled without damage, while continuing a
.89
.76
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs./ft.)
positive forward motion.
.19
.31
7.50
Ø.25 1.50 LBP
1.50 821 K750 11055 1866
5.37 7-1/2 3.71
T 5.50
Standard Length: 5ft. R
A
Pitches: 40 RD=16 V
Ø.43
E
L
.37
1.13
.89
.76
T
.19
R
.31
A 5.37 7.50
Ø.25 1.50 1.50 V 5.50
E
L
RD=16
Ø.43
10.00
.37
1.13
.89
.76
T
R
.19
.31
RD=16 A 5.37
Ø.25 1.50 1.50 V
Ø.43
E 5.50
L
.37
1.13
.89
.76
.19
.31
5.37 10.00
Ø.25 1.50 1.50
5.50
T
R
RD=16 Material: "LFG
A Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain.
Ø.43
V
Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
E
L
.37
1.13
.89
T
Chain
R Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs./ft.)
.19
.31
A 5.37
Ø.25 1.50 1.50 LBPV 821 K1000 11056 5.501866
10.00 10 4.64
E
L
RD=16
Ø.43
12.00
.37
1.13
.89
.76
T
R .19
A
.31
5.37
Ø.25 1.50 1.50 V
E 5.50
L
12.00
T
R
A
V
E
L
12.00
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 821 Chains LPB 821 Chains
Machined Machined
Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 21 12901 -
1 21 12284S 121329S
1-1/4 21 12285S 121330S
1-7/16 21 12286S 121331S
1-1/2 21 12287S 121332S
.71* 23 12902 -
1 23 12288S 121333S
1-1/4 23 12289S 121334S
1-7/16 23 12290S 121335S
1-1/2 23 12291S 121336S
.71* 25 12903 -
1 25 12292S 121337S
1-1/4 25 12293S 121338S
1-7/16 25 12294S 121339S
1-1/2 25 12295S 121340S
.71* 27 121307 -
1 27 121308S 121341S
1-1/4 27 121309S 121342S
1-7/16 27 121310S 121343S
1-1/2 27 121311S 121344S
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
RD=15.75
Ø .32
.19
.37
.76
LBP 8257
1.32
Ø .43
2.24
1.50 1.50
.56
2.36
Heavy Duty Single Hinge Straight
Running Chains with Low Noise
Accumulation Rollers RD=15.75
Ø .32
.19
.37
T
R
• High breaking load A
.76
1.32
V
• High load E
Ø .43
L
• Low noise rollers 1.50 1.50
2.24
.56
2.36
• Reduced back-line pressure
• Helps standardize conveyor construction
• Same hinge width available in many additional RD=15.75
RD=15.75
7.50
.32
Ø .32
chain types.
.19
.37
.19
.37
Ø
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. T
.76
.76
R
1.32
1.32
Ideal for the food and beverage industry packaging line and Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steelApins.
V
Ø .43
general purpose conveying applications to reduce pressure 2.24 2.24 E
.56
1.50 1.50 Part Breaking L L Weight
created between product and flite surface. The small width 1.50 1.50
.56
2.36 2.36
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs./ft.)
rollers provide a stable conveying surface and enable the
product to be handled without damage, while continuing LBP 8257 K750 11076 2250 7-1/2 3.80
a positive forward motion. RD=15.75
7.50
Ø .32
.19
.37
T T
Standard Length: 5ft. R R
.76
A
1.32
Pitches: 40 V A
E V
Ø .43
L E
2.24 L
.56
1.50 1.50
2.36
7.50 10.0
RD=15.75
RD=15.75
.32
ØØ.32
.19
.37.37
.19
T
.76
1.32
.76
1.32
R
A
.43
V
ØØ.43
2.24 E
.56
1.50 1.50 2.24
.56
1.50 1.50 2.36 2.36 L
10.0
RD=15.75
Ø .32
.19
T T
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain.
.37
R R
.76
1.32
Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins. V
A
V
E
Ø .43
E
Part Breaking
2.24 L
L Weight L
.56
1.50 1.50 2.36
Chain Reference Number Load (lbs.) (width) (lbs./ft.)
LBP 8257 K1000 11077 2250 10 4.84
10.0
RD=15.75 12.0
Ø .32
.19
.37
T
.76
1.32
R
A
Ø .43
V
2.24 .56 E
1.50 1.50 2.36 L
12.0
T
R
A
V
E
L
12.0
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 8257 Chains LPB 8257 Chains
LBP 831
RD=15.75
Single Hinge Straight Running
Ø.43
Chains with Low Noise
.28
.34
1.10
Accumulation Rollers
.76
.85
.19
• High load
• Low noise rollers 1.66 1.50 1.50
• Reduced back-line pressure 1.73 Ø.25
L
positive forward motion.
TRAVEL
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options
for LBP 831 Chains for LBP 831 Chains
RD=15.75
LBP 882 TAB SC
Ø.37
.76
Side Flexing Chains with Low
1.63
RD=15.75
1.06
SC
Noise Accumulation Rollers
Ø.37.68
.87
.19
.37
1.50 1.50 2.23
.76
• High load
1.63
2.99
• Low friction rollers
1.06
.68
.87
.19
.37
• Low noise rollers
1.50 1.50 2.23
Ideal for the food and beverage industry packag- 2.99
ing line and general purpose conveying applica-
tions to reduce pressure created between product
and flite surface. The small width rollers provide a T
stable conveying surface and enable the product R
to be handled without damage, while continuing a A
positive forward motion. V
E
T
L
Standard Length: 5ft. R
Pitches: 40 A
V
E
L
3.75
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
Ø.37
.76
1.63
RD=15.75
1.06
SC
Ø.37.68
.87
.19
.37
2.23
.76
1.50 1.50
1.63
2.99
1.06
.68
.87
.19
.37
T
R
A
V
E
T
L
R
A
V
E
L
4.50
4.50
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LBP 882 TAB K450 11071 2248 4-1/2 24 2.36 2.28 2.71
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 882 TAB Chains LPB 882 TAB Chains
Carry Carry
Le
ng
th
90˚ Return
Carry Carry
R Return
90˚ adi
us Return
Ra Return Le
diu ng
s Straight Track th
Length
PartLNumber Track Width Carry (feet)
en
Corner Track Carry gth
VT-982-T-S-0450-3 5.0 3
Radius
Part Number Track Width (inches) Carry
VT-982-T-S-0450-6 5.0 6
90˚
VT-982-T-24-0450 5.0 24
Carry VT-982-T-S-0450-10 5.0 10
Return
See all ValuTrac
modules on pages
90˚
130-145 Return
Ra Return
diu
s Return
Ra
diu
s
RD=15.75
SC
.68
.76
1.63
LBP 882 TAB (cont.)
1.06
Ø.19
.87
.37
2.23
1.50 1.50
3.0
.68
.76
1.63
1.06
• High load
Ø.19
.87
.37
T
• Low friction rollers 1.50 1.50
2.23 R
3.0 A
• Low noise rollers V
R. E
RD=15.75 L
SC
Ideal for the food and beverage industry packaging
lines and general purpose conveying applications to
.68
.76
reduce pressure created between product and flite sur- 1.63
1.06
Ø.19
7.50
.87
.37
T
face. The small width rollers provide a stable conveying 2.23 R
1.50 1.50 A
surface and enable the product to be handled without Material: "LFG Grey"RD=15.75
Low friction acetal 3.0
chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
SC V
damage, while continuing a positive forward motion. R. E
L
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
.68
.76
1.63
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
1.06
Standard Length: 5ft.
Ø.19
.87
.37
Pitches: 40 LBP 882 TAB K750 11072 2248 7-1/2 24 2.40 2.36
2.23 3.16
1.50 1.50 7.50
T 3.0
R
R. A
RD=15.75 SC V
E
L
.68
.76
1.63
1.06
Ø.19
.87
.37
2.23 T
1.50 1.50 7.50 R
3.0 A
V
R. E
RD=15.75 SC L
.68
.76
1.63
1.06
Ø.19
.87
.37
10.0
T
2.23 R
1.50 1.50
RD=15.75 3.0 A
SC V
R. E
.76 L
1.63
1.06
Ø.19
.37
2.23
1.50 1.50 10.0 3.0
T
R. R
RD=15.75
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers
SC with A
austenitic steel pins.
V
E
.68
Breaking L R SC SC L Weight
.76
1.63
1.06
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
Ø.19
.87
.37
LBP 8821.50
TAB K1000 11069
1.50
2248 10 24 2.40
2.23 2.36 3.97
10.0 3.0
R.
RD=15.75 SC
.68
.76
1.63
1.06
Ø.19
.87
.37
12.0 T
2.23 R
1.50 1.50 3.0 A
V
R. E
L
12.0
T
R
A
V
E
L
12.0
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LBP 882 TAB K1200 11068 2248 12 24 2.40 2.36 4.37
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 882 TAB Chains LPB 882 TAB Chains
Carry Carry
Track Options for
LPB 882 TAB Chains
90˚ Return
Le
Ra Return
ng
diu th
s
Carry Carry
Le
ng
90˚
Straight Track th
Return Length
Part Number Carry
Track Width (feet)
Ra Carry Return VT-982-T-S-0750-3 8.0 3
diu
s VT-982-T-S-0750-6 8.0 6
90˚
VT-982-T-S-0750-10 8.0
Le 10
Corner Track Return ng
th
VT-982-T-S-1000-3 10.5 3
Radius
Part Number Track Width (inches) ReturnCarry
VT-982-T-S-1000-6 10.5 6
VT-982-T-24-0750 8.0 Ra 24 VT-982-T-S-1000-10 10.5 10
diu Carry
s
VT-982-T-24-1000 10.5 24 See all ValuTrac VT-982-T-S-1200-6 12.5 6
90˚ modules on pages
VT-982-T-24-1200 12.5 24 VT-982-T-S-1200-10 12.5 10
Return 130-145
Return
Ra
diu
s
RD=15.75
.19
LBP 882 M
.76
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Ø .37
Magnetic Side Flexing Chains with 2.24
.56
1.50 1.50
SC
Low Noise Accumulation Rollers RD=15.75 R.
.19
• High load
.76
1.32
Ø.31
• Low friction, low noise rollers
.37
Ø .37
• Pin roller support added to maintain a flat and 2.24
.56
1.50 1.50 T
consistent carrying surface SC R
A
• Easy maintenance R. V
RD=15.75 E
L
.19
Series LBP 882 M is securely retained in the curve by See page 146 for
.76
magnets embedded in the chain track material. There
1.32
more information.
Ø.31
.37
are no tabs or bevels on these chains, so they can be
Ø .37
7.50 T
2.24 R
easily removed for maintenance or cleaning, without
.19 .56
1.50 1.50 A
SC
dismantling the chain. RD=15.75"LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel
Material: V
pins.
E
R. L
.76
Ideal for the food and beverage industry packaging Breaking L R SC SC Weight
1.32
Ø.31
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
.37
lines and general purpose conveying applications to
Ø .37
reduce pressure created between product and flite sur- LBP 882 M K750 11073 2248 7-1/2 24 2.24 2.40 2.36 2.62
.56
1.50 1.50 7.50
SC
face. The small width rollers provide a stable conveying T
R
RD=15.75 R.
surface and enable the product to be handled without A
.19
V
damage, while continuing a positive forward motion. E
.76
L
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Ø .37
Standard Length: 10ft. 2.24
.56
Pitches: 40 1.50 1.50
SC
T
R
7.50 A
R. V
RD=15.75 E
L
.19
.76
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Ø .37
10.00 T
2.24 R
.56
1.50 1.50 A
RD=15.75 SC V
.19
E
R. L
.76
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Ø .37
2.24
.56
1.50 1.50 10.00
SC T
RD=15.75 R
R.
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
A
.19
V
E
.76
Breaking L R SC SC Weight L
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
Ø .37
2.24
LBP 882
1.50M K1000 11074 2248 10 24 2.40 2.36 3.33
.56
1.50 T
SC R
10.00 A
R. V
RD=15.75 E
L
.19
.76
1.32
Ø.31
.37
Ø .37
12.00 T
2.24 R
.56
1.50 1.50 A
SC V
E
R. L
12.00
T
R
A
V
E
L
12.00
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers with austenitic steel pins.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LBP 882 M K1200 11075 2248 12 24 2.40 2.36 3.93
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 882 M Chains LPB 882 M Chains
Magnetic corner tracks for these chains are available. Please see
Track Options for
the complete System Plast Conveyor Chains catalog for details
LPB 882 M Chains or contact our Engineering Department.
RD=15
LBP 878 TAB
Ø.43
.19
.61
Side Flexing Chains with Low
.80
1.37
Noise Accumulation Rollers
.82
.46
.33
• Small sideflexing radius of 7-7/8 inches 1.50 1.50 1.50
1.69
• Low friction rollers
• Low noise rollers 2.43
• Preferred with turn discs
3.25
reduce pressure created between product and
flite surface. The small width rollers provide a
stable conveying surface and enable the product
R.
to be handled without damage, while continuing a
positive forward motion.
Material: "LFG Grey" Low friction acetal chain. Water blue acetal resin rollers.
Breaking L R SC SC Weight
Chain Reference Part Number Load (lbs.) (width) Min. Straight Curved (lbs. per ft.)
LBP 878 TAB K325 11388 1349 3-1/4 7.87 1.81 1.77 2.15
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LPB 878 TAB Chains LPB 878 TAB Chains
Operating temperatures:
dry: - 40°F to + 176°F
wet: 32°F to +149°F
Color: Dark Grey
This material is FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for direct contact with food.
Operating temperatures:
dry: - 40°F to + 176°F
wet: 32°F to +149°F
Color: Dark Brown
This material is FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for direct contact with food.
Operating temperatures:
up to 248°F
Color: Light Grey
Conveyor Chains
ery
r d eliv ontact
F o ,c
Nose Bars m a tion rvice.
r e
info tomer s
cu s
for 2121 Series Belts
The design of 2121 series belts and these
nose bars allow the creation of extremely
short transfers.
9.0
A .75
3.0 3.0 .53 .02
.75
.34
90°
Material: Nolu-SR
.75
2.5 Part Number Width Height Radius
14143A 3.0 .75 .375
A
14144A 6.0 .75 .375
5
37
6.0
A .75
3.0 .53 .02
.75
.34
90°
.75
2.5
A
5
37
R.
3.0
.75
A .53 .02
.75
.34
90°
.75
2.5
A
5
37
R.
ery
r d eliv ontact
F o ,c
2121 m a tion rvice.
r e
info tomer s
cu s
Straight Running Belts with .34 in.
W 8.7 mm
Single Piece Widths
12.7 mm
.50 in.
• 1/2 inch pitch
• .34 (11/32) inch height
• Easy installation and maintenance R.39 in.
• High mechanical strength and wear resistance R9.5 mm
• No gaps between parallel chains
• Excellent product handling
12.7 mm
.50 in.
System Plast Flat Top Belts have a solid surface
that makes them suitable for glass bottles and
.17 in.
PET bottles, especially those with low contact
4.35 mm
area bases.
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. White PBT pins.
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 240 W Backflex Max Load* Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) Pitch Radius (lbs. per ft.) (lbs. per sq. ft.)
LFG2121FT-K300 26050 3 .50 .40 1370 1.36
Can be used with a Nose Bar LFG2121FT-K325 26051 3-1/4 .50 .40 1370 1.36
to create extremely short transfers.
LFG2121FT-K450 26052 4-1/2 .50 .40 1370 1.36
LFG2121FT-K600 26053 6 .50 .40 1370 1.36
LFG2121FT-K750 26054 7-1/2 .50 .40 1370 1.36
*Max. load changes according to belt width. Example: max. load for a 6 inch wide belt is half of the lbs.
See page 75 per foot figure shown.
0.15 in.
1.66 in. 3.9 mm
42.1 mm
.24 in. .34 in.
Straight Running Belts with W
6 mm 8.7 mm
Single Piece Widths and
12.7 mm
.50 in.
Two Positioners
• 1/2 inch pitch R.39 in.
• .34 (11/32) inch height R9.5 mm
• Easy installation and maintenance
• High mechanical strength and wear resistance 12.7 mm
.50 in.
VG-SST-1.25
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 2121 Flat Top Belts 2121 Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Machined Split Machined Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125500GV - 125500GV -
1 16 125500VS - 125500RIVS -
1-1/4 16 125501VS - 125501RIVS -
.71* 20 125502GV - 125502GV -
1 20 125502VS - 125502RIVS -
1-1/4 20 125503VS - 125503RIVS -
1-7/16 20 125504VS - 125504RIVS -
1-1/2 20 125505VS - 125505RIVS -
.71* 24 125506GV - 125506GV -
1 24 125506VS - 125506RIVS -
1-1/4 24 125507VS - 125507RIVS -
1-7/16 24 125508VS - 125508RIVS -
1-1/2 24 125509VS - 125509RIVS -
.71* 28 125510GV 125600GV 125510GV 125600GV
1 28 125510VS 125600VS 125510RIVS 125600RVS
1-1/4 28 125511VS 125601VS 125511RIVS 125601RVS
1-7/16 28 125512VS 125602VS 125512RIVS 125602RVS
1-1/2 28 125513VS 125603VS 125513RIVS 125603RVS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery ct
See all sprockets
eliv ta
and idlers on
For d on, con e. pages 101-125
t i c
rm a er i
v
info tomer s
cus
2121 FT
W
Straight Running Belts with 6.0 in. .34 in.
Combined Piece Widths 152.4 mm 8.7 mm
3.0 in.
76.2 mm
12.7 mm
• 1/2 inch pitch
.50 in.
• .34 (11/32) inch height
• Easy installation and maintenance
• High mechanical strength and R.39 in.
wear resistance R9.5 mm
• No gaps between parallel chains
• Excellent product handling
12.7 mm
.50 in.
System Plast Flat Top Belts have a solid
surface that makes them suitable for glass
.17 in.
bottles and PET bottles, especially those
4.35 mm
with low contact area bases.
See page 75
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. White PBT pins. For "XP Dark Brown" material, add "XPG" to the end of the part
number, example: 261102XPG.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 2121 FT Flat Top Belts 2121 FT Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Machined Split Machined Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125500GV - 125500GV -
1 16 125500VS - 125500RIVS -
1-1/4 16 125501VS - 125501RIVS -
.71* 20 125502GV - 125502GV -
1 20 125502VS - 125502RIVS -
1-1/4 20 125503VS - 125503RIVS -
1-7/16 20 125504VS - 125504RIVS -
1-1/2 20 125505VS - 125505RIVS -
.71* 24 125506GV - 125506GV -
1 24 125506VS - 125506RIVS -
1-1/4 24 125507VS - 125507RIVS -
1-7/16 24 125508VS - 125508RIVS -
1-1/2 24 125509VS - 125509RIVS -
.71* 28 125510GV 125600GV 125510GV 125600GV
1 28 125510VS 125600VS 125510RIVS 125600RVS
1-1/4 28 125511VS 125601VS 125511RIVS 125601RVS
1-7/16 28 125512VS 125602VS 125512RIVS 125602RVS
1-1/2 28 125513VS 125603VS 125513RIVS 125603RVS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery
See all sprockets
Ø.43
LBP 2120
.85
Flat Top Belts with
Accumulation Rollers W (increments of 3.35” / 85mm)
• Easy installation and maintenance 6.70
• Optimum product stability .34
3.35
• High performance
• Easy to clean
• Long wear life
.50
• Low noise rollers
.50
.17
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
Material: "LF Dark Grey" Low friction acetal belt. Water blue acetal resin rollers with stainless steel roller shaft.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for LBP 2120 Flat Top Belts LBP 2120 Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Machined Split Machined Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125500GV - 125500GV -
1 16 125500VS - 125500RIVS -
1-1/4 16 125501VS - 125501RIVS -
.71* 20 125502GV - 125502GV -
1 20 125502VS - 125502RIVS -
1-1/4 20 125503VS - 125503RIVS -
1-7/16 20 125504VS - 125504RIVS -
1-1/2 20 125505VS - 125505RIVS -
.71* 24 125506GV - 125506GV -
1 24 125506VS - 125506RIVS -
1-1/4 24 125507VS - 125507RIVS -
1-7/16 24 125508VS - 125508RIVS -
1-1/2 24 125509VS - 125509RIVS -
.71* 28 125510GV 125600GV 125510GV 125600GV
1 28 125510VS 125600VS 125510RIVS 125600RVS
1-1/4 28 125511VS 125601VS 125511RIVS 125601RVS
1-7/16 28 125512VS 125602VS 125512RIVS 125602RVS
1-1/2 28 125513VS 125603VS 125513RIVS 125603RVS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
SC RD=5.51
2250 TAB
.48
1.66
.47
Side Flexing Chain-Belts,
.97
.34
TAB Guides
.98
• High strength and heavy duty flight design. 1.0 1.0 .31
• Chain thickness and hinge design ensure high working load capacity.
Standard tracks
• Matching height to 2121 series belts allows for standardization of
for TAB system or
conveyor design. ValuTrac II system.
• Optimum product stability. Top plate design and 1 inch pitch allows for
a maximum support area and smooth product transfer.
Chain-Belts solve the problem of how to incorporate side flexing needs into a straight
L
running modular belt application. Uses standard TAB style chain tracks or guides.
R.
Chain-Belts are designed to have the same height above the wear surface as modular
belts, and a solid surface that makes them suitable for glass bottles and PET bottles,
Use in
especially those with low contact area bases.
tion with
Standard Length: 10ft. combina s
Pitches: 120 2121 serie
be lt s
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
LFG2250FT-TAB-K330 11323 3.3 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.17
LFG2250FT-TAB-K450 11324 4.5 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.37
Material: "NGG Light Grey" Very low friction material with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
NGG2250FT-TAB-K330 11323NGG 3.3 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.17
NGG2250FT-TAB-K450 11324 NGG 4.5 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.37
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 121017 -
1 16 321018 321065
1-1/4 16 321019 321066
1-7/16 16 321020 321067
1-1/2 16 321021 321068
.71* 18 121023 -
1 18 321024 321070
1-1/4 18 321025 321071
1-7/16 18 321026 321072
1-1/2 18 321027 321073
.71* 19 121029 -
1 19 321030 321075
1-1/4 19 321031 321076
1-7/16 19 321032 321077
1-1/2 19 321033 321078
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved. 82
Side Flexing Flat Top Chain-Belt
Conveyor Chains
Idler Options
Drive Sprocket Options
for 2250 TAB
for 2250 TAB Chain-Belts
Chain-Belts
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
Molded Molded Molded Molded
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123108S -
1-1/4 16 123099S 123103S - 123109S
1-7/16 16 123100S 123104S - 123110S
1-1/2 16 123101S 123105S - 123111S
1-3/4 16 123102S 123106S - 123112S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123122S -
1-1/4 18 123113S 123117S - 123123S
1-7/16 18 123114S 123118S - 123124S
1-1/2 18 123115S 123119S - 123125S
1-3/4 18 123116S 123120S - 123126S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 - - 123136S -
1-1/4 19 123127S 123131S - 123137S
1-7/16 19 123128S 123132S - 123138S
1-1/2 19 123129S 123133S - 123139S
1-3/4 19 123130S 123134S - 123140S
Le
ng
Track Options for th
Le
90˚ Return
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
90˚ s
Return
Le
Straight Track ng
Ra Return th
diu Length
s Part Number Track WidthCarry(feet)
2250 M SC RD = 5.51
.48
1.66
.84
.34
.53
• High strength and heavy duty flight design.
1.06
• Chain thickness and hinge design ensure
high working load capacity. 1.0 1.0 Ø.31
• Matching height to 2121 series belts allows
for standardization of conveyor design. Magnetic corner track
• Easy installation. No tabs or bevel. Allows chain system is also available.
to be installed and removed quickly.
• Optimum product stability. Top plate design and 1 inch pitch allows for
a maximum support area and smooth product transfer.
L
into a straight running modular belt application. For use with Dual
Magnetic Corner Tracks.
R.
Chain-Belts are designed to have the same height above the
wear surface as modular belts, and a solid surface that makes
them suitable for glass bottles and PET bottles, especially
those with low contact area bases. See page 146 for Use in combination
more information. with 2121 series belts
Standard Length: 10ft.
Pitches: 120
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
LFG 2250 M K330 FT 11320 3.3 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.18
Note: Replaced by 2260 series on page 86.
Material: "NGG Light Grey" Low friction material with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
NGG 2250 M K330 FT 11320NGG 3.3 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.18
Note: Replaced by NGG 2260 series on page 86.
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 121017 -
1 16 321018 321065
1-1/4 16 321019 321066
1-7/16 16 321020 321067
1-1/2 16 321021 321068
.71* 18 121023 -
1 18 321024 321070
1-1/4 18 321025 321071
1-7/16 18 321026 321072
1-1/2 18 321027 321073
.71* 19 121029 -
1 19 321030 321075
1-1/4 19 321031 321076
1-7/16 19 321032 321077
1-1/2 19 321033 321078
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Options Idler Options for
for 2250 M Chain-Belts 2250 M Chain-Belts
ery
r d eliv ontact
F o ,c
m a tion rvice.
r e
info tomer s
cu s
Molded Molded Molded Molded
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123108S -
1-1/4 16 123099S 123103S - 123109S
1-7/16 16 123100S 123104S - 123110S
1-1/2 16 123101S 123105S - 123111S
1-3/4 16 123102S 123106S - 123112S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123122S -
1-1/4 18 123113S 123117S - 123123S
1-7/16 18 123114S 123118S - 123124S
1-1/2 18 123115S 123119S - 123125S
1-3/4 18 123116S 123120S - 123126S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 - - 123136S -
1-1/4 19 123127S 123131S - 123137S
1-7/16 19 123128S 123132S - 123138S
1-1/2 19 123129S 123133S - 123139S
1-3/4 19 123130S 123134S - 123140S
90°
Track Options for 2250 M
Chain-Belts K330 Series Ra
diu
s
Number Total Width
of Tracks mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
1 100 3.94 KMD.15.15.01.A KMD.15.30.01.A KMD.15.45.01.A KMD.15.60.01.A KMD.15.75.01.A KMD.15.90.01.A
2 185 7.28 KMD.15.15.02.A KMD.15.30.02.A KMD.15.45.02.A KMD.15.60.02.A KMD.15.75.02.A KMD.15.90.02.A
3 270
10.63 KMD.15.15.03.A KMD.15.30.03.A KMD.15.45.03.A KMD.15.60.03.A KMD.15.75.03.A KMD.15.90.03.A
4 355
13.98 KMD.15.15.04.A KMD.15.30.04.A KMD.15.45.04.A KMD.15.60.04.A KMD.15.75.04.A KMD.15.90.04.A
For additional number of tracks in a magnetic curve, see the chain track catalog section.
1.77
2260 M 1.66
RD=5.91
.48
Side Flexing Flat
.83
Top Chain-Belts
.53
.34
1.06
• High strength and heavy duty flight design. 1.0 1.0 .32
• Chain thickness and hinge design ensure
high working load capacity. Magnetic corner track
• Matching height to 2121 series belts allows for system is also available.
standardization of conveyor design.
• Optimum product stability. Top plate design and 1 inch pitch
allows for a maximum support area and smooth product transfer.
L
Chain-Belts solve the problem of how to incorporate side flexing needs into a straight
R.
running modular belt application. For use with Dual Magnetic Corner Tracks.
Chain-Belts are designed to have the same height above the wear surface
as modular belts, and a solid surface that makes them suitable for glass
bottles and PET bottles, especially those with low contact area bases.
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless pins.
L R Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
LFG2260FT-M-K330 11329 3.3 20 450 1.17
Material: "NGG Light Grey" Very low friction material with 304 stainless pins.
L R Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
NGG2260FT-M-K330 11329NGG 3.3 20 450 1.17
Conveyor Chains
Idler Options
Drive Sprocket Options for 2260 M FT
for 2260 M Chain-Belts Chain-Belts
ery ct
eliv ta
For d on, con e.
t i c
rm a er i
v
info tomer s
cus
Molded Molded Molded Molded
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123108S -
1-1/4 16 123099S 123103S - 123109S
1-7/16 16 123100S 123104S - 123110S
1-1/2 16 123101S 123105S - 123111S
1-3/4 16 123102S 123106S - 123112S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123122S -
1-1/4 18 123113S 123117S - 123123S
1-7/16 18 123114S 123118S - 123124S
1-1/2 18 123115S 123119S - 123125S
1-3/4 18 123116S 123120S - 123126S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 - - 123136S -
1-1/4 19 123127S 123131S - 123137S
1-7/16 19 123128S 123132S - 123138S
1-1/2 19 123129S 123133S - 123139S
1-3/4 19 123130S 123134S - 123140S
g n e t i c
M a
90°
2252 W
.50
Straight Running Belts with
Single Piece Widths
• 1 inch pitch
• 1/2 inch height
• Easy installation and maintenance 1.0
• High mechanical strength and wear resistance
• No gaps between parallel chains
• Excellent product handling 1.0
.20
1.70
Straight Running Belts with W
.39 .50
Single Piece Widths and
Two Positioners
• 1 inch pitch
• 1/2 inch height
1.0
• Easy installation and maintenance
• High mechanical strength and wear resistance
• No gaps between parallel chains 1.0
• Excellent product handling
.25
System Plast Flat Top Belts have a solid surface
that makes them suitable for glass bottles and
PET bottles, especially those with a low contact
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. White PBT pins.
area base.
W Backflex Max Load* Weight
Standard Length: 10ft. Chain Reference Part Number (width) Pitch Radius (lbs. per ft.) (lbs. per sq. ft.)
Pitches: 120 LFG2252FT-PT-K300 26010 3 1.0 1.0 2604 2.89
LFG2252FT-PT-K325 26011 3-1/4 1.0 1.0 2604 2.89
LFG2252FT-PT-K450 26012 4-1/2 1.0 1.0 2604 2.89
ery ct
eliv ta
LFG2252FT-PT-K600 26013 6 1.0 1.0 2604 2.89
For d on, con e. LFG2252FT-PT-K750 26014 7-1/2 1.0 1.0 2604 2.89
t i c
rm a er i
v
info tomer s *Max. load changes according to belt width. Example: max. load for a 6 inch wide belt is half of the lbs.
cus
per foot figure shown.
VG-SST-1.25
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Idler Options for
Options for 2252 2252 Flat Top Belts
Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125250GF 125250GF
1 16 125250S 125250RS
1-1/4 16 125251S 125251RS
1-7/16 16 125252S 125252RS
1-1/2 16 125253S 125253RS
.71* 18 125254GF 125254GF
1 18 125254S 125254RS
1-1/4 18 125255S 125255RS
1-7/16 18 125256S 125256RS
1-1/2 18 125257S 125257RS
.71* 20 125258GF 125258GF
1 20 125258S 125258RS
1-1/4 20 125259S 125259RS
1-7/16 20 125260S 125260RS
1-1/2 20 125261S 125261RS
.71* 21 125262GF 125262GF
1 21 125262S 125262RS
1-1/4 21 125263S 125263RS
1-7/16 21 125264S 125264RS
1-1/2 21 125265S 125265RS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery ct
eliv ta
For d on, con e.
t i c
rm a er i
v
info tomer s
cus See all sprockets
and idlers on
Molded Molded Molded Molded pages 101-125
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/4 14 123150S 123154S - 123162S
1-7/16 14 123151S 123155S - 123163S
1-1/2 14 123152S 123156S - 123164S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123066S -
1-1/4 16 123057S 123061S - 123067S
1-7/16 16 123058S 123062S - 123068S
1-1/2 16 123059S 123063S - 123069S
1-3/4 16 123060S 123064S - 123070S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123080S -
1-1/4 18 123071S 123075S - 123081S
1-7/16 18 123072S 123076S - 123082S
1-1/2 18 123073S 123077S - 123083S
1-3/4 18 123074S 123078S - 123084S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 20 - - 123094S -
1-1/4 20 123085S 123089S - 123095S
1-7/16 20 123086S 123090S - 123096S
1-1/2 20 123087S 123091S - 123097S
1-3/4 20 123088S 123092S - 123098S
W
6.0
2252 FT 3.0
Straight Running Belts with .50
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. White PBT pins. For "XPG Dark Brown" material, add "XPG" to the end of the part
number, example: 261002XPG.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Idler Options
Options for 2252 FT for 2252 FT
Flat Top Belts Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125250GF 125250GF
1 16 125250S 125250RS
1-1/4 16 125251S 125251RS
1-7/16 16 125252S 125252RS
1-1/2 16 125253S 125253RS
.71* 18 125254GF 125254GF
1 18 125254S 125254RS
1-1/4 18 125255S 125255RS
1-7/16 18 125256S 125256RS
1-1/2 18 125257S 125257RS
.71* 20 125258GF 125258GF
1 20 125258S 125258RS
1-1/4 20 125259S 125259RS
1-7/16 20 125260S 125260RS
1-1/2 20 125261S 125261RS
.71* 21 125262GF 125262GF
1 21 125262S 125262RS
1-1/4 21 125263S 125263RS
1-7/16 21 125264S 125264RS
1-1/2 21 125265S 125265RS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery
eliv ontact
See all sprockets
r d
Fo on, c
and idlers on
ti ice.
pages 101-125
n f o rma er serv
i tom
cus
2252 PT
6.0
3.0
.50
Straight Running Belts with
Combined Piece Widths
• 1 inch pitch
• 1/2 inch height
• Easy installation and maintenance
1.0
• High mechanical strength and wear resistance
• No gaps between parallel chains
• Excellent product handling
1.0
System Plast Flat Top Belts have a solid surface
that makes them suitable for glass bottles and
PET bottles, especially those with a low contact
.25
area base.
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal chain. White PBT pins. For "XPG Dark Brown" material, add "XPG" to the end of the part
number, example: 26200XPG.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Idler Options
Options for 2252 PT for 2252 PT
Flat Top Belts Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125250GF 125250GF
1 16 125250S 125250RS
1-1/4 16 125251S 125251RS
1-7/16 16 125252S 125252RS
1-1/2 16 125253S 125253RS
.71* 18 125254GF 125254GF
1 18 125254S 125254RS
1-1/4 18 125255S 125255RS
1-7/16 18 125256S 125256RS
1-1/2 18 125257S 125257RS
.71* 20 125258GF 125258GF
1 20 125258S 125258RS
1-1/4 20 125259S 125259RS
1-7/16 20 125260S 125260RS
1-1/2 20 125261S 125261RS
.71* 21 125262GF 125262GF
1 21 125262S 125262RS
1-1/4 21 125263S 125263RS
1-7/16 21 125264S 125264RS
1-1/2 21 125265S 125265RS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery ct
eliv
See all sprockets
ta
For d on, con e.
and idlers on
t i c
pages 101-125
rm a er i
v
info tomer s
cus
Ø.43
LBP 2251
1.07
Flat Top Belts with
W (increments of 3.35” / 85mm)
Accumulation Rollers
6.70
.50
• Easy installation and maintenance 3.35
• Optimum product stability
• High performance
• Easy to clean
• Long wear life
• Low noise rollers
1.0
Standard Length: 5ft.
Pitches: 60
1.0
.25
ery
r d eliv ontact
Fo on, c
ti ce.
rma ervi
info tomer s
cus
Material: "LF Dark Grey" Low friction acetal belt. Water blue acetal resin rollers with stainless steel roller shaft.
Conveyor Chains
Drive Sprocket Idler Options
Options for LBP 2251 for LBP 2251
Flat Top Belts Flat Top Belts
Machined Machined
Split Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number
.71* 16 125250GF 125250GF
1 16 125250S 125250RS
1-1/4 16 125251S 125251RS
1-7/16 16 125252S 125252RS
1-1/2 16 125253S 125253RS
.71* 18 125254GF 125254GF
1 18 125254S 125254RS
1-1/4 18 125255S 125255RS
1-7/16 18 125256S 125256RS
1-1/2 18 125257S 125257RS
.71* 20 125258GF 125258GF
1 20 125258S 125258RS
1-1/4 20 125259S 125259RS
1-7/16 20 125260S 125260RS
1-1/2 20 125261S 125261RS
.71* 21 125262GF 125262GF
1 21 125262S 125262RS
1-1/4 21 125263S 125263RS
1-7/16 21 125264S 125264RS
1-1/2 21 125265S 125265RS
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
ery
eliv ontact
See all sprockets
r d
Fo on, c
and idlers on
ti ce. pages 101-125
rma ervi
inf tomer s
o
cus
RD=5.51
SC
2251 TAB
.64
1.66
.47
1.13
Side Flexing Chain-Belts,
.50
TAB Guides
.98
• High strength and heavy duty flight design. 1.0 1.0 .31
• Chain thickness and hinge design ensure high working load capacity.
• Matching height to 2252 series belts allows for standardization of Standard tracks
for TAB system or
conveyor design. ValuTrac II system.
• Optimum product stability. Top plate design and 1 inch pitch allows for
a maximum support area and smooth product transfer.
Chain-Belts solve the problem of how to incorporate side flexing needs into a straight
L
running modular belt application. Uses standard TAB style chain tracks or guides.
R.
Chain-Belts are designed to have the same height above the wear surface in
as modular belts, and a solid surface that makes them suitable for glass Use on with
ti
bottles and PET bottles, especially those with low contact area bases. bina es
com 52 seri
2 2 s
Standard Length: 10ft.
belt
Pitches: 120
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per sq. ft.)
LFG2251FT-TAB-K330 11325 3.3 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.28
Material: "NGG Light Grey" Very low friction material with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per sq. ft.)
NGG2251FT-TAB-K330 11325NGG 3.3 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.28
NGG2251FT-TAB-K450 11326NGG 4.5 20 1.81 1.77 450 1.28
Conveyor Chains
Idler Options
Drive Sprocket Options
for 2251 TAB
for 2251 TAB Chain-Belts
Chain-Belts
ery
r d eliv ontact
F o c
ion, e.
f o r mat r servic
in tom
e
cus
Molded Molded Molded Molded
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123108S -
1-1/4 16 123099S 123103S - 123109S
1-7/16 16 123100S 123104S - 123110S
1-1/2 16 123101S 123105S - 123111S
1-3/4 16 123102S 123106S - 123112S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123122S -
1-1/4 18 123113S 123117S - 123123S
1-7/16 18 123114S 123118S - 123124S
1-1/2 18 123115S 123119S - 123125S
1-3/4 18 123116S 123120S - 123126S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 - - 123136S -
1-1/4 19 123127S 123131S - 123137S
1-7/16 19 123128S 123132S - 123138S
1-1/2 19 123129S 123133S - 123139S
1-3/4 19 123130S 123134S - 123140S
Le
ng
Track Options for th
Le
90˚ Return
ng
th
Carry Carry
Ra Return
diu
90˚ s
Return
Le
Straight Track ng
Ra Return th
diu Length
s Part Number Track WidthCarry(feet)
SC RD=5.51
2251 M
.64
1.66
1.0
.50
.53
1.06
• High strength and heavy duty flight design.
• Chain thickness and hinge design ensure
high working load capacity. 1.0 1.0
Ø.31
• Matching height to 2252 series belts allows for
Magnetic corner track
standardization of conveyor design. system is also available.
• Optimum product stability. Top plate design and 1 inch pitch
allows for a maximum support area and smooth product transfer.
L
Magnetic Corner Tracks.
R.
Chain-Belts are designed to have the same height above the wear surface
as modular belts, and a solid surface that makes them suitable for glass
bottles and PET bottles, especially those with low contact area bases.
Material: "LFG Dark Grey" Low friction acetal with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
LFG2251FT-M-K330 11322 3.3 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.18
LFG2251FT-M-K450 11328 4.5 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.47
Material: "NGG Light Grey" Low friction material with 304 stainless pins.
L R SC SC Max Weight
Chain Reference Part Number (width) min. Straight Curved Load (lbs.) (lbs. per ft.)
NGG2251FT-M-K330 11322NGG 3.3 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.18
NGG2251FT-M-K450 11328NGG 4.5 20 1.77 1.73 450 1.47
Conveyor Chains
Idler Options
Drive Sprocket Options
for 2251 M
for 2251 M Chain-Belts
Chain-Belts
ery
r d eliv ontact
F o c
ion, e.
f o r mat r servic
in tom
e
cus
Molded Molded Molded Molded
Single Key Double Key Square Shaft Split
Shaft Sized Teeth or
Bore Dia. Equivalent Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 - - 123108S -
1-1/4 16 123099S 123103S - 123109S
1-7/16 16 123100S 123104S - 123110S
1-1/2 16 123101S 123105S - 123111S
1-3/4 16 123102S 123106S - 123112S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 - - 123122S -
1-1/4 18 123113S 123117S - 123123S
1-7/16 18 123114S 123118S - 123124S
1-1/2 18 123115S 123119S - 123125S
1-3/4 18 123116S 123120S - 123126S
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 - - 123136S -
1-1/4 19 123127S 123131S - 123137S
1-7/16 19 123128S 123132S - 123138S
1-1/2 19 123129S 123133S - 123139S
1-3/4 19 123130S 123134S - 123140S
90°
ValuTrac™....… Page
Bevel style modules
130
Tab style modules
Custom sizes and styles
Magnetic Corner
Tracks.........… Page 146
S p r o c k e t s , W e a r S t r i p s & C o n v e y o r C h a i n G u i d e s
Section 2
DynaPlate &
Modular Transfer
Plates..........… Page 156
ValuFlex™....… Page
Serpentine Return System
169
UHMW profiles Chain Return Shoes
SnapLock Clips Spacers
PinchLock Clips Cross Rods
Heavy Duty Sprockets
e
l shap
Specia cket teeth
Split Sprockets & Idlers spr o
of the ates for nat er
ural
Strips, Chain Guides
n s a ft
compe ngthening
Sprockets, Wear
le !
Sprockets for Chain Series: ch a in ged u s e
prolon
812, 815, 815VG, 881M, 881MO
These sprockets have been machined from solid polyamide material, giving them a
completely closed structure which is easier to clean and disinfect. The reinforced design
of the sprocket ensures smooth running with reduced noise levels. Additional benefits
include increased keyway strength, excellent chemical resistance, and long service life.
1.50 1.50
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
For 1.63 1.63
Sprockets, Wear
812, 815, 815VG, 881M, 881MO
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.09 2.09
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
Standard Keyseats Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
1/4
1/8
Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft Sprocket Reference Idler Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
3/8 Part Number Code Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H S (+0 to .04)
3/16
32053 815-21P-1 321080 815-21P-IDL-1 1 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
32054 815-21P-1.25 321081 815-21P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
32055 815-21P-1.44 321082 815-21P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
32056 815-21P-1.5 321083 815-21P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
Positioning pins
ensure accurate tooth 32099 815-23P-1 321085 815-23P-IDL-1 1 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
alignment and aid 32100 815-23P-1.25 321086 815-23P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
assembly. 32101 815-23P-1.44 321087 815-23P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32102 815-23P-1.5 321088 815-23P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32065 815-25P-1 321090 815-25P-IDL-1 1 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32066 815-25P-1.25 321091 815-25P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32067 815-25P-1.44 321092 815-25P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32068 815-25P-1.5 321093 815-25P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
an
Sprockets, Wear
(+.0 to .04)
black. The bushing is made of a low friction
C Outside Diam.
and low corrosion green resin. The reinforced
B Inside Diam.
design of the idler ensures smooth running
with reduced noise levels.
2.32
Shaft sized
bore dia.
For
P Material: Self lubricating polyamide body. Bushing is low friction resin.
ACCs!
H ed Ne
Idler Reference Shaft Sized
Equivalent
Number
Inside
Diameter
Outside
Diameter
Shaft Center
to Wear Surface S
Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth B C (+0 to .04)
32866 815-21LF-IDL-1 1 21 4.07 5.10 2.70
32867 815-21LF-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 4.07 5.10 2.70
32868 815-21LF-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 21 4.07 5.10 2.70
32869 815-21LF-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 21 4.07 5.10 2.70
32874 815-23LF-IDL-1 1 23 4.07 5.63 2.94
32875 815-23LF-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 23 4.07 5.63 2.94
32876 815-23LF-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 4.07 5.63 2.94
32877 815-23LF-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 4.07 5.63 2.94
32870 815-25LF-IDL-1 1 25 4.80 6.08 3.17
32871 815-25LF-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 4.80 6.08 3.17
32872 815-25LF-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 4.80 6.08 3.17
32873 815-25LF-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 4.80 6.08 3.17
Sprockets, Wear
Idlers for Chain Series:
812, 815, 815VG, 820, 828, 831,
831VG, LBP831, 879, 880,
879M, 880M, 879MVG, 881, 1.50 1.73
8810, 831VG, 881M, 881MO
(+.0 to .04)
lubricated black polyamide. Additional benefits
C Outside Diam.
include excellent high wear and chemical resis-
B Inside Diam.
tance, quickly replaceable, and recyclable.
M
2.24
2.40
Shaft sized
bore dia.
Positioning pins Material: Self lubricating polyamide body, stainless steel screws.
ensure accurate tooth
alignment and aid Equivalent Inside Outside Shaft Center
Idler Reference Shaft Sized Number Diameter Diameter to Wear Surface S
assembly.
Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth M B C (+0 to .04)
32077B 815-21-IDL-1 1 21 1.38 3.82 5.11 2.70
32078B 815-21-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 1.57 3.82 5.11 2.70
32079B 815-21-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 21 1.77 3.82 5.11 2.70
32080B 815-21-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 21 1.97 3.82 5.11 2.70
32081B 815-25-IDL-1 1 25 1.38 4.02 6.09 3.17
32082B 815-25-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 1.57 4.02 6.09 3.17
32083B 815-25-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 1.77 4.02 6.09 3.17
32084B 815-25-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 1.97 4.02 6.09 3.17
Save installation
time with split
idler wheels.
e
l shap
Specia cket teeth
Split Sprockets & Idlers spr o
of the ates for nat er
ural
Strips, Chain Guides
n s a ft
compe ngthening
Sprockets, Wear
a in le u s e !
Sprockets for Chain Series: ch
prolon
ged
881, 881O, 881VG, 881T, 8810T, 881TVG
These sprockets have been machined from solid polyamide material,
giving them a completely closed structure which is easier to clean and
disinfect. The reinforced design of the sprocket ensures smooth running
with reduced noise levels. Additional benefits include increased keyway
strength, excellent chemical resistance, and long service life.
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
M
P For
ACCs! Shaft sized
1.63
Shaft sized
1.63
H ed Ne bore dia. bore dia.
Material: Polyamide body, stainless steel connecting screws.
Sprocket Idler Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
Part Reference Part Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface S
Number Code Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H M (+0 to .04)
Standard Keyseats 12966 881-19MP-.71 - - .71* 19 4.61 4.62 2.76 2.44
1/4
1/8 32469 881-19MP-1 321275 881-19MP-IDL-1 1 19 4.61 4.62 2.76 2.44
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft 32470 881-19MP-1.25 - - 1-1/4 19 4.61 4.62 2.76 2.44
3/8 32471 881-19MP-1.44 - - 1-7/16 19 4.61 4.62 2.76 2.44
3/16
32472 881-19MP-1.5 321278 881-19MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 19 4.61 4.62 2.76 2.44
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
12967 881-21MP-.71 - - .71* 21 5.08 5.09 2.95 2.67
32473 881-21MP-1 321279 881-21MP-IDL-1 1 21 5.08 5.09 2.95 2.67
32474 881-21MP-1.25 321280 881-21MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 5.08 5.09 2.95 2.67
Positioning pins 32475 881-21MP-1.44 - - 1-7/16 21 5.08 5.09 2.95 2.67
ensure accurate tooth 32476 881-21MP-1.5 - - 1-1/2 21 5.08 5.09 2.95 2.67
alignment and aid
assembly. 12968 881-23MP-.71 - - .71* 23 5.59 5.56 3.15 2.91
32477 881-23MP-1 321283 881-23MP-IDL-1 1 23 5.59 5.56 3.15 2.91
32478 881-23MP-1.25 321284 881-23MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 23 5.59 5.56 3.15 2.91
32479 881-23MP-1.44 321285 881-23MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 5.59 5.56 3.15 2.91
32480 881-23MP-1.5 321286 881-23MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 5.59 5.56 3.15 2.91
12969 881-25MP-.71 - - .71* 25 6.06 6.03 3.54 3.14
32481 881-25MP-1 - - 1 25 6.06 6.03 3.54 3.14
32482 881-25MP-1.25 - - 1-1/4 25 6.06 6.03 3.54 3.14
32483 881-25MP-1.44 321289 881-25MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 6.06 6.03 3.54 3.14
32484 881-25MP-1.5 321290 881-25MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 6.06 6.03 3.54 3.14
121217 881-27MP-.71 - - .71* 27 6.57 6.50 3.94 3.38
Save installation 321218 881-27MP-1 - - 1 27 6.57 6.50 3.94 3.38
time with split 321219 881-27MP-1.25 - - 1-1/4 27 6.57 6.50 3.94 3.38
sprockets and idler
321220 881-27MP-1.44 - - 1-7/16 27 6.57 6.50 3.94 3.38
wheels.
321221 881-27MP-1.5 - - 1-1/2 27 6.57 6.50 3.94 3.38
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.09 2.09
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
Standard Keyseats
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
1/4
1/8
Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft Sprocket Reference Idler Reference Shaft Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface S
3/8 Part Number Code Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H (+0 to .04)
3/16
32061 881-21P-1 321110 881-21P-IDL-1 1 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
32062 881-21P-1.25 - - 1-1/4 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
32063 881-21P-1.44 - - 1-7/16 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
Positioning pins 32064 881-21P-1.5 - - 1-1/2 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
ensure accurate tooth
alignment and aid
32109 881-23P-1 - - 1 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
assembly.
32110 881-23P-1.25 - - 1-1/4 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32111 881-23P-1.44 321117 881-23P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32112 881-23P-1.5 321118 881-23P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32073 881-25P-1 321120 881-25P-IDL-1 1 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32074 881-25P-1.25 321121 881-25P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32075 881-25P-1.44 - - 1-7/16 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32076 881-25P-1.5 - - 1-1/2 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
e
l shap
Split Sprockets & Idlers Specia cket teeth
spro
of the ates for nat er
ural
Strips, Chain Guides
n s a ft
Sprockets, Wear
m p e in g
Sprockets for Chain Series: co
in le n gthen se!
cha ged u
820, 831, LBP831, 831VG prolon
1.50 1.50
0.63 0.63
Drive Sprocket Idler Sprocket
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
P For 1.63 1.63
1.77(Hub) 1.77(Hub)
1.50
1.50 0.63
0.63
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.09 2.09
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
Standard Keyseats
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
1/4
1/8
Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft Sprocket Reference Idler Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface S
3/8 Part Number Code Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H (+0 to .04)
3/16
32057 820-21P-1 321095 820-21P-IDL-1 1 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
32058 820-21P-1.25 321096 820-21P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
32059 820-21P-1.44 321097 820-21P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
Positioning pins 32060 820-21P-1.5 321098 820-21P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
ensure accurate tooth
alignment and aid 32104 820-23P-1 321100 820-23P-IDL-1 1 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
assembly. 32105 820-23P-1.25 321101 820-23P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32106 820-23P-1.44 321102 820-23P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32107 820-23P-1.5 321103 820-23P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
32069 820-25P-1 321105 820-25P-IDL-1 1 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32070 820-25P-1.25 321106 820-25P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32071 820-25P-1.44 321107 820-25P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
32072 820-25P-1.5 321108 820-25P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
1.50 1.50
Drive Sprocket Idler Sprocket
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
3.15 3.15
CCs!
bore dia. bore dia.
A
H ed Ne
Material: Polyamide body, stainless steel connecting screws.
Sprocket Idler Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
Standard Keyseats Part Reference Part Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface S
1/4 Number Code Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H (+0 to .04)
1/8
12901 821-21MP-.71 - - .71* 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft 12284S 821-21MP-1 121329S 821-21MP-IDL-1 1 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
3/8
3/16 12285S 821-21MP-1.25 121330S 821-21MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
12286S 821-21MP-1.44 121331S 821-21MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
12287S 821-21MP-1.5 121332S 821-21MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 21 5.08 5.09 2.67
Positioning pins 12902 821-23MP-.71 - - .71* 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
ensure accurate tooth 12288S 821-23MP-1 121333S 821-23MP-IDL-1 1 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
alignment and aid 12289S 821-23MP-1.25 121334S 821-23MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
assembly.
12290S 821-23MP-1.44 121335S 821-23MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
12291S 821-23MP-1.5 121336S 821-23MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 23 5.59 5.56 2.91
12903 821-25MP-.71 - - .71* 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
12292S 821-25MP-1 121337S 821-25MP-IDL-1 1 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
12293S 821-25MP-1.25 121338S 821-25MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
12294S 821-25MP-1.44 121339S 821-25MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
12295S 821-25MP-1.5 121340S 821-25MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 25 6.06 6.03 3.14
121307 821-27MP-.71 - - .71* 27 6.57 6.50 3.38
121308S 821-27MP-1 121341S 821-27MP-IDL-1 1 27 6.57 6.50 3.38
Save installation
121309S 821-27MP-1.25 121342S 821-27MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 27 6.57 6.50 3.38
time with split
sprockets and idler 121310S 821-27MP-1.44 121343S 821-27MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 27 6.57 6.50 3.38
wheels. 121311S 821-27MP-1.5 121344S 821-27MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 27 6.57 6.50 3.38
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
Sprockets, Wear
821, LBP821, 821VG
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.17
2.17
Shaft sized 4.65 Shaft sized 4.65
bore dia. bore dia.
1.50 1.50
0.63 0.63
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
M
P For
ACCs!
H ed Ne
1.67 1.67
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
1.50 1.50
0.63 0.63
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.30 2.30
Shaft sized Shaft sized
Standard Keyseats bore dia. bore dia.
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft
3/8 Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
3/16 Sprocket Reference Idler Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
Part Number Code Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H S (+0 to .04)
321001 880-10P-1 321005 880-10P-IDL-1 1 10 4.80 4.85 2.57
321002 880-10P-1.25 321006 880-10P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 10 4.80 4.85 2.57
Positioning pins 321003 880-10P-1.44 321007 880-10P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 10 4.80 4.85 2.57
ensure accurate tooth
321004 880-10P-1.5 321008 880-10P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 10 4.80 4.85 2.57
alignment and aid
assembly.
32400 880-12P-1 32403 880-12P-IDL-1 1 12 5.80 5.80 3.04
32711 880-12P-1.25 32404 880-12P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 12 5.80 5.80 3.04
32401 880-12P-1.44 32405 880-12P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 12 5.80 5.80 3.04
32402 880-12P-1.5 32406 880-12P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 12 5.80 5.80 3.04
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
p r o ural
Sprockets for Chain Series: s
of the ates for nat er
p e n s g a ft
882, 882M, 882T, 882TVG, LBP882T com enin
length !
chain longed use
pro
These sprockets have been machined from solid polyamide
material, giving them a completely closed structure which
is easier to clean and disinfect. The reinforced design of the
sprocket ensures smooth running with reduced noise levels.
Additional benefits include increased keyway strength, excel-
lent chemical resistance, and long service life.
1.50 1.50
0.87 0.87
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
M
P For
ACCs! 1.67 1.67
H ed Ne
Shaft sized
bore dia.
Shaft sized
bore dia.
1.50 1.50
0.87 0.87
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
2.30 2.30
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
Standard Keyseats
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft
3/8 Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
3/16 Sprocket Reference Idler Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
Part Number Code Part Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H S (+0 to .04)
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
321009 882-10P-1 321013 882-10P-IDL-1 1 10 4.92 4.85 2.57
321010 882-10P-1.25 321014 882-10P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 10 4.92 4.85 2.57
Positioning pins 321011 882-10P-1.44 321015 882-10P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 10 4.92 4.85 2.57
ensure accurate tooth
alignment and aid 321012 882-10P-1.5 321016 882-10P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 10 4.92 4.85 2.57
assembly.
32114 882-12P-1 32119 882-12P-IDL-1 1 12 5.87 5.80 3.09
32115 882-12P-1.25 32120 882-12P-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 12 5.87 5.80 3.09
32116 882-12P-1.44 32121 882-12P-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 12 5.87 5.80 3.09
32117 882-12P-1.5 32122 882-12P-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 12 5.87 5.80 3.09
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
S
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
Note:
• These sprockets can be used for belt widths up to 26 inches and temperature differ-
M
ences of maximum 86°F.
• For wider belts or bigger temperature differences, sprockets with square bores or round e
l shap
bore with two keyways have to be used. Specia cket teeth
spro ural
To order single keyway sprockets capable of floating freely on the shaft (i.e. shaft sized of the ates for nat er
m p e n s in g a ft
co n
bore +.01 /+.02), just add the letter “P”(=plus) to the existing part number. For example, a in le ngthe use! .47
code 125500SVP. ch
Shaft sized prolong
ed
bore dia.
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
.47 .47
Shaft sized Shaft sized
Standard Keyseats bore dia. bore dia.
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body.
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft
3/8 Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
3/16 Sprocket Idler .98 Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
.98
Part Number Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth C H M S (+0 to .04)
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
125500GV - .71* 16 2.57 2.56 2.17 1.11
125500VS 125500RIVS 1 16 2.57 2.56 2.17 1.11
S
C Outside Diam.
S
H Pitch Diam.
M
S
Heavy Duty Sprockets
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
.47
Shaft sized
Split Sprockets & Idlers bore dia.
.47
S
increased keyway strength, excellent chemical resistance, and long service life.
Outside Diam.
Pitch Diam.
Note:
M
S
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
• These sprockets can be used for belt widths up to 26 inches and temperature differ-
ences of maximum 86°F.
H
M
C
• For wider belts or bigger temperature differences, sprockets with square bores or round e
l shap
bore with two keyways have to be used. Specia cket teeth
spro tural
of the ates for na .47
To order single keyway sprockets capable of floating freely on the shaft (i.e. shaft sized m p e n s
n in g after
Shaft sized co ngthe use!
bore +.01 /+.02), just add the letter “P”(=plus) to the existing part number. For example, a in le
bore dia. ch ged
code 125600SVP. .47 prolon
Shaft sized
bore dia.
S
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
Outside Diam.
Pitch Diam.
M
M
H
C
.47 .47
Shaft sized Shaft sized
Standard Keyseats bore dia. bore dia.
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body, stainless steel connecting screws.
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft
3/8
Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
3/16
Sprocket Idler Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft Part Number Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth C H M S (+0 to .04)
125600GV - .71* 28 4.46 4.47 4.06 2.06
.98
Positioning pins 125600VS 125600RVS 1 28 4.46 4.47 4.06 2.06
ensure accurate tooth 125601VS 125601RVS 1-1/4 28 4.46 4.47 4.06 2.06
alignment and aid 125602VS 125602RVS 1-7/16 28 4.46 4.47 4.06 2.06
S
C Outside Diam.
assembly.
H Pitch Diam.
.47
Shaft sized
bore dia.
Save installation
time with split
sprockets and idler
wheels.
Note:
• Single keyway sprock-
.98 .98
ets can be used for belt
widths up to 26 inches .47 .47
and temperature differ-
ences of maximum 86°F.
S
S
• For wider belts or bigger
C Outside Dia.
C Outside Dia.
temperature differences,
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
sprockets with square
M
bores or round bore with
two keyways have to be
used.
S
C Outside Dia.
C Outside Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
Standard Keyseats
M
M
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
Single Keyway Double Keyway Square Bore Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
Sprocket Sprocket Sprocket Idler Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth C H M S (+0 to .04)
123190VS 123193VS - 123197VS 1-1/4 24 3.84 3.83 3.43 1.74
123191VS 123194VS - 123198VS 1-7/16 24 3.84 3.83 3.43 1.74
123192VS 123195VS - 123199VS 1-1/2 24 3.84 3.83 3.43 1.74
- - 123009VS -
123000VS 123004VS - 123010VS 1-1/4 28 4.47 4.47 4.06 2.06
123001VS 123005VS - 123011VS 1-7/16 28 4.47 4.47 4.06 2.06
- - - 123012VS 1-1/2 28 4.47 4.47 4.06 2.06
123003VS 123007VS - 123013VS 1-3/4 28 4.47 4.47 4.06 2.06
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
M
P For
ACCs!
H ed Ne 1.77 1.77
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
Pitch Diam.
Pitch Diam.
M
M
H
H
C Outside Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
and temperature differ-
K K
ences of maximum 86°F.
T
• For wider belts or bigger
temperature differences,
sprockets with square
bores or round bore with
two keyways have to be B Inside Dia. B Inside Dia.
used.
1.93 1.93
Shaft sized Shaft sized
To order single keyway bore dia. bore dia.
sprockets capable of
floating freely on the shaft
(i.e. shaft sized bore +.01 .43 .43
/+.02), just add the letter
“P”(=plus) to the existing
part number. For example,
code 123099SP.
C Outside Dia.
C Outside Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
Standard Keyseats
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
Single Keyway Double Keyway Square Bore Shaft Inside Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
Sprocket Sprocket Sprocket Idler Sized Number Diameter Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth B C H S (+0 to .04)
- - 123108S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 4.45 5.15 5.08 2.67
123099S 123103S - 123109S 1-1/4 16 4.45 5.15 5.08 2.67
123100S 123104S - 123110S 1-7/16 16 4.45 5.15 5.08 2.67
123101S 123105S - 123111S 1-1/2 16 4.45 5.15 5.08 2.67
123102S 123106S - 123112S 1-3/4 16 4.45 5.15 5.08 2.67
- - 123122S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 5.07 5.78 5.70 2.98
123113S 123117S - 123123S 1-1/4 18 5.07 5.78 5.70 2.98
123114S 123118S - 123124S 1-7/16 18 5.07 5.78 5.70 2.98
123115S 123119S - 123125S 1-1/2 18 5.07 5.78 5.70 2.98
123116S 123120S - 123126S 1-3/4 18 5.07 5.78 5.70 2.98
- - 123136S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 19 5.45 6.15 6.08 3.17
123127S 123131S - 123137S 1-1/4 19 5.45 6.15 6.08 3.17
123128S 123132S - 123138S 1-7/16 19 5.45 6.15 6.08 3.17
123129S 123133S - 123139S 1-1/2 19 5.45 6.15 6.08 3.17
123130S 123134S - 123140S 1-3/4 19 5.45 6.15 6.08 3.17
.98
S
Strips, Chain Guides
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
Sprockets, Wear
C Outside Diam.
S
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
S
H Pitch Diam.
S
widths up to 26 inches
C Outside Dia.
C Outside Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
T
• For wider belts or bigger
temperature differences,
sprockets with square
bores or round bore with
two keyways have to be B Inside Dia. B Inside Dia.
used.
1.93 1.93
Shaft sized Shaft sized
To order single keyway bore dia. bore dia.
sprockets capable of
floating freely on the shaft .98 .98
(i.e. shaft sized bore +.01
/+.02), just add the letter
“P”(=plus) to the existing
S
S
part number. For example,
C Outside Dia.
C Outside Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
H Pitch Dia.
code 123099SP.
Standard Keyseats
1/4
1/8
Material: Polyamide body with stainless steel connecting screws and nuts in nickel plated brass.
Single Keyway Double Keyway Square Bore Shaft Inside Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
Sprocket Sprocket Sprocket Idler Sized Number Diameter Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth B C H S (+0 to .04)
123150S 123154S
- 123162S 1-1/4 14 3.90 4.48 4.50 2.00
123151S 123155S
- 123163S 1-7/16 14 3.90 4.48 4.50 2.00
123152S 123156S
- 123164S 1-1/2 14 3.90 4.48 4.50 2.00
- - 123066S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 16 4.53 5.12 5.13 2.31
123057S 123061S - 123067S 1-1/4 16 4.53 5.12 5.13 2.31
123058S 123062S - 123068S 1-7/16 16 4.53 5.12 5.13 2.31
123059S 123063S - 123069S 1-1/2 16 4.53 5.12 5.13 2.31
123060S 123064S - 123070S 1-3/4 16 4.53 5.12 5.13 2.31
- - 123080S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 18 5.17 5.67 5.76 2.63
123071S 123075S - 123081S 1-1/4 18 5.17 5.67 5.76 2.63
123072S 123076S - 123082S 1-7/16 18 5.17 5.67 5.76 2.63
123073S 123077S - 123083S 1-1/2 18 5.17 5.67 5.76 2.63
123074S 123078S - 123084S 1-3/4 18 5.17 5.67 5.76 2.63
- - 123094S - 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 sq. 20 5.80 6.38 6.39 2.95
123085S 123089S - 123095S 1-1/4 20 5.80 6.38 6.39 2.95
123086S 123090S - 123096S 1-7/16 20 5.80 6.38 6.39 2.95
123087S 123091S - 123097S 1-1/2 20 5.80 6.38 6.39 2.95
123088S 123092S - 123098S 1-3/4 20 5.80 6.38 6.39 2.95
.59
Sprockets for CC 1400 and
CC 1431 Series Case/Crate
Conveyor Chains
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
These sprockets have been machined
from solid polyamide material, giving
M
them a completely closed structure
which is easier to clean and disinfect.
The reinforced design of the sprocket
ensures smooth running with reduced
noise levels.
2.36
Shaft sized
bore dia.
.43
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains
These sprockets have been machined from solid
1.97
polyamide material, giving them a completely Shaft sized
closed structure which is easier to clean and bore dia.
disinfect. The reinforced design of the sprocket Material: Polyamide body.
ensures smooth running with reduced noise levels.
Sprocket Shaft Sized Number Outside Pitch
Part Number Bore Dia. of Teeth Diameter C Diameter H M
12326 .79* 8 6.77 6.54 3.78
12327 .79* 10 8.47 8.07 3.78
12328 .79* 12 10.10 9.69 3.78
12329 .79* 14 11.70 11.26 3.78
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
1.97
0.44 1.97
0.44
Drive Idler
(+.0 to .04)
(+.0 to .04)
Sprocket Sprocket
S
S
C Outside Diam.
C Outside Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
H Pitch Diam.
M
M
P For
ACCs!
H ed Ne 1.77 1.77
Shaft sized Shaft sized
bore dia. bore dia.
Standard Keyseats
1/4 Material: Polyamide body, stainless steel connecting screws.
1/8
Sprocket Idler Shaft Outside Pitch Shaft Center to
1" - 1-1/4" dia. shaft Part Reference Part Reference Sized Number Diameter Diameter Wear Surface
3/8 Number Code Number Code Bore Dia. of Teeth C H M S (+0 to .04)
3/16
12730 1700-8MP-.71 - - .71* 8 5.37 5.07 3.15 2.09
1-7/16" - 1-3/4" dia. shaft
32731 1700-8MP-1 32736 1700-8MP-IDL-1 1 8 5.37 5.07 3.15 2.09
Positioning pins 32732 1700-8MP-1.25 32737 1700-8MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 8 5.37 5.07 3.15 2.09
ensure accurate tooth
alignment and aid 32733 1700-8MP-1.44 32738 1700-8MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 8 5.37 5.07 3.15 2.09
assembly. 32734 1700-8MP-1.5 32739 1700-8MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 8 5.37 5.07 3.15 2.09
12745 1700-10MP-.71 - - .71* 10 6.50 6.37 4.33 2.72
32746 1700-10MP-1 32741 1700-10MP-IDL-1 1 10 6.50 6.37 4.33 2.72
32747 1700-10MP-1.25 32742 1700-10MP-IDL-1.25 1-1/4 10 6.50 6.37 4.33 2.72
32748 1700-10MP-1.44 32743 1700-10MP-IDL-1.44 1-7/16 10 6.50 6.37 4.33 2.72
32749 1700-10MP-1.5 32744 1700-10MP-IDL-1.5 1-1/2 10 6.50 6.37 4.33 2.72
Tangential Sprockets
Strips, Chain Guides
878TAB
R
Ø2.36
.39
1.34
Ø2.72
M = diam.
B = inside diam.
Ø.26
C = outside diam.
Inside Outside
Part Number Diameter Diameter
Number of Teeth B C M R
12781L 32 13.23 13.89 12.24 7.87
12782L 34 14.11 14.70 13.13 7.87
Machined Hub
For tangential sprockets
Can be machined to obtain a variety of shaft diameters. The hub attaches to
the tangential sprocket with 4 stainless steel nuts and screws. Material: Aluminum.
A Part Shaft Sized
Number Bore Dia.
Ø 3.54 12772G .71*
*Plain bore pilot hole. Not sized to a shaft.
Ø .26
Ø 2.36
Ø 4.33
M8
.47
A .20
Ø Dia.
2.36
Sprockets, Wear
Ø2.17
.63
.41
Radial ball bearings for 25 mm shafts included.
Equivalent Chain
Part Number Diameter Radius Ø.98
Number of Teeth B R
12779 32 13.27 7.48
12780 34 14 7.87
.21
.41
Radial ball bearings for 25 mm shafts included.
2.0
Material: Black polyamide.
Equivalent Chain
Part Number Diameter Radius Ø.98
Number of Teeth B R
12777 32 13.27 7.48
12778 34 14 7.87
Components Dimensions
Ø.94
.13
Ø.94
.13
1.27+
H
1.27+
H
h1
h1
1.27+
1.27+
Ø.94 R1
.35
Ø.94 R1
.35
.39
Ø.98 h7
.39
1.27+
Ø.98 h7
1.27
H
+
H
h1
h1
1 -Turning disk.
1.27
+
2 -Single race radial ball beering with two sliding seals, type 6005-2RS (25x47x12).
1.27
6 -Bearing spacer.
.35
Ø 9.72
Ø 2.17
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
1.27
H
h1
1.27
.35
Ø.98 h7
H = h1 + 1.27 inches 5.91
1.27
Part Number
12783
5.91
Ø.98
Ø 1.85
All components are supplied separate, except the shaft bearings which are pre-assembled.
Tab Style
Width
Height
"T" series ± 0.020
Tab Carry-way
Tab Return-way
"T" series Height
± 0.020
ValuTrac for tab style chains is the same for carry-way or return-way.
VG-SSR
VG-212 series
adjusting rod
VG-011-01
d
nde
m me g
co tin
Re Moun
Cross section of typical carry and
return using Tab Style ValuTrac and
Valu Guide Conveyor Components.
VG-210
series bracket
support bar
Recommended
Mounting
Le
Curves for Tab Chainngth
Ra (± 0.020)
* diu
881TAB-K7-1/2 8 1 24 VT-981-T-24-0750 VT-S-981-T-24-0750 VT-SR-981-T-24-0750
s
882TAB-K4-1/2 5 1.188 24 VT-982-T-24-0450 VT-S-982-T-24-0450 VT-SR-982-T-24-0450
10 VT-943-T-10-0150 - -
1843 2 1 18 VT-943-T-18-0150 - -
24 VT-943-T-24-0150 - -
* 1873-K3-1/4
3.75 1.375
18 VT-973-T-18-0325 VT-S-973-T-18-0325 VT-SR-973-T-18-0325
1874-K3-1/4 24 VT-973-T-24-0325 VT-S-973-T-24-0325 VT-SR-973-T-24-0325
1873-K4-1/2 18 - - -
5 1.375
1874-K4-1/2 24 VT-973-T-24-0450 VT-S-973-T-24-0450 VT-SR-973-T-24-0450
1873-K6 18 - - -
6.5 1.375
1874-K6 24 VT-973-T-24-0600 - -
1873-K7-1/2 18 VT-973-T-18-0750 - -
8 1.375
1874-K7-1/2 24 VT-973-T-24-0750 - -
NOTE: Specialty chain styles such as gripper and low back pressure use the same ValuTrac module as the standard sideflexing counterpart. Example:
Chain no. 1873G (gripper style) uses the same module as standard chain no. 1873-. For 815, 820, or 831 style chain, use ValuTrac part number VT-980-T-.
* on
These ValuTrac modules are commonly used
side gripping, elevator/lowerator systems.
th
Straight Sections for Tab Chain
Strips, Chain Guides
Height
Sprockets, Wear
(± 0.020)
NOLU-BR NOLU-S
Nolu-BR UHMW is our standard Nolu-S is a blend of UHMW and
track material. It is a proprietary other dry lubricants that main-
ValuTrac™ for tab chains can be used blend of resins and reground tains good wear characteristics
as carry-ways, or flipped upside UHMW that maximizes wear while significantly reducing the
and friction properties for most track's coefficient of friction.
down and used as return-ways. (3 & 6 ft. lengths) applications.
Le
Chain Number Track Width Track Height
ng Carry or Return Length in Feet Nolu-BR Part Number Nolu-S Part Number
th
3 VT-980-T-S-0325-3 VT-S-980-T-S-0325-3
879TAB-K3-1/4
880TAB-K3-1/4 3.75 1 6 VT-980-T-S-0325-6 VT-S-980-T-S-0325-6
881TAB-K3-1/4
10 VT-980-T-S-0325-10 VT-S-980-T-S-0325-10
Height
3 VT-980-T-S-0450-3 -
(± 0.020)
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 5 1 6 VT-980-T-S-0450-6 VT-S-980-T-S-0450-6
881TAB-K4-1/2
10 VT-980-T-S-0450-10 VT-S-980-T-S-0450-10
3 VT-981-T-S-0750-3 VT-S-981-T-S-0750-3
881TAB-K7-1/2 8 1 6 VT-981-T-S-0750-6 -
10 VT-981-T-S-0750-10 VT-S-981-T-S-0750-10
3 VT-982-T-S-0450-3 VT-S-982-T-S-0450-3
*
These ValuTrac modules are commonly used on side gripping, elevator/lowerator systems.
©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved. 132
ValuTrac
Bevel Style
Height
"B" series (± 0.020)
Bevel Carry-way
Support
Bevel Return-way
Height plate
(± 0.020) spacing*
"R" series
(2 pieces Support Plate 5/8"
included)
Le
ng
ValuTrac™ for bevel chains use a 1 piece track for carry-ways. Return-
th
ways consist of 2 pieces, the track and a 5/8" thick chain support plate. NOLU-BR
* Support plate spacing: 879=(7/32") 880=(3/16") 881=(5/32") 882=(7/32") Nolu-BR UHMW is
90° Height Height our standard track
material. It is a
Ra (± 0.020) (± 0.020) proprietary blend of
diu resins and reground
s TM
UHMW that
maximizes wear and
friction properties for
most applications.
Curves for Bevel Chain Track Track Carry or Nolu-BR
Chain Number Radius
Width Height Return Part Number
Le
18 ng
VT-980-B-18-0325
th
carry
879-K3-1/4 24 VT-980-B-24-0325
880-K3-1/4 3.75 1
881-K3-1/4 18 VT-980-R-18-0325
Height
return 24 VT-980-R-24-0325
Height (± 0.020)
90° VT-980-B-24-0450
Ra (± 0.020) 879-K4-1/2 carry
diu 880-K4-1/2 5 1 24
s 881-K4-1/2
VT-980-R-24-0450
return
VT-981-B-24-0750
carry
881-K7-1/2 8 1 24
VT-981-R-24-0750
return
VT-982-B-24-0450
carry
882-K4-1/2 5 1.188 24
VT-982-R-24-0450
return
VT-982-B-24-0750
carry
882-K7-1/2 8 1.188 24
VT-982-R-24-0750
return
See page 138 for custom module ordering instructions.
882-K10 10.5 1.188 24 VT-982-B-24-1000
carry
Note: Because the bottom dimensions of the 879, 880 and 881
chains are the same for widths up to 4½", the VT-980 track is
used for all three chains.
NOLU-BR
Straight Sections Nolu-BR UHMW is our standard
Le
for Bevel Chain
track material. It is a proprietary
ng blend of resins and reground
th
Strips, Chain Guides
6 VT-980-B-S-0325-6
carry
879-K3-1/4 10 VT-980-B-S-0325-10
880-K3-1/4 3.75 1
881-K3-1/4 3 VT-980-R-S-0325-3
6 VT-980-R-S-0325-6
(3 & 6 ft. lengths) return
10 VT-980-R-S-0325-10
3 VT-981-B-S-0750-3
VG-205 6 VT-981-B-S-0750-6
carry
series bracket
10 VT-981-B-S-0750-10
support bar 881-K7-1/2 8 1
10 VT-981-R-S-0750-10
return
3 VT-982-B-S-0450-3
carry
10 VT-982-B-S-0750-10
Recommended
Mounting 882-K7-1/2 8 1.188
6 VT-982-R-S-0750-6
return
3 VT-982-B-S-1000-3
6 VT-982-B-S-1000-6
or carry
10 VT-982-B-S-1000-10
882-K10 10.5 1.188
10 VT-982-R-S-1000-10
return
TM Revolution in conveyor
chain track
No Entrapment
or Debris 45°
65°
25° chain curve
3-1/4
Buildup Areas!
VT2
5° 85°
32° 58°
45°
25° 65°
.33 x .75 inch 6° 84°
5° 85° mounting slot 7-1/2 chain curve
32° 58°
Chain Number 1873- 1873G 1874- 1874G
ValuTrac II Module 973-T- series
6° 84°
32° 58°
32° 58°
6° 84°
6° 84°
6° 84°
ValuTrac II
TM
Le
n
Curves for Tab Chain
gth
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 5 1 24 VT2-980-T-24-0450 VT2-S-980-T-24-0450 VT2-SR-980-T-24-0450
881TAB-K4-1/2
881TAB-K7-1/2 8 1 24 - VT2-S-981-T-24-0750 -
1873-K3-1/4
3.75 1.375 24 VT2-973-T-24-0325 - VT2-SR-973-T-24-0325
1874-K3-1/4
Le
ng
th Straight Sections for Tab Chain
NOLU-BR NOLU-S
Nolu-BR UHMW is our standard Nolu-S is a blend of UHMW and
Height track material. It is a proprietary other dry lubricants that maintains
(± 0.020) blend of resins and reground good wear characteristics while
(3 & 6 ft. lengths) UHMW that maximizes wear significantly reducing the track's
and friction properties for most coefficient of friction.
applications.
Track Track Length in Nolu-BR Nolu-S
Chain Number Carry or Return
Width Height Feet Part Number Part Number
3 VT2-980-T-S-0325-3 VT2-S-980-T-S-0325-3
879TAB-K3-1/4
880TAB-K3-1/4 3.75 1 6 VT2-980-T-S-0325-6 VT2-S-980-T-S-0325-6
881TAB-K3-1/4
10 VT2-980-T-S-0325-10 VT2-S-980-T-S-0325-10
3 VT2-980-T-S-0450-3 VT2-S-980-T-S-0450-3
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 5 1 6 VT2-980-T-S-0450-6 VT2-S-980-T-S-0450-6
881TAB-K4-1/2
10 VT2-980-T-S-0450-10 VT2-S-980-T-S-0450-10
3 - VT2-S-982-T-S-0450-3
882TAB-K4-1/2 5 1.188 6 - VT2-S-982-T-S-0450-6
10 VT2-982-T-S-0450-10 VT2-S-982-T-S-0450-10
6 VT2-981-T-S-0750-6 -
881TAB-K7-1/2 8 1
10 VT2-981-T-S-0750-10 -
3 VT2-982-T-S-0750-3 VT2-S-982-T-S-0750-3
882TAB-K7-1/2 8 1.188 6 VT2-982-T-S-0750-6 VT2-S-982-T-S-0750-6
10 VT2-982-T-S-0750-10 VT2-S-982-T-S-0750-10
1873-K3-1/4
3.75 1.375 10 VT2-973-T-S-0325-10 VT2-S-973-T-S-0325-10
1874-K3-1/4
ValuTrac III
45°
4-1/2
25° chain curve
65°
3-1/4 chain curve
5° 85°
TM
Sprockets, Wear
25°
32° 58°
6,964,333
5° 85°
6° 84°
879TAB-K3-1/4
880TAB-K3-1/4 3.75 1 24 VT3-SR-B-980-T-24-0325 -
881TAB-K3-1/4
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 5 1 24 VT3-SR-B-980-T-24-0450 VT3-SR-S-980-T-24-0450
881TAB-K4-1/2
Chains typically
Chain Number used with
1873- 1873G
ValuTrac
1874-
III™ Tab
1874G
Modules:
ValuTrac III Module 973-T- series
NOTE: Specialty chain styles such as gripper and low back pressure use the same ValuTrac II module as
the standard sideflexing counterpart. Example: Chain no. 1873G (gripper style) uses the same module as
standard chain no. 1873-.
Width
Height
Strips, Chain Guides
ValuTrac™ is available in a wide variety of custom sizes and styles. One piece(± 0.020)
Sprockets, Wear
modules with angles up to 180° can be manufactured with special radius selections,
widths, and thicknesses. Special styles include: multi-lane, multi-chain, kits forHeight
side
gripper style elevators, lowerators, rinsers, and other styles of side flexing chain.
(± 0.020)
Tangents are also available on custom corner modules.
5/8"
Additional ValuTrac custom modules
Width
Chain gap
Width
Chain gap
Height
(± 0.020) Height
(± 0.020)
Height
(± 0.020) Height
(± 0.020)
5/8"
Section view of typical multi-lane bevel chain module Section view of typical multi-lane tab chain module
Width
Chain gap
Enter the information in the boxes below and fax to System Plast Customer Service at 866-447-6587.
Height
(± 0.020)
Custom Straights Custom Turns
Height Person requesting custom information
(± 0.020)
No. of carry modules
Company Name
No. of return modules
Phone Fax
Length NOT
(Overall length of module APPLICABLE
6 feet typical)
Tangent length (if req.) NOT
(3 inches typical, both
APPLICABLE
ends unless indicated)
Angle NOT
(in degrees) APPLICABLE
Height
(Overall height of
module in inches) Tangent
Width* Angle
(Overall width of module considering
Height
all chain widths and chain gaps) Center
Edge Width Point
(Edge of module to center- Width*
line of chain #1 in inches)
Edge
Chain Gap Width
(Space between edges of chain)
Other:
*NOTE: Please include the desired gap between each chain when calculating
the overall module width. Recommended minimum gap is 1/16".
NARROW TM
dth
n Wi
Chai
Sprockets, Wear
the corresponding belt or chain.
dard
Stan
dth
n Wi
Chai New K-series ValuTrac has a width
that is only 1/4 inch wider than the
corresponding belt or chain. This
works best for frame designs that
w
Narro have a smaller inside dimension.
VT-973- VTK-973-
VT-S-973- VTK-S-973-
VT-SR-973- VTK-SR-973-
Height Narrow ValuTrac
VT-980- VTK-980- (± 0.020) (chain width plus 1/4")
TM
VT-S-980- VTK-S-980-
VT-SR-980- VTK-SR-980-
Standard ValuTrac
VT-981- VTK-981- (chain width plus 1/2")
VT-982- VTK-982-
Typical conveyor frame construction methods:
VT-S-982- VTK-S-982-
VT2-S-982- VT2K-S-982-
VT2-SR-982- VT2K-SR-982-
Splice
VT3-SR-S-980- VT3K-SR-S-980- Chain
Chain plus 1/4"
VT3-SR-B-982- VT3K-SR-B-982-
plus 1/4"
OW
TM
VT3-SR-S-982- VT3K-SR-S-982-
RR
s
NA
h lu
inc th p
1/4 wid
139
ain
Ch
Narrow ValuTrac
NARROW TM
Le
ng
Curves for Tab Chain th
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
18 VTK-973-T-18-0450 - -
1873-K4-1/2
4.75 1.375
1874-K4-1/2
24 VTK-973-T-24-0450 - -
1873-K7-1/2
7.75 1.375 24 VTK-973-T-24-0750 VTK-S-973-T-24-0750 VTK-SR-973-T-24-0750
1874-K7-1/2
NOTE: Specialty chain styles such as gripper and low back pressure use the same Narrow ValuTrac module as the standard sideflexing
counterpart. Example: Chain no. 1873G (gripper style) uses the same module as standard chain no. 1873-. For 815, 820, or 831 style
chain, use Narrow ValuTrac part number VTK-980-T-.
* These Narrow ValuTrac modules are commonly used on side gripping, elevator/lowerator systems.
NA
RR
OW
Ch
ain 1/4 i
wi nch
dt
140
hp
TM
lus
Narrow ValuTrac
NARROW TM
Le
ng
th
Straight Sections for Tab Chain
879TAB-K3-1/4 6 VTK-980-T-S-0325-6 -
880TAB-K3-1/4 3.5 1
Height
881TAB-K3-1/4 10 VTK-980-T-S-0325-10 VTK-S-980-T-S-0325-10
(± 0.020)
3 VTK-980-T-S-0450-3 -
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 4.75 1 6 VTK-980-T-S-0450-6 -
881TAB-K4-1/2
10 VTK-980-T-S-0450-10 VTK-S-980-T-S-0450-10
3 VTK-982-T-S-0450-3 -
3 VTK-982-T-S-1000-3 -
882TAB-K10 10.25 1.188
10 VTK-982-T-S-1000-10 -
3 VTK-973-T-S-0325-3 -
1873-K3-1/4
* 1874-K3-1/4
3.5 1.375 6 - VTK-S-973-T-S-0325-6
10 VTK-973-T-S-0325-10 VTK-S-973-T-S-0325-10
1873-K4-1/2
4.75 1.375 10 VTK-973-T-S-0450-10 -
1874-K4-1/2
1873-K6
6.25 1.375 10 VTK-973-T-S-0600-10 -
1874-K6
*These Narrow ValuTrac modules are commonly used on side gripping, elevator/lowerator systems.
OW
TM
RR
s
NA
h lu
inc th p
1/4 wid
141
ain
Ch
gth
Le
ng
th
90°
Narrow ValuTrac Height
Height
Ra (± 0.020) (± 0.020)
diu Height Height
s 90°
Ra (± 0.020) (± 0.020)
Curves foriuBevel
s
Chain d Straight Sections
for Bevel Chain
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
Le
ng
th
Le
ng
NOLU-BR th
Nolu-BR UHMW is our standard Height
track material. It is a proprietary
90° Height blend of resins and reground(± 0.020)
Ra (± 0.020) UHMW that maximizes wear Height
and friction properties for most
diu Height (± 0.020)
s 90° applications.
Ra (± 0.020)
d ius
Chain Track Track Carry or Nolu-BR Chain Track Track Carry or Length Nolu-BR
Radius
Number Width Height Return Part Number Number Width Height Return (Feet) Part Number
VTK-981-R-24-0750 3 VTK-982-B-S-0750-3
return
882-K7-1/2 7.75 1.188 6 VTK-982-B-S-0750-6
carry
10 VTK-982-B-S-0750-10
882-K4-1/2 4.75 1.188 24 VTK-982-R-24-0450
return 3 VTK-982-B-S-1000-3
882-K10 10.25 1.188 6 VTK-982-B-S-1000-6
carry
882-K7-1/2 7.75 1.188 24 VTK-982-B-24-0750
carry 10 VTK-982-B-S-1000-10
Narrow ValuTrac™ for bevel chains use a 1 piece track for carry-ways.
Return-ways consist of 2 pieces, the track and a 5/8" thick chain support
plate. See page 133 for detailed drawing.
Note: Because the bottom dimensions of the 879, 880 and 881 chains are the
same for widths up to 4½", the VTK-980 track is used for all three chains.
142
hp
TM
lus
Narrow ValuTrac II
NARROW TM
Revolution in
conveyor chain track
4-1/2
32° chain curve
58°
32° 58°
45°
25° 65°
6° 84°
5° 85° .33 x .75 inch
mounting slot 7-1/2 chain curve
6° 84°
Chain Number 1873- 1873G 1874- 1874G
ValuTrac II Module 973-T- series
32° 58°
32° 58°
6° 84°
6° 84°
NOTE: Specialty chain styles such as gripper and low back pressure use the same ValuTrac II module as
7-1/2 chain curve
OW
TM
the standard sideflexing counterpart. Example: Chain no. 1873G (gripper style) uses the same module as
standard chain no. 1873-.
RR
s
NA
h lu
inc th p
1/4 wid
143
ain
Ch
32° 58°
Narrow ValuTrac II
NARROW TM
6,964,333
Sprockets, Wear
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 4.75 1 24 VT2K-980-T-24-0450 VT2K-S-980-T-24-0450 VT2K-SR-980-T-24-0450
881TAB-K4-1/2
1873-K3-1/4
3.5 1.375 24 - - VT2K-SR-973-T-24-0325
1874-K3-1/4
Le
ng Straight Sections for Tab Chain
th
NOLU-BR NOLU-S
Nolu-BR UHMW is our Nolu-S is a blend of UHMW
standard track material. and other dry lubricants
It is a proprietary blend that maintains good wear
of resins and reground characteristics while signifi-
(3 & 6 ft. lengths) UHMW that maximizes cantly reducing the track's
wear and friction properties coefficient of friction.
for most applications.
Track Track Length in Nolu-BR Nolu-S
Chain Number Carry or Return
Width Height Feet Part Number Part Number
3 - VT2K-S-980-T-S-0325-3
879TAB-K3-1/4
880TAB-K3-1/4 3.5 1 6 - VT2K-S-980-T-S-0325-6
881TAB-K3-1/4
10 VT2K-980-T-S-0325-10 VT2K-S-980-T-S-0325-10
3 VT2K-980-T-S-0450-3 VT2K-S-980-T-S-0450-3
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 4.75 1 6 VT2K-980-T-S-0450-6 VT2K-S-980-T-S-0450-6
881TAB-K4-1/2
10 VT2K-980-T-S-0450-10 VT2K-S-980-T-S-0450-10
3 - VT2K-S-982-T-S-0450-3
10 - VT2K-S-982-T-S-0450-10
1873-K3-1/4
3.5 1.375 10 VT2K-973-T-S-0325-10 VT2K-S-973-T-S-0325-10
1874-K3-1/4
NA
RR
OW
Ch
ain 1/4 i
wi nch
dt
144
hp
TM
lus
45°
25° 65°
NARROW TM
4-1/2 45°
25° chain curve
65°
3-1/4 chain curve
5° 85°
6° 84°
32° chain curve
7-1/2 58°
6° 84°
6° 84°
Track Track Carry or
Chain Number Radius Part Number Part Number
Width Height Return
879TAB-K4-1/2
880TAB-K4-1/2 4.75 1 24 - VT3K-SR-S-980-T-24-0450
881TAB-K4-1/2
NOTE: Specialty chain styles such as gripper and low back pressure use the same ValuTrac II module as the standard
sideflexing counterpart. Example: Chain no. 1873G (gripper style) uses the same module as standard chain no. 1873-.
RR
s
NA
h lu
inc th p
1/4 wid
145
ain
Ch
Magnetic Corner Tracks
The Dual Magnetic System Curves are used in conjunction with stainless
steel or plastic chains.
The chains are retained in the system by the magnetic field created by the magnets
that are located within the curve material. The Dual Magnetic System chains and
curves, compared to the older tab or bevel system, offer the user greater flexibility
and improved efficiency as the design allows for easy removal of the chains from the
curve - for cleaning and maintenance purposes. In this way, magnetic corner tracks
contribute to TPM (Total Productive Maintenance) programs.
ADVANTAGES
Steel and Plastic chains can be used in the same curves which means simpler
conveyor construction, reduced inventories and ultimately lower costs. Stainless
Steel sideflexing magnetic retained chain has the same hinge width as the 815 series
straight running chain and therefore uses the identical sprockets to the 815 series.
Main advantages:
• Extreme dissipation of heat significantly reduces wear.
• Under test conditions, lowest noise decibel levels were recorded.
• ”Extra” curves are strongly recommended with plastic chains only!
MATERIAL
The standard upper section of the Dual Magnetic System curve is produced from 1200
grade UHMW-PE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) with the molecular weight
exceeding 7.3 million g/mol., which ensures optimum wear life.
The return track is available in standard regenerated 1000 grade UHMW-PE (ultra high
molecular weight polyethylene) with the molecular weight exceeding 4 million g/mol.
This ensures a cost saving advantage for the end-user, as the wear on the return track
is normally less significant than the top section.
Standard - The standard color of the upper section is waterblue, but it is also
available in different colors subject to minimum order quantity. The return
section is black regenerate material.
Nolu-S - This type of material is strongly recommended for steel and plastic
chains with higher running speeds. The upper section is Nolu-S (light grey).
The return section is black regenerate material.
All Nolu-S - The material of choice, strongly recommended for all types of
chains (steel, plastic, and chain-belts). It significantly reduces coefficients
of friction making it ideal for applications requiring reduced friction, noise
reduction, and higher dry-running speeds. The upper and return sections
are Nolu-S (light grey).
MAGNETIC PACKS
System Plast has developed special magnetic packs for the Dual Magnetic System
curves. These unique magnet holders are located into slots machined in the upper
section of the curve.
K14 MATERIA
L following steel chains:
SSL 881 MO K325 / 10208L
SSEL 881 MO K325 / 10206L
Magnetic Corner Tracks for SSEL 881 MO K325 HB / 10213L
SPSL 881 MO K325 / 10255L
Sprockets, Wear
Tracks are available in four
The chains are retained in the system by a magnetic
combinations of material. See
field created by magnets that are located within the page 146 for more information
track material. This design offers the user greater
flexibility and improved efficiency by allowing easy Compatible with the
removal of the chains from the curve for cleaning following plastic chains:
INSERTS
and maintenance purposes. LF 880 M K325 / 11377M
LF 879 M K325 / 11395M
XPG 880 M K325 / 11500MG
Radius: 610 mm, 24 inches XPG 879 M K325 / 11397MG
NG 880 M K325 / 11195M
Tracks can be supplied with NG 879 M K325 / 11198M
M8 or M10 threaded brass
inserts (drawing required).
Pitch 100 mm
50 mm
85 mm 3.94 in.
1.97 in. 3.35 in.
44 mm 44 mm
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
.53 in.
.53 in.
1.06in.
1.06in.
27mm*
27mm*
3.23 in.
3.54 in.
82 mm
90 mm
2.17 in.
55 mm
2.48 in.
63 mm* 6 mm
6 mm
1.58 in.
.24 in.
40 mm
6 mm
1.89 in.
48 mm
.32 in.
8 mm
28 mm 54 mm 31 mm 54 mm SEC. A-A
.32 in.
8 mm
A
10 mm
m
.39 in.
R1 610 m
.
4 in
Design Feature
=2
A
=
5 mm
positioned on the outside
1+8
.
25 mm
.98 in.
=R 3.3 5 in
R2 of the center line radius of
90
M8
RETURN TL
75 mm RADIUS
GUIDE SHOE
2.95 in.
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
L
MATERIA Compatible with the
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
.53 in.
.53 in.
27mm*
1.06in.
27mm*
1.06in.
3.54 in.
3.54 in.
90 mm
90 mm
2.48 in.
63 mm*
2.48 in.
63 mm*
6 mm 6 mm
1.89 in.
6 mm
48 mm
1.89 in.
48 mm
.24 in. .24 in.
.24 in.
23 mm
.91 in.
.32 in.
.32 in.
8 mm
8 mm
1.67 in. 2.13 in. 2.48 in. 2.13 in. 42.5 mm 54 mm 32.5 mm
TL 1.67 in. 2.13 in. 1.28 in.
A
10 mm
R1 10 mm
.39 in.
.
4 in
=2
=6
A Design Feature
R1
1.38 in.
35 mm
m m
17 The magnets are
1+1 .61 in
.
25 mm
.98 in.
R
R2= 4 positioned on the outside
90
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
K61 MATERIA
L Compatible with the
following steel chains:
SSE 881 M K750 / 10203
Magnetic Corner Tracks
for Chain Series: K750
27mm*
2.48 in. 90 mm 1.06in.
3.54 in.
ONE TRACK
6 mm
1.89 in.
48 mm
.24 in.
1.73 in.
.53 in.
3.54 in.
6 mm 6 mm
1.89 in.
48 mm
63 mm*
.24 in. .24 in.
23 mm MULTI
.91 in. TRACKS
8 mm 25mm 60 mm 104 mm 32 mm 60 mm 104 mm
.32 in. .98 in. 2.36 in. 4.09 in. 1.26 in. 2.36 in. 4.09 in.
TL
A
10 mm
24 m
.39 in.
m
in.
10
=6
A
1.38 in.
35 mm
m
Design Feature
R1
m
196 in.
R1+ 7.72
25 mm
.98 in.
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
.53 in.
.53 in.
27mm*
1.06in.
1.06in.
27mm*
3.23 in.
3.54 in.
82 mm
90 mm
2.17 in.
11 mm
55 mm
2.48 in.
63 mm*
1.77 in.
45 mm
11 mm 11 mm .43 in.
2.09 in.
53 mm
.24 in.
6 mm
28 mm 54 mm 31 mm 54 mm 28mm 54 mm 18mm
.24 in.
6 mm
1.10 in. 2.13 in. 1.22 in. 2.13 in. 1.10in. 2.13 in. .71in.
TL
ONE TRACK
MULTI TRACKS
*Tolerance on 27mm and 63mm is ±0.35mm or 0.015".
A
10 mm
R1 10 mm
.39 in.
.
4 in
=2
Design Feature
=6
A
R1
1.38 in.
m
5m
1+8 in. positioned on the outside
25 mm
.98 in.
=R 3.35
R2 of the center line radius of
90
M8
RETURN TL
75 mm RADIUS
GUIDE SHOE
2.95 in.
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
INSERTS
flexibility and improved efficiency by allowing easy
removal of the chains from the curve for cleaning
and maintenance purposes.
Tracks can be supplied with
Radius: 610 mm, 24 inches M8 or M10 threaded brass
inserts (drawing required).
Pitch 129 mm
64.5 mm
117 mm 5.08 in.
2.54 in. 4.61 in.
44 mm 44 mm
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
1.73 in. 1.73 in.
.53 in.
.53 in.
1.06in.
27mm*
1.06in.
27mm*
3.54 in.
3.54 in.
90 mm
90 mm
2.48 in.
2.48 in.
63 mm*
63 mm*
2.09 in.
11 mm 11 mm 11 mm
53 mm
2.09 in.
53 mm
.43 in. .43 in. .43 in.
24 mm
.95 in.
.24 in.
SEC. A-A
6 mm
6 mm
1.67 in. 2.13 in. 2.48 in. 2.13 in. 1.67 in. 2.13 in. 1.28 in.
TL
MULTI TRACKS ONE TRACK
*Tolerance on 27mm and 63mm is ±0.35mm or 0.015".
A
10 mm
R1 10 mm
.39 in.
.
4 in
=2
=6
A
R1
1.38 in.
35 mm
m
17m in. Design Feature
1+1
25 mm
.98 in.
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
INSERTS
efficiency by allowing easy removal of the chains from the
curve for cleaning and maintenance purposes.
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
.53 in.
.53 in.
27mm*
1.06in.
1.06in.
27mm*
3.23 in.
3.54 in.
82 mm
90 mm
2.17 in.
55 mm*
15 mm 15 mm
1.58 in.
2.48 in.
63 mm*
40 mm
15 mm .59 in.
2.17 in.
.59 in.
55 mm
.59 in.
25 mm
.98 in.
SEC. A-A
.20 in.
5 mm
28 mm 54 mm 31 mm 54 mm 28mm 54 mm 18mm
.20 in.
5 mm
1.10 in. 2.13 in. 1.22 in. 2.13 in. 1.10in. 2.13 in. .71in.
TL
ONE TRACK
MULTI TRACKS
*Tolerance on 27mm and 63mm is ±0.35mm or 0.015".
A
10 mm
R1 10 mm
.39 in.
.
4 in
=2
=6
A
R1
1.38 in.
35 mm
m
5m
1+8 in. Design Feature
25 mm
.98 in.
=R 3.35
R2 The magnets are
90
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
INSERTS
efficiency by allowing easy removal of the chains from the
curve for cleaning and maintenance purposes.
Pitch 129 mm
64.5 mm
117 mm 5.08 in.
2.54 in. 4.61 in.
44 mm 44 mm
13.5 mm
13.5 mm
1.73 in. 1.73 in.
.53 in.
.53 in.
1.06in.
1.06in.
27mm*
27mm*
3.54 in.
3.54 in.
90 mm
90 mm
15 mm 15 mm
2.48 in.
2.48 in.
63 mm*
63 mm*
15 mm
2.17 in.
2.17 in.
.59 in. .59 in.
55 mm
55 mm
.59 in.
25 mm
.98 in.
.20 in.
5 mm
5 mm
1.67 in. 2.13 in. 2.48 in. 2.13 in. 1.67 in. 2.13 in. 1.28 in.
TL
ONE TRACK
MULTI TRACKS
*Tolerance on 27mm and 63mm is ±0.35mm or 0.015".
A
10 mm
R1 10 mm
.39 in.
.
4 in
=2
=6
A
R1
1.38 in.
35 mm
5mm
1+8 in.
25 mm
.98 in.
=R 3.35
R2
90
Design Feature
°
M8
RETURN TL positioned on the outside
75 mm RADIUS of the center line radius of
GUIDE SHOE
2.95 in. each track, which results in more
effective counteracting through the curve.
Total Width
Number TL
of Tracks
mm inches 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90°
Features:
• Safe and smooth transfer of instable products
• Compact Design
• One solid piece, no edges
• Easy installation
INSERTS
Special Note:
• For TAB system and BEVEL
system, one set can be used
as left or right transfer
Application Example
drive Inspector
drive
Idler end
8mm
.32in. Pitch 8mm 63mm
90mm 135mm 85mm 50mm .32in. 2.48in.
3.54in. 2327
mmmm 5.32in. 44mm
3.35in. 1.97in. 13.5mm
1.06
.91 in. in. 45mm .53in.
1.73in 1.77in. Magnetic System
Sprockets, Wear
58mm .32in.
8mm
.32in. 2.28in. 8mm 63mm Version Left Right
90mm 87mm .32in. 2.48in. Standard - STMRM032002B
3.54in. 23mm 3.43in.
.91in. 45mm Compact - STMRM032002BC
Pitch 1.77in.
135mm 8mm
85mm 58mm50mm .32in.
5.32in. 3.35in. 2.28 in.1.97in. 9.5mm
27mm 44mm 70mm .37in.
1.06in. 1.73in 87mmin
2.76
3.43in.
18mm
27mm 135mm
Pitch
85mm 50mm .71in. Tab System
1.06in. 5.32in. 3.35in. 1.97in. 9.5mm
27mm 44mm 70mm .37in. Version Left/Right
1.06in. 1.73in 2.76in
Pitch
135mm 50mm Standard STMT032002B
85mm
5.32in. 3.35in. 1.97in. 18mm Compact STMT032002BC
27mm 41.5mm .71in.
1.06
27mm in. 1.63in 19mm
1.06in. .75in.
Pitch
27mm 135mm 85mm 50mm 15mm
1.06in. 5.32in. 3.35in. 1.97in. .59in.
27mm 41.5mm
1.06in. 1.63in
Pitch 19mm
85mm .75in.
Standard Version
3.35in. (view from above)
Left Right
27mm 15mm
1.06in. .59in. R=5
m 00
00m
R=5 .69in. 19.6 mm
Pitch 1 9 9in.
85mm 57mm 57mm
3.35in.
m 2.24in. 2.24in.
00m
R=5 .69in. 625mm 625mm
19 24.61in. 24.61in.
20° 20°
m
00m
R=5 .69in. 100mm 100mm
19 3.94in. 3.94in.
57mm
2.24in. 50mm 50mm
270mm 1.97in. 1.97in. 270mm
10.63in. 10.63in.
625mm
24.61in.
Compact Version
57mm Left (view from above) Right
2.24in.
m R=5
20° 00m 00
R=5 .69in. 19.6 mm
625mm 1 9 9in.
24.61in. 57mm 57mm
2.24in. 2.24in.
20°
20° 20°
625mm 625mm
24.61in. 24.61in.
50mm
1.97in.
270mm
10.63in.
155 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
DynaPlate Modular Transfer Plates
DynaPlate
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
.87
R3.0 Standard SR SSA SS
M8 .15 Brown acetal Red low Blue acetal Stainless steel
(T-head bolt)
roller. noise PBT roller with mini roller with mini
.44
cL roller. ball bearing. ball bearing.
T-bolt slides for .87
accurate mounting,
but won't strip or
turn during .14 For special applications, environments, and aggressive agents,
tightening. please contact the System Plast engineering department.
2.00
.06 .51
.26
.87
R3.0
M8 .15
(T-head bolt)
.44
cL
.87 90° transfer using
single roller transfer
.14
assembly.
16S00023-SR SR 8.9
Transfer Plate 16S00023-SSA SSA 8.9
2 roller rows with sloped
entry. 8.9 inch width.
DynaPlate
Sprockets, Wear
• Smooth transition between conveyors .06
1.54
.51
.26
• Use individually or back-to back
.87
• Heavy duty, robust construction
M8
• Easy, flexible mounting (T-head bolt)
.15
.77
cL
Standard SR SSA SS
.14
Brown acetal Red low Blue acetal Stainless steel
roller. noise PBT roller with mini roller with mini
roller. ball bearing. ball bearing.
T-bolt slides for
accurate mounting,
but won't strip or For special applications, environments, and aggressive agents,
turn during please contact the System Plast engineering department.
tightening.
6.1
Material: XP acetal frame. Choice of roller types.
.12
Stainless steel pins, washers and bolts.
1.54
.06 .51
.26
.87
M8 .15
(T-head bolt)
.77
cL
.14
16S00024-SR SR 8.9
16S00024-SSA SSA 8.9
Transfer Plate
3 roller rows. 8.9 inch width.
DynaPlate Combinations Mix and match for best transfer lengths and widths
DynaPlate
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
3.11
.06 .51
.26 Standard SR SSA SS
Brown acetal Red low Blue acetal Stainless steel
.87
R3.0 roller. roller with mini roller with mini
noise PBT
M8
(T-head bolt) roller. ball bearing. ball bearing.
.15
.77
cL
1.97 For special applications, environments, and aggressive agents,
T-bolt slides for please contact the System Plast engineering department.
.14
accurate mounting,
but won't strip or Material: XP acetal frame. Choice of roller types.
turn during Stainless steel pins, washers and bolts.
tightening.
Part Number Roller Type Length (in.)
16S00022-SR SR 6.1
16S00022-SSA SSA 6.1
6.1
.12
Transfer Plate
4 roller rows with sloped
entry. 6.1 inch width.
3.11
.06 .51
.26
.87
R3.0
M8
(T-head bolt)
.15
.77
cL
1.97
.14
16S00025-SR SR 8.9
8.9
Transfer Plate
4 roller rows with sloped
entry. 8.9 inch width.
Sprockets, Wear
• Back-to-back and end-to-end modularity Hex head bolts are included.
Chains and Belts! • Quick and easy assembly They are retained in the frame
so they will not slide when the
• Mounting hardware included nut is tightened.
0.79
0.79
0.79
R 3.00 R 3.00 R 3.00
0.45 M6 0.45 M6 0.45
M6
.23 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
cL cL 0.48 cL 0.96
0.47 0.92 1.87
0.69
0.69
0.69
3.35
3.35
3.35
1.97
1.97
1.97
0.69
0.69
0.69
Part Number Roller Type Length (in.) Part Number Roller Type Length (in.) Part Number Roller Type Length (in.)
16777 Standard 3.35 16770 Standard 3.35 16772 Standard 3.35
16777-SR SR 3.35 16770-SR SR 3.35 16772-SR SR 3.35
16777-SSA SSA 3.35 16770-SSA SSA 3.35 16772-SSA SSA 3.35
0.79
0.79
R 3.00 R 3.00 R 3.00
0.45 M6 0.45 M6 0.45
M6
.23 0.11 0.11 0.11
cL cL 0.48 cL 0.96
0.47 0.92 1.87
0.69
0.69
0.69
4.53
3.15
3.15
4.53
3.15
4.53
0.69
0.69
0.69
Part Number Roller Type Length (in.) Part Number Roller Type Length (in.) Part Number Roller Type Length (in.)
16778 Standard 4.53 16771 Standard 4.53 16773 Standard 4.53
16778-SR SR 4.53 16771-SR SR 4.53 16773-SR SR 4.53
16778-SSA SSA 4.53 16771-SSA SSA 4.53 16773-SSA SSA 4.53
SR SSA SS
Red low Blue acetal Stainless
noise PBT roller. roller with mini steel roller with
ball bearing. mini ball bearing.
For special applications, environments, and aggressive agents, please contact the System Plast engineering department.
159 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Modular Transfer Plate Assemblies
.79
Sprockets, Wear
H
Sprockets Z
90° transfer 2 Rows
.79
H
Sprockets Z
3 Rows
Sprockets Z
5 Rows
Sprockets Z15 Sprockets Z17 Sprockets Z19 Sprockets Z21 Sprockets Z23 Sprockets Z25 Sprockets Z27 Sprockets Z29
Chain Type H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5)
Sprockets, Wear
881-8810-881TAB-8810TAB-
1.35 2.24 2.43 2.94 1.59 2.30 2.47 2.98 1.82 2.40 2.52 3.03 2.06 2.51 2.56 3.07 2.29 2.61 2.61 3.12 2.53 2.71 2.65 3.16 2.76 2.81 2.69 3.20 3.00 2.90 2.72 3.24
881M-881MO-8857-8857TAB
512-515 1.92 2.44 2.54 3.05 2.23 2.59 2.59 3.10 2.51 2.72 2.65 3.16 2.87 2.85 2.70 3.21
1874 1.61 2.56 2.77 3.28 1.84 2.57 2.83 3.34 2.08 2.69 2.89 3.40 2.35 2.80 2.94 3.45 2.56 2.90 2.99 3.50 2.80 3.00 3.04 3.56
820-SK38 1.38 2.27 2.46 2.97 1.61 2.33 2.51 3.02 1.85 2.43 2.56 3.07 2.08 2.54 2.60 3.11 2.31 2.64 2.64 3.15 2.55 2.74 2.69 3.20 2.97 2.65 2.72 3.24 3.02 2.93 2.76 3.28
831 1.41 2.27 2.46 2.97 1.64 2.33 2.51 3.02 1.88 2.43 2.56 3.07 2.11 2.54 2.60 3.11 2.35 2.64 2.64 3.15 2.58 2.74 2.69 3.20 3.00 2.65 2.72 3.24 3.06 2.93 2.76 3.28
821 1.41 2.29 2.47 2.98 1.64 2.34 2.52 3.04 1.88 2.45 2.57 3.08 2.11 2.56 2.61 3.13 2.35 2.66 2.66 3.17 2.58 2.76 2.70 3.21 3.00 2.85 2.74 3.26 3.06 2.94 2.78 3.30
843 0.81 2.26 2.48 2.99 0.97 2.31 2.52 3.04 1.13 2.36 2.57 3.08 1.29 2.41 2.61 3.12 1.45 2.45 2.65 3.16 1.59 2.49 2.69 3.20
863 1.61 2.57 2.78 3.29 1.84 2.58 2.83 3.35 2.08 2.69 2.89 3.41 2.32 2.80 2.95 3.46 2.56 2.91 3.00 3.51 2.80 3.01 3.05 3.56
1843 0.84 2.19 2.40 2.91 1.00 2.24 2.44 2.95 1.16 2.28 2.48 2.99 1.32 2.32 2.52 3.03 1.48 2.36 2.56 3.07 1.64 2.40 2.59 3.10
1873 1.62 2.39 2.59 3.10 1.85 2.47 2.64 3.15 2.11 2.58 2.69 3.20 2.33 2.69 2.73 3.24 2.57 2.79 2.78 3.29 2.81 2.88 2.82 3.33
815VG-805VG-815VG(rubber) 1.47 2.26 2.44 2.96 1.70 2.31 2.49 3.00 1.94 2.42 2.54 3.05 2.17 2.53 2.58 3.09 2.41 2.63 2.63 3.14 2.65 2.73 2.67 3.18 2.88 2.82 2.70 3.22 3.12 2.91 2.74 3.26
831VG-821VG- 1.53 2.26 2.44 2.96 1.76 2.31 2.50 3.01 2.00 2.42 2.54 3.06 2.23 2.53 2.59 3.10 2.46 2.63 2.63 3.15 2.70 2.73 2.67 3.19 3.12 2.82 2.72 3.23 3.17 2.92 2.76 3.27
1873VG 1.77 2.33 2.50 3.01 2.00 2.47 2.55 3.06 2.24 2.57 2.59 3.10 2.48 2.67 2.61 3.12 2.72 2.77 2.67 3.18 2.96 2.87 2.71 3.22 3.19 2.96 2.75 3.26
LPB 831 1.98 2.47 2.53 3.04 2.21 2.57 2.57 3.09 2.45 2.67 2.61 3.13 2.68 2.77 2.66 3.17 2.92 2.86 2.69 3.20 3.15 2.95 2.73 3.24
LPB 821 1.98 2.48 2.55 3.06 2.21 2.59 2.59 3.10 2.45 2.69 2.63 3.14 2.68 2.78 2.67 3.19 2.92 2.87 2.71 3.22 3.15 2.96 2.75 3.26
Sprockets Z9 Sprockets Z10 Sprockets Z11 Sprockets Z12 Sprockets Z13 Sprockets Z14 Sprockets Z15
Chain Type H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5)
8257VG 1.82 2.40 2.52 3.03 2.05 2.51 2.56 3.07 2.29 2.61 2.60 3.11 2.52 2.71 2.65 3.16
LPB 8257 2.39 2.65 2.62 3.13 2.62 2.75 2.66 3.17 2.86 2.84 2.70 3.21 3.09 2.93 2.74 3.25
878TAB-879-879TAB-
1.74 2.33 2.50 3.02 1.98 2.48 2.55 3.06 2.21 2.58 2.59 3.10 2.45 2.68 2.63 3.15 2.69 2.78 2.67 3.19 2.92 2.87 2.71 3.22 3.16 2.96 2.75 3.26
879M-880-880TAB-880M
882-882TAB-882M 1.82 2.40 2.52 3.03 2.05 2.51 2.56 3.07 2.29 2.61 2.60 3.11 2.52 2.71 2.65 3.16
LBP 878TAB-LPB 879M 2.35 2.43 2.60 3.11 2.58 2.57 2.65 3.16 2.81 2.68 2.69 3.20 3.05 2.78 2.73 3.24 3.29 2.87 2.77 3.28 3.52 2.97 2.81 3.32 3.76 3.06 2.85 3.36
LBP 882TAB-LBP 882M 2.39 2.65 2.62 3.13 2.62 2.75 2.66 3.17 2.86 2.84 2.70 3.21 3.09 2.93 2.74 3.25
Sprockets Z12 Sprockets Z16 Sprockets Z18 Sprockets Z20 Sprockets Z21 Sprockets Z24 Sprockets Z28
Belt Type H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5) H L(2) L(3) L(5)
series 2120 FT-2121FT 0.66 2.00 2.26 2.73 0.98 2.12 2.37 2.84 1.30 2.20 2.45 2.93 1.62 2.30 2.55 3.02
series 2120 VG 0.73 2.01 2.26 2.74 1.06 2.13 2.38 2.85 1.37 2.21 2.46 2.93 1.70 2.30 2.56 3.03
series 2120 LBP 1.17 2.02 2.28 2.75 1.49 2.14 2.39 2.86 1.81 2.22 2.47 2.94 2.13 2.31 2.57 3.04
series 2250 FT-2250 FG 1.28 2.25 2.50 2.98 1.91 2.37 2.63 3.10 2.23 2.50 2.76 3.23 2.55 2.52 2.77 3.24
series 2251 FT-2252 FT 1.99 2.49 2.74 3.22 2.28 2.50 2.76 3.23 2.59 2.61 2.86 3.33 2.75 2.61 2.86 3.33
series 2251 VG 2.09 2.51 2.76 3.23 2.38 2.52 2.77 3.24 2.69 2.63 2.88 3.35 2.85 2.62 2.87 3.35
series 2251 LBP 2.56 2.52 2.77 3.25 2.85 2.53 2.79 3.26 3.16 2.64 2.89 3.36 3.32 2.64 2.89 3.24
series 2250M-FT-2250M-FG 2.16 2.61 2.87 3.34 2.47 2.76 3.01 3.48 2.67 2.90 3.15 3.62
series 2251M-FT-2251M-FG 2.31 2.68 2.93 3.41 2.63 2.81 3.06 3.54 2.83 2.92 3.17 3.65
1.95 1.95
1.95 2.90 2.90 2.90
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
0.79
0.79
0.11 0.11 0.11
0.97 1.44 1.91
0.11 0.11 0.11
3.35
3.35
3.35
4.53
4.53
4.53
Assembly with two modules Assembly with two modules: Assembly with two modules
of three rows of rollers - One module with three rows of rollers of five rows of rollers
- One module with five rows of rollers
Head to tail transfer with two Head to tail transfer two with modules: Head to tail transfer with two
modules of three rows of rollers. - One module of three rows of rollers modules of five rows of rollers.
- One module of five rows of rollers
Assembly with stainless steel Assembly with stainless steel
or plastic flat top chains. Assembly with stainless steel or plastic flat top chains.
Top plate thickness from or plastic flat top chains. Top plate thickness from
0.12 inch. to 0.19 inch. Top plate thickness from 0.12 inch. to 0.19 inch.
0.12 inch. to 0.19 inch.
See pages 160-161 for transfer plate mounting dimensions.
Heavy Duty
Stainless Steel
Double Rail Bracket
Clamp VG-223-
Tripod Base
VG-011- SpeedSet 410 Series
Bracket
VG-210Q-
Side Mount
ValuTrac II Post Cap Adjustable Leveler
VT2 series VG-305- VG-501-
Split Sprocket
882 series
Tee Leg Tie
VG-311-
Threaded
Tube End
VG-551-
Adjustable
Leveler
VG-511-
Our conveyor chain return rollers are made from impact resistant material. They
Sprockets, Wear
ØE
32892 R3-75-50 O 3/4 in. 1.97
Return Roller 32836 R3-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.36
12892 R3-20-50 G 20mm 1.97
3.15
12836 R3-20-60 G 20mm 2.36
1.61
Color Shaft Sized E
(G=Green) Bore Roller
Part Number Ref. Code (O=Orange) Diameter Dia.
R15 121965
122111V
R15-18-50 G 18mm or 11/16 in.
R15-18-60 G 18mm or 11/16 in.
1.97
2.36
ØE
ØE
ØF
ØE
32892RN R3B-75-50 O 3/4 in. 2.24
with Rubber 32836RN R3B-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.64
Surface 12892RN R3B-20-50 G 20mm 2.24
3.15
12836RN R3B-20-60 G 20mm 2.64
1.61
Color Shaft Sized E
(G=Green) Bore Roller
ØE
Return Roller
32535RN R15B-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.64
with Rubber
121966RN R15B-20-50 G 20mm 2.24
Surface 12535RN R15B-20-60 G 20mm 2.64
1.48
3.38
SE-582
s
Pres
RP3 121985
121987
RP3-18-50 G
RP3-18-60 G
18mm or 11/16 in.
18mm or 11/16 in.
1.97
2.36
ØE
321991 RP3-75-50 O 3/4 in. 1.97
Solid
321993 RP3-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.36
Return Roller
121991 RP3-20-50 G 20mm 1.97
3.15
3.25
ØE
Part Number Ref. Code (O=Orange) Diameter Dia.
ValuFlex is a patented, serpentine wear strip system that solves conveyor return problems associated
Sprockets, Wear
ized parts that help reduce design and fabrication time. ValuFlex can be easily installed, new or retrofitted,
without the use of special tools. The absence of moving parts means less noise, less wear, and significantly
lower maintenance and replacement cost. As added benefits, serpentines increase the useful life of chains
and provide increased chain stability at higher speeds. The serpentine pattern distributes wear evenly
across belt surfaces, providing trouble-free service and increased belt life. Serpentine systems
permit high speed operation by eliminating the pulsation inherent in some roller returns.
ValuFlex is also used as a light duty support grid for lightly loaded, modular style
belts and has been proven useful when used with other Valu Guide components
as a hold down system for tops, lids, or flaps on air or mechanical convey-
ors. Low friction ValuFlex UHMW serpentine profiles last for years
without the need for lubrication or maintenance, and operate
equally well in dry or wet environments. C
B
Patented
Simplicity! C
B
Detail C
SnapLock™ clips are designed with a flexible
hinge, enabling them to snap around the
cross rod. Position the clips in the desired
location along the rod. Then snap the
ValuFlex serpentine profile into the clips
by hand — no special tools are necessary.
This assembled configuration creates a
unique interference lock throughout the
Detail B clip, profile, and rod, securing their relative
positions. ValuFlex serpentine profiles are
Intermediate PinchLock™ clips reduce the
number of cross members required by 50 now securely locked to the cross rods and
percent. Most serpentine systems require a will not work up out of their slots, as other
mid-cycle crossmember to pull the profiles serpentine fabrications are prone to do.
together. With ValuFlex, on normal cycles Splicing, though easily accomplished, is
Detail A of 18"-24", no center member is necessary. rarely needed because ValuFlex serpentine
ValuFlex™ chain return shoes are made Midway between the cross rods, simply profiles are available in standard 100' coils
from the same durable UHMW material as snap the PinchLock clips onto the serpen- (longer if needed), not the 10' lengths typical
the extruded profiles. They are designed to tine profiles to complete the cycle which, in of “cut strip” serpentine systems.
provide a generous entry radius, feeding effect, eliminates every other cross support.
the chain smoothly onto the serpentine
profile for a trouble free transition. Con- The ValuFlex system combines four basic elements to form a complete,
veyor design and fabrication is simplified by simple and cost-effective chain return solution. Flexible design accommo-
the geometry of the shoe and the location dates virtually every width and length of conveyor. ValuFlex can be installed
of the mounting holes. during or after conveyor frame assembly, or retro-fits can be installed
directly on the existing conveyor with very little disassembly required.
20 inches
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
Single profile
pair up to 7.5"
Spreads
out wear
across
chain!
Cost-Effective/Labor Saving
Flexible Design/Standard Parts
Five profile pairs Trouble Free/Secure
range from 50" - 60"
Guaranteed Materials
Long Life/Lower Chain Wear
Low/No Maintenance
Stable at High Speeds
Universal Belt Compatibility
Industry Proven Reliable
Four profile pairs
range from 40" - 48"
VF-CRC
VF-CRC-T- L
VF-3834-
3834
3/8
Material: UHMW.
3/4
Standard Duty Profile Part Number Height (in.) Length
Securely snaps and locks into Valu- VF-CR-3834-50 3/4 50
Flex clips and return shoes providing a VF-CR-3834-100 3/4 100
smooth and level return surface.
3/8
Patent # 336,712
38100 1.0
Part Number Height (in.) Length
SnapLock Clips
work with both
Patent # 340,564 profile sizes!
CRCP 1.80 W
CRA
Part Number
VF-3834 VF-38100
VF-CRA
.85
SnapLock™ Clip 1.23 for VG-750-01 drive rivet
Fastens onto 7 to 11 gauge 1.00 VG-750-01
angle bar cross supports. 1.08
Locks ValuFlex profiles .21
.17
securely in place. Clip is .58 1.0 Ø.25
cL
held secure with VG-750-01 1.0
drive rivet, which is included.
Patent # 6,533,108
Typical SnapLock™ Mounting Applications:
VF-CRC-12 VF-CRCP-12
CRC-T
Material: Black acetal.
PinchLock™ Clip
Installed at the midpoint of the Part Number
ValuFlex serpentine span, VF-CRC-T
pinching and locking the two strips
of ValuFlex profiles together. 1.19
Recommended for use with all .75 .37
chain widths when cross rod
centers are 14" or greater. PinchLock Clips
.88 work with both
profile sizes!
.64" .25"
Pinning hole
Mounting holes for
cross rods
CR4 Ø 1/2" Part Number Length Tap Ø 9/16" Part Number Length Tap
VF-CR4-SS-0325-516 3.50 5/16-18 VF-CR4.5-SS-0325-38 3.50 3/8-16
Round Cross Rod VF-CR4-SS-0325-38 3.50 3/8-16 VF-CR4.5-SS-0400-38 4.25 3/8-16
Commonly used as side-frame VF-CR4-SS-0400-516 4.25 5/16-18 VF-CR4.5-SS-0450-38 4.75 3/8-16
spacers and to support the entire
ValuFlex system. VF-CR4-SS-0400-38 4.25 3/8-16 VF-CR4.5-SS-0600-38 6.25 3/8-16
VF-CR4-SS-0450-516 4.75 5/16-18 VF-CR4.5-SS-0750-38 7.75 3/8-16
Ø 1/2
Ø 9/16 VF-CR4-SS-0450-38 4.75 3/8-16
Length
Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8" Part Number Length Tap
VF-CR4-SS-0600-516 6.25 5/16-18
VF-CR5-SS-0325-38 3.50 3/8-16
VF-CR4-SS-0600-38 6.25 3/8-16
Tap is 3/4 deep VF-CR5-SS-0400-38 4.25 3/8-16
VF-CR4-SS-0750-516 7.75 5/16-18
Tap VF-CR5-SS-0450-38 4.75 3/8-16
VF-CR4-SS-0750-38 7.75 3/8-16
VF-CR5-SS-0600-38 6.25 3/8-16
VF-CR5-SS-0750-38 7.75 3/8-16
th e
Twice
Life!
Strips, Chain Guides
Sprockets, Wear
A B
B A
Patent # 5,310,047
Smooth transition
for wide belts
CRSR-34 6.25
3.13
Width
4X.25
Material: UHMW.
CRSR-100 7.00
3.50
2.38
Width
4X.25
1/2
square Material: 303 stainless steel.
Bevel
Installation Instructions
C
B
A
1. Install all SnapLock clips (C) (pg.172) and appropriate
spacers (pg.171) on the cross rods (pg. 173-174).
2. Install all cross rods (with attached SnapLock clips and appropriate
spacers) except the ones positioning the return shoes.
3. Thread the ValuFlex serpentine profiles (pg. 171) through the conveyor frame and
fasten the profiles to the return shoes (A) (pg. 173-174).
4. Mount shoes on the appropriate cross rods and fasten the rods in place.
5. Starting at the return shoe, move to the next cross rod and snap the serpentine profile into the clips. If inter-
mediate PinchLock clips (B) (pg. 172) are being used, install the first one now between the return shoe(s)
and the first cross rod/SnapLock assembly.
6. Repeat this process, first installing the profile into the next cross rod/SnapLock clip assembly and then
installing a PinchLock clip between two new secured rod locations.
1.25
VG-SSTS-1.25-8 - 8
TS-1.25 .83* VG-SSTS-1.25-10 - 10
VG-SSTS-1.25-12 - 12
VG-SSTS-1.25-20 - 20
.67
1.25
1.0
.38
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-8 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-8 8
LT VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-10 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-10 10
1.21
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-12 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-12 12
.83*
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-20 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-20 20
™
.67
1.25
1.00
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-8 - 8
LTS .38
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-10 - 10
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-12 - 12
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-20 - 20
.83*
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
.67
RN
TU
RE
Static
Gray Nolu-S Dissipating
Self lubricating Nolu-S UHMW insert Static dissipating UHMW insert and
Sprockets, Wear
Length (ft.)
VG-SST-1.25-NS-8 VG-SST-1.25-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.25-NS-10 VG-SST-1.25-SD-10 10
VG-SST-1.25-NS-12 VG-SST-1.25-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.25-NS-20 VG-SST-1.25-SD-20 20
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-8 - 8
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-10 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-10 10
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-12 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-12 12
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-20 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-20 20
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-8 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-8 8
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-10 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-10 10
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-12 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-12 12
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-20 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-20 20
- VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-8 8
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-10 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-10 10
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-12 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-12 12
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-20 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-20 20
Important Note:
When Valu Guide Rail is used as a
wear strip, the UHMW insert should be
fastened to the metal sheath at the lead-
ing end of the rail. Using a sheet metal
screw through the back of the sheath
or a heavy wire pin from the side should be adequate. This will
VG-018 Rail Clips
VG-016-01 Rail Clips prevent the insert from sliding within the sheath in the event the
4.125 4.125
chain accidentally catches on a leading edge. This also allows for
thermal expansion and contraction of the UHMW insert.
T-1.70
1.70
.12
.12 VG-SST-1.70-8 VG-GST-1.70-8 8
.31 VG-SST-1.70-10 VG-GST-1.70-10 10
Ribbed wide Tee rail
used as wear strip and .38 .83*
VG-SST-1.70-12 - 12
support assembly for VG-SST-1.70-20 - 20
multi-lane 3¼ in. slat
™
top chain. .67
VG-SST-2.25-8 VG-GST-2.25-8 8
VG-SST-2.25-10 VG-GST-2.25-10 10
T-2.25 2.25
VG-SST-2.25-12 VG-GST-2.25-12
VG-SST-2.25-20 VG-GST-2.25-20
12
20
.31
.83*
™
.67
1.19
VG-SSTG-02-8 VG-GSTG-02-8 8
TG .60 VG-SSTG-02-10 VG-GSTG-02-10 10
VG-SSTG-02-12 VG-GSTG-02-12 12
Tab Chain Guide 1.07*
VG-SSTG-02-20 VG-GSTG-02-20 20
Economical alternative to
other chain guiding systems. *Tolerance on height is ±0.025
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
For use with 882-4-1/2 and .67
882-LBP-3-3/4 style chains.
Y
RR
CA
See page 218 for
details on wear bed
grid construction.
RN
TU
RE
Static
Gray Nolu-S Dissipating
Self lubricating Nolu-S UHMW insert Static dissipating UHMW insert and
Sprockets, Wear
Length (ft.)
VG-SST-1.60-NS-8 VG-SST-1.60-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.60-NS-10 VG-SST-1.60-SD-10 10
VG-SST-1.60-NS-12 VG-SST-1.60-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.60-NS-20 VG-SST-1.60-SD-20 20
- VG-SST-1.70-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.70-NS-10 VG-SST-1.70-SD-10 10
- VG-SST-1.70-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.70-NS-20 VG-SST-1.70-SD-20 20
VG-SST-2.25-NS-8 VG-SST-2.25-SD-8 8
VG-SST-2.25-NS-10 VG-SST-2.25-SD-10 10
VG-SST-2.25-NS-12 VG-SST-2.25-SD-12 12
VG-SST-2.25-NS-20 VG-SST-2.25-SD-20 20
- - 8
VG-SSTG-02-NS-10 VG-SSTG-02-SD-10 10
VG-SSTG-02-NS-12 VG-SSTG-02-SD-12 12
VG-SSTG-02-NS-20 - 20
VG-SST-1.70-
19045
Material: UHMW or Nolu-S (NS)
.20
19006L
Material: UHMW
19071
Material: UHMW or Nolu-S (NS)
1.18
19080
Material: UHMW
19053
Material: UHMW
19081
Material: UHMW
19003
Material: UHMW or Nolu-S (NS)
19005
Material: UHMW or Nolu-S (NS)
The following metal channels can be used with the UHMW inserts listed in this group.
These rails are commonly used as guide rails or support members under belting and table top
chain. Mounting clamps and accessories designed for these metal channels are listed below.
0.12
1.14
1.18
0.12
1.18
0.16
0.16
0.12
0.75
0.39
0.39
0.06
0.13
0.13
0.33
0.11
0.11
0.79 1.57 1.69
Part Number Length Part Number Color Length Part Number Color Length
19048C 3M (9.84 ft.) 19071 Black 6M (19.68ft.) 19073 Black 6M (19.68ft.)
19048 6M (19.68ft.) 19070 Green 6M (19.68ft.) 19072 Green 6M (19.68ft.)
5.98
1.18 0.98 2.17
Material: Black Polyamide
0.47
0.16
0.28
0.25
0.59
0.63
0.39
1.57
0.79
0.67
1.18
14110T
1.97
1.18
0.59
0.63
0.59
0.63
M6 or M8 fastening hardware.
0.67
B
0.14
0.79
0.67
Part Number A B C Hex Fastener Size Part Number A B C Hex Fastener Size
14111 .51 .32 .24 5/16 or M8 14109 .51 .32 .24 5/16 or M8
Sprockets, Wear
must be fixed with #10 or M5 UNC screws.
.10
1.77
.10
1.77
.71
.20
.59
.71
.20
.59
.69
.69
2.44
Ø.20 Ø.20
2.44
.38
.38
1.85 1.85
.79 .79
1.18 1.18
TK
TK
.06
.06
.55 .55
.51 .43
.51 .43
2.76
2.76 .79 .39 For #10 or M5 For #10 or M5 .39 .79
hex nut or bolt 4.33
4.33 hex nut or bolt
14077N
34110
34110T
14076N
14076N
from 1/2" to 6". The length is 10 feet. Other lengths are available
upon request. Strip thickness tolerance is ±10% of the sheet and
the width tolerance is ±1/64, with special tolerances available
upon request. Rectangular wear strips can be fastened utilizing
1-1/2"
nylon drive rivets (VG-750). Applications for rectangular wear 3/4" 1/8"
3"
strips include: chain guide, wear strips, flat top chain contact 1"
guide, and dead plates.
2-1/2"
2" 1/2" 1"
1-1/2"
1/4"
1-1/2"
Part numbers in these tables are for Natural White UHMW-PE. To specify other materials, substitute the part number prefix “HS” with the following:
“BR” for Nolu-BR (black) “SS” for Nolu-S (grey) “SR” for Nolu-SR (dark grey)
A proprietary blend of UHMW A blend of UHMW and other A much harder, longer wearing
resins. Maintains excel- dry lubricants. Self-lubricating composition which is used in
lent chemical and corrosion properties make it ideal for most high speed / high load
resistance, while providing low applications requiring reduced applications. Proven to increase
friction, superior rigidity, and friction, noise reduction, and throughput, reduce jam ups,
resistance to wear. higher dry-running speeds. and extend product life.
Thickness inches
idth inches
W 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
1/2 HS-0208-10 HS-0308-10 HS-0408-10 - HS-0608-10 HS-0808-10 - - -
3/4 HS-0212-10 HS-0312-10 HS-0412-10 HS-0512-10 HS-0612-10 HS-0812-10 HS-1012-10 HS-1212-10 -
1 HS-0216-10 HS-0316-10 HS-0416-10* HS-0516-10 HS-0616-10 HS-0816-10 HS-1016-10 HS-1216-10 -
1-1/4 HS-0220-10 HS-0320-10 HS-0420-10* HS-0520-10 HS-0620-10 HS-0820-10 HS-1020-10 HS-1220-10 HS-1420-10
1-1/2 HS-0224-10 HS-0324-10 HS-0424-10 HS-0524-10 HS-0624-10* HS-0824-10* HS-1024-10* HS-1224-10* -
1-3/4 HS-0228-10 HS-0328-10 HS-0428-10 - HS-0628-10 HS-0828-10 - HS-1228-10 -
2 HS-0232-10 HS-0332-10 HS-0432-10 HS-0532-10 HS-0632-10* HS-0832-10* HS-1032-10 HS-1232-10* -
2-1/2 HS-0240-10 HS-0340-10 HS-0440-10 - HS-0640-10 HS-0840-10 - HS-1240-10 HS-1440-10
3 HS-0248-10 HS-0348-10 HS-0448-10 HS-0548-10 HS-0648-10 HS-0848-10 - HS-1248-10 -
3-1/2 - - - - - HS-1056-10 HS-1256-10 HS-1456-10 -
4 HS-0264-10 HS-0364-10 HS-0464-10 - HS-0664-10 HS-0864-10 HS-1064-10 HS-1264-10 -
Thickness inches
idth inches
W 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3
1 HS-1616-10 - - - - - - -
1-1/4 HS-1620-10 - - - - - - -
1-1/2 HS-1624-10 - - - - - - -
1-3/4 HS-1628-10 - HS-2428-10 - - - - -
2 HS-1632-10 HS-2032-10 - - HS-3232-10 - - -
2-1/2 HS-1640-10 HS-2040-10 - - - - - -
3 HS-1648-10 - - - - - - HS-4848-10
4 HS-1664-10 - - - HS-3264-10 - - -
6 HS-1696-10 - - - - - HS-4096-10 -
Wear strip with a thickness of 1/4 in. or less can be shipped coiled in cartons (UPS) or straight in tubes by truck.
* Longer continuous lengths available C ontact System Plast Customer Service at 1-866-765-8744.
750
Sprockets, Wear
Drive Rivet Material: Polyamide rivet. Acetal pin.
Used to attach wear strips to metal or plastic your Chain
frames. Can be used for slotted holes with and Belts! Part Number L H Grip (min.) Grip (max.)
washer. Head can be mounted flush with thin- VG-750-10 .75 .111 .188 .5
ner wear strips using standard countersink. VG-750-20 1.0 .111 .25 .75
Rivets wear at the same rate as wear strips,
and will not cut into chains. Easily installed VG-750-30 1.5 .111 .375 1.25
L
into .257 dia. (F drill), blind or thru hole. Max. H Drive Rivets sold in bags of 100.
continuous service temperature: 180° F.
Bags of 100.
.44 82 .25
UHMW Countersink
HS series
UHMW-PE
Framework wear strip
Hole
VG-750 series
drive rivet
8°
W W
T T
(±0.015) (±0.015)
Bevel Tab
Fill out the information in the blanks Options available for most wear strips:
above and fax to System Plast Customer
Service toll free 866-447-6587.
Black Nolu-S UHMW Antistatic
UHMW (reduced friction) UHMW
Flat wear
surface on top
1234-SERP
Sprockets, Wear
Boss
Serpentine Chain Return
Multi-purpose serpentine chain return Rounded wear
profile. Radiused top is ideal for minimal surface on top
chain contact and reduced friction. If
full contact is required, simply invert the Material: UHMW.
profile and use the flat surface.
Part Number Length (ft.)
Orientation VG-1234-SERP-10.5 10.5
Boss
VG-1234-SERP-21 21
.75
.50
25100 .25
Material: UHMW.
Part Number Length (ft.)
Serpentine Chain Return
Multi-purpose serpentine chain return VG-PCR-25100-21 21
profile. Radiused top is ideal for minimal VG-PCR-25100-100 100
chain contact and reduced friction. .19 1.0
650
Chain Return Shoe
Radiused wear shoe for guiding chain or belting into return way. Single or multiple strand capabili- Material: Black polyamide or gray
ties. Black polyamide shoe is designed for use with steel belts and chains. Gray polyethylene shoe is polyethylene.
designed for use with plastic belts and chains.
Part Number Color/Material Ø Bushing
VG-650-A black/PA None
1.50 VG-650-12 black/PA 1/2
.95
.24 .78
VG-650-58 black/PA 5/8
3.46
9.58 VG-650PE-A gray/PE None
VG-650PE-12 gray/PE 1/2
VG-650-A
VG-650PE-58 gray/PE 5/8
Bushing will
accept 1/2 rod
1.50
.95 Chain Return Shoes
.24 .52 can be pinned together
3.46
9.58 3.72
or gang mounted on
common shaft for use
with wide metal belts.
VG-650-12
For new or retrofitting existing chain
Bushing will returns, consider the Valu Flex ser-
accept 5/8 rod pentine chain return system. It is a
more cost effective, maintenance
1.50
.95 free and quieter alternative to roller
.24 .65 3.46 VG-650-A returns. See the Valu Flex section on
9.58 3.72 page 169 for more information.
VG-650-58
MBG .53
.41 Bendable for
Strips, Chain Guides
Modular Conveyor
Part Number Material Length (ft.)
Belt Side Guides .56 VG-MBG-50-NS-10 Nolu-S 10
Aluminum and UHMW guide 1.33
rail for use in guiding the sides 1/2" Insert Replacements Material Length (ft.)
of selected plastic modular Modular
.50 .38 VG-PMBG-50-NS-10 Nolu-S 10
Belt
conveyor belts through turns.
Ultra-low friction. Top and VG-PMBG-50-10 UHMW 10
bottom capture of belt. Custom .50
factory bends can be ordered VG-1568-
by contacting the System Plast
Engineering Department. Avail- .71
able in 10 ft. lengths. Minimum
radius 24" (inside edge).
Replaceable UHMW strips.
1.0
SBG .44
.41
.13 1.25
1.03
Strips VG-1568-
Aluminum and UHMW guide
.50
rail for use in guiding the
VG-1568-
sides and supporting the
.87
middle of modular conveyor .71
Material: UHMW insert
belts. Ultra-low friction bottom and aluminum guides.
and side support of belt.
Easily formed into curves with Part Number Part Number Length (ft.)
the Valu Guide Rail Bending VG-SBG-50-10 VG-BWS-125-10 10
Machine. Available in 10 ft.
lengths. Minimum radius 18"
UHMW Insert Replacement UHMW Insert Replacement Length (ft.)
(inside edge). Replaceable
UHMW strips. VG-PSBG-50-10 VG-PBWS-125-10 10
Side Guides
Guide rail for use in guiding the
sides of selected conveyor belts. .80 1.30
Ultra-low friction. Easily formed .56 1.0
into corners with the Valu Guide
Rail Bending Machine.
Sprockets, Wear
Pushers guide wear surface without replacing the entire rail. These units
Pallet, box, will guide various ANSI roller chain sizes, depending upon the
carton etc.
plastic insert used.
VG-P374
5/16"
Carriage cL
Bolt A
.72
lx
370WS
VG-P813 cover not included. See
page 258 for additional selections.
.43 .063
5/16"
Carriage Bolt
Chain Guide Assembly with Wear Strip
Assembly includes aluminum extrusion and wear strips.
1.44 .72
These units can be configured to accept #40, #50 or #60 ANSI roller chains.
cL B
Material: Guide: aluminum. Insert: green UHMW. .34 1.0 C
8ft. Part Number 10ft. Part Number 12ft. Part Number 20ft. Part Number A B C Chain#
VG-370WS-40-8 VG-370WS-40-10 VG-370WS-40-12 - 1.28 .29 .35 40
.27
VG-370WS-50-8 VG-370WS-50-10 VG-370WS-50-12 VG-370WS-50-20 1.25 .35 .41 50 .40
A
VG-370WS-60-8 VG-370WS-60-10 VG-370WS-60-12 VG-370WS-60-20 1.19 .47 .48 60 1.37
5/16"
Carriage
Bolt 1.43
340-80 .84
1.69
Chain Guide Assembly .60
.65
Assembly includes aluminum extrusion and wear strips. .34
1.37
cL
8ft. Part Number 10ft. Part Number 12ft. Part Number 20ft. Part Number Chain# .28
.40
- VG-340-80-10 - VG-340-80-20 80 1.62
5/16"
Carriage cL
Bolt
340-PC
1.34
Strips, Chain Guides
360 A
cL
.06
380
cL
VG-P813 cover
A not included.
See page 258 for
additional selections.
P300 series
UHMW Inserts
.29 .35 .60 .46
.47
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Length (ft.)
VG-P374-10 VG-P375-10 VG-P376-10 VG-P379-10 VG-P378-10 10 Shipping Information: UHMW covers
and inser ts are typically shipped
VG-P374-20 VG-P375-20 VG-P376-20 VG-P379-20 - 20
straight in tubes. 8' lengths can be
Guides #40 and Guides #50 and Guides #60 and Guides #80 and Guides #60 and shipped UPS. Standard 10' or 20'
#2040 ANSI chain. #2050 ANSI chain. #2060 ANSI chain. 2080 ANSI chain. #2060 ANSI chain. lengths are shipped by common carrier.
Used with 360, 370, Used with 360, 370, Used with 360, 370, Used with 340 Used with 340-PC Selected items can be coiled into car-
370WS & 380 series 370WS & 380 series 370WS & 380 series series aluminum series aluminum tons for more convenient shipping.
aluminum channel. aluminum channel. aluminum channel. channel. channel.
#40
.09 .28 .47
.40
#40
.28
Sprockets, Wear
Wear strip and guide for #40
ANSI single roller chains. Extended Chain
.67
Stainless Galvanized Length (ft.) Guide 1.45
VG-SSCG-#40-8 VG-GSCG-#40-8 8 Wear strip and guide for #40
ANSI single roller chains.
VG-SSCG-#40-10 VG-GSCG-#40-10 10
VG-SSCG-#40-12 VG-GSCG-#40-12 12
VG-SSCG-#40-20 VG-GSCG-#40-20 20 .67
#50 .13
.34
VG-SSECG-#40-10 VG-GSECG-#40-10 10
VG-SSECG-#40-12 VG-GSECG-#40-12 12
VG-SSECG-#40-20 VG-GSECG-#40-20 20
Chain Guide .67
#50
.67
VG-SSCG-#50-8 VG-GSCG-#50-8 8
VG-SSCG-#50-10 VG-GSCG-#50-10 10 Extended Chain
VG-SSCG-#50-12 - 12 Guide 1.45
#60
.67
VG-SSECG-#50-8 VG-GSECG-#50-8 8
.46
VG-SSECG-#50-10 VG-GSECG-#50-10 10
Chain Guide VG-SSECG-#50-12 - 12
Wear strip and guide for #60
ANSI single roller chains.
.67
VG-SSECG-#50-20 - 20
Can also be used as side rail .47
or wear strip when a wider .67
surface contact is required.
#60
VG-SSF-8 VG-GSF-8 8
VG-SSF-10 VG-GSF-10 10 Extended Chain 1.45
#80 .61
VG-SSECG-#60-8 VG-GSECG-#60-8 8
VG-SSECG-#60-10 VG-GSECG-#60-10 10
Chain Guide .83*
VG-SSECG-#60-12 VG-GSECG-#60-12 12
Wear strip and guide for #80 VG-SSECG-#60-20 VG-GSECG-#60-20 20
ANSI single roller chains.
.67
VG-SSCG-#80-8 VG-GSCG-#80-8 8
VG-SSCG-#80-10 VG-GSCG-#80-10 10
VG-SSCG-#80-12 VG-GSCG-#80-12 12
VG-SSCG-#80-20 VG-GSCG-#80-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025.
Important Note:
When Valu Guide Rail is used as a wear
strip, the UHMW insert should be fastened to the metal sheath at the lead-
ing end of the rail. Using a sheet metal screw through the back of the sheath
or a heavy wire pin from the side should be adequate. This will prevent the
insert from sliding within the sheath in the event the chain
accidentally catches on a leading edge. This also
allows for thermal expansion and contraction of
#40 #50 #60 #80 #40 #50 #60 the UHMW insert.
Chain Track
Standard plastic tracks are primarily used to guide and support ANSI
Strips, Chain Guides
double pitch chain in packaging and drag chain conveying systems. Expe-
Sprockets, Wear
rience has shown that the best way to distribute the load and increase
capacity is to support these chains on a flat edge of the side plates. These
UHMW based products provide low friction surfaces with outstanding
wear resistance when the load is distributed in this manner.
HA W
HC W
S
S H
H
T T
HE W
H
HG W
S
Y
Y
H
T T
P
3/8" Cable
HGCP
Sprockets, Wear
Metal Sleeve Bushing HGCP series
Material: Green UHMW.
Made from a special grade of UHMW pulleys include
metal sleeve
polymer to produce a tough, abrasion bushing. Part Number Ø Bolt
resistant, low friction pulley that
provides long corrosion free service HGCP-1004 1/4
with a significant reduction in noise HGCP-1005 5/16
Plastic stand-off
levels. Custom designs available. part #STF-1006 HGCP-1006 3/8
Shown is a standard 3/8" cable pulley (sold separately)
is for use with
with different mounting bolt diameters. HGCP-1006 pulley
Pulleys are supplied with a stainless or VG-CSB-SS-38
sintered bushing.
steel powdered metal sleeve to form
an axle after assembly. A nut, bolt and
washer can be supplied if needed.
.62
CS Ø3.0
CSFB .69
Ø.49
Material: 303 stainless steel.
VG-CSFB-SS-14 1/4
Bushing 1.0
1/4 bolts only.
Snap rings included.
A stainless steel powdered metal sleeve to form an axle after assembly is supplied. Pulleys can
Sprockets, Wear
VBG-.61 .19
Steel Sheath
Stainless Galvanized Length **(ft.)
VG-SSVBG-.61A-8 VG-GSVBG-.61A-8 8
V-Belt Guide
.83*
VG-SSVBG-.61A-10 VG-GSVBG-.61A-10 10
Wear strip and guide for "A"
section Vee belts. VG-SSVBG-.61A-12 - 12
.67
VG-SSVBG-.61A-20 VG-GSVBG-.61A-20 20
.73
VBG-.75
.22
CT .73
.46
VG-P1012
Cable Guides VG-P1012
The following aluminum extrusions can be used with the UHMW insert listed
.75
.44
.25
3/4 .62 25/32 .72
Material: Aluminum. Material: UHMW.
.94
VG-P710
.44
.82 .69
Material: Aluminum. Material: UHMW.
.81 VG-A1315
Length (ft.) Length (ft.)
VG-A1315-10 10 VG-P710-10 10
VG-A1315-20 20 VG-P710-20 20
VG-A500 with
VG-P2007
(standard duty)
OR
VG-A1000 with
VG-P2007
(heavy duty)
VG-A1000
with VG-P1012
HGCP-1006
VGT
Strips, Chain Guides
up
to Material: UHMW or Nolu-S UHMW in 50 ft. coils
24
VGRU "
Standard UHMW
Thickness
(in.)
Width
(in.)
G u i d e R a i l s a n d H a r d w a r e
Section 3
Guide Rail
Hardware........ Page
Single rail clamps
224
Double rail clamps
Rail splicing
Rail clips
Clamps with rods
Rod ends
14 gauge
stainless steel
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity PSI 90,000 29,000,000 Static Dissipating UHMW - Black color.
Valu Guide's special formulation retains the low friction
Dynamic Coefficient of Friction (dry vs. steel) .09 -.12 -
and wear characteristics of UHMW while effectively
reducing problems caused by static. See page 212 for
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in/in/°F 7.2 x 10-5 9.6 x 10-6
specifications.
Continuous Service Air Temperature (*max.) °F 160/180 -
and Hardware
VG-031-12-
Guide Rails
Rod to Rod Rail Clamp for
Cross Block Rods & Bars
VG-621 series
VG-022-01
Heavy Duty
Stainless Steel
Double Rail Bracket
Clamp VG-223-
Tripod Base
VG-011- SpeedSet 410 Series
Bracket
VG-210Q-
Side Mount
ValuTrac II Post Cap Adjustable Leveler
VT2 series VG-305- VG-501-
Split Sprocket
882 series
Tee Leg Tie
VG-311-
Threaded
Tube End
VG-551-
Adjustable
Leveler
VG-511-
R
TM
VG-SSR-8 VG-GSR-8 8
.67 VG-SSR-10 VG-GSR-10 10
Round Rail VG-SSR-12 VG-GSR-12 12
General purpose side rail for .67* VG-SSR-20 VG-GSR-20 20
minimum container contact.
and Hardware
Guide Rails
F TM
VG-SSF-8 VG-GSF-8 8
VG-SSF-10 VG-GSF-10 10
Flat Rail .67 .46
M TM
VG-SSM-8 VG-GSM-8 8
VG-SSM-10 VG-GSM-10 10
Modified Rail .67 .46
TM
MT .67
VG-SSMT-8 VG-GSMT-8 8
VG-SSMT-10 VG-GSMT-10 10
Modified Tee Rail .50
.29 VG-SSMT-12 VG-GSMT-12 12
Side rail when narrow surface
VG-SSMT-20 VG-GSMT-20 20
contact or control is necessary .71*
following application of a label.
VG-022-01
VG-SSR
PET
Bottles
VG-SSWF VG-SSMT
200
VG-JS100-125
©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Guide Rail with Premium UHMW Materials
Static
Gray Nolu-S Dissipating
Self lubricating Nolu-S UHMW insert Static dissipating UHMW insert and
and stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge. stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge.
Length (ft.)
VG-SSR-NS-8 VG-SSR-SD-8 8
VG-SSR-NS-10 VG-SSR-SD-10 10
VG-SSR-NS-12 VG-SSR-SD-12 12
VG-SSR-NS-20 VG-SSR-SD-20 20
and Hardware
Guide Rails
VG-SSF-NS-8 VG-SSF-SD-8 8
VG-SSF-NS-10 VG-SSF-SD-10 10
VG-SSF-NS-12 VG-SSF-SD-12 12
VG-SSF-NS-20 VG-SSF-SD-20 20
VG-SSM-NS-8 VG-SSM-SD-8 8
VG-SSM-NS-10 VG-SSM-SD-10 10
VG-SSM-NS-12 VG-SSM-SD-12 12
VG-SSM-NS-20 VG-SSM-SD-20 20
VG-SSWF-NS-8 - 8
VG-SSWF-NS-10 - 10
VG-SSWF-NS-12 - 12
VG-SSWF-NS-20 - 20
- - 8
- VG-SSWF-1.25-SD-10 10
- - 12
- VG-SSWF-1.25-SD-20 20
- VG-SSMT-SD-8 8
- VG-SSMT-SD-10 10
- VG-SSMT-SD-12 12
- VG-SSMT-SD-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis. VG-012
Small
Bottles
VG-SSR
VG-205-
VG-JSL075-125
.67
1.0
VG-SST-1.00-8 VG-GST-1.00-8 8
T-1.00 .83*
VG-SST-1.00-10 VG-GST-1.00-10
VG-SST-1.00-12 VG-GST-1.00-12
10
12
VG-SST-1.00-20 VG-GST-1.00-20 20
.67
1.25
VG-SST-1.25-8 VG-GST-1.25-8 8
VG-SST-1.25-10 VG-GST-1.25-10 10
T-1.25 .83*
VG-SST-1.25-12 VG-GST-1.25-12 12
VG-SST-1.25-20 VG-GST-1.25-20 20
.67
1.60
VG-SST-2.25-8 VG-GST-2.25-8 8
VG-SST-2.25-10 VG-GST-2.25-10 10
VG-SST-2.25-12 VG-GST-2.25-12 12
VG-SST-2.25-20 VG-GST-2.25-20 20
T-2.25 2.25
.31
VG-SST-1.25-
VG-SST-2.25- ™
Static
Gray Nolu-S Dissipating
Self lubricating Nolu-S UHMW insert Static dissipating UHMW insert and
and stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge. stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge.
Length (ft.)
VG-SST-.75-NS-8 VG-SST-.75-SD-8 8
VG-SST-.75-NS-10 VG-SST-.75-SD-10 10
VG-SST-.75-NS-12 VG-SST-.75-SD-12 12
VG-SST-.75-NS-20 VG-SST-.75-SD-20 20
and Hardware
Guide Rails
- VG-SST-1.00-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.00-NS-10 VG-SST-1.00-SD-10 10
VG-SST-1.00-NS-12 VG-SST-1.00-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.00-NS-20 VG-SST-1.00-SD-20 20
VG-SST-1.25-NS-8 VG-SST-1.25-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.25-NS-10 VG-SST-1.25-SD-10 10
VG-SST-1.25-NS-12 VG-SST-1.25-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.25-NS-20 VG-SST-1.25-SD-20 20
VG-SST-1.60-NS-8 VG-SST-1.60-SD-8 8
VG-SST-1.60-NS-10 VG-SST-1.60-SD-10 10
VG-SST-1.60-NS-12 VG-SST-1.60-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.60-NS-20 VG-SST-1.60-SD-20 20
VG-SST-2.25-NS-8 VG-SST-2.25-SD-8 8
VG-SST-2.25-NS-10 VG-SST-2.25-SD-10 10
VG-SST-2.25-NS-12 VG-SST-2.25-SD-12 12
VG-SST-2.25-NS-20 VG-SST-2.25-SD-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
Important Note:
When Valu Guide
Rail is used as
a wear strip, the
UHMW insert
should be fastened
to the metal sheath
at the leading end of the rail. Using a sheet metal screw
through the back of the sheath or a heavy wire pin from the
side should be adequate. This will prevent the insert from
sliding within the sheath in the event the chain accidentally
catches on a leading edge. This also allows for thermal
expansion and contraction of the UHMW insert.
VG-SST-1.70-
T-1.70
1.70
.12
Stainless Galvanized Length (ft.)
.12
.31
VG-SST-1.70-8 VG-GST-1.70-8 8
Ribbed Tee VG-SST-1.70-10 VG-GST-1.70-10 10
Used as wear strip and .38 .83*
VG-SST-1.70-12 - 12
support assembly for ™
multi-lane 3¼ in. slat VG-SST-1.70-20 - 20
top chain. .67
and Hardware
Guide Rails
LT 1.25
1.0
.38
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-8 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-8 8
Ell Tee VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-10 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-10 10
Wear strip and side
guide for modular wide 1.21* .83
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-12 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-12 12
belts. Provides positive ™ VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-20 VG-GSLT-1.0x.38-20 20
edge tracking and a
low friction, abrasion .67
resistant support.
NG .35
VG-SSNG-8 - 8
VG-SSNG-10 - 10
Neck Guide .67
.13
Side rail used as auxiliary VG-SSNG-12 - 12
support for PET beverage .87* VG-SSNG-20 - 20
bottles on both table top
and air conveyors.
1.19
TG-03 1.12
.20
VG-SSTG-03-8 - 8
VG-SSTG-03-10 - 10
Tab Chain Guide .72*
Economical alternative to VG-SSTG-03-12 - 12
other chain guiding systems. VG-SSTG-03-20 - 20
For use with 882-4-1/2 and .67
882-LBP-3-3/4 style chains.
Carry Strand
4.5
LF882TAB-K4½ Chain
Static
Gray Nolu-S Dissipating
Self lubricating Nolu-S UHMW insert Static dissipating UHMW insert and
and stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge. stainless steel sheath, 14 gauge.
Length (ft.)
- - 8
VG-SST-1.70-NS-10 VG-SST-1.70-SD-10 10
- VG-SST-1.70-SD-12 12
VG-SST-1.70-NS-20 VG-SST-1.70-SD-20 20
and Hardware
Guide Rails
- VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-8 8
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-10 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-10 10
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-12 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-12 12
VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-NS-20 VG-SSLT-1.0x.38-SD-20 20
- VG-SSNG-SD-8 8
- VG-SSNG-SD-10 10
VG-SSNG-NS-12 VG-SSNG-SD-12 12
VG-SSNG-NS-20 VG-SSNG-SD-20 20
VG-SSTG-02-NS-8 - 8
VG-SSTG-02-NS-10 VG-SSTG-02-SD-10 10
VG-SSTG-02-NS-12 VG-SSTG-02-SD-12 12
VG-SSTG-02-NS-20 - 20
VG-SSTG-03-NS-8 - 8
VG-SSTG-03-NS-10 - 10
VG-SSTG-03-NS-12 VG-SSTG-03-SD-12 12
VG-SSTG-03-NS-20 VG-SSTG-03-SD-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
Y
RR
CA
VG-SSNG
RN
TU
RE
Valu Guide rail can accommodate various widths of metal or plastic belts.
Steel Sheath
#50 .13
.34
VG-SSCG-#50-8 VG-GSCG-#50-8 8
VG-SSCG-#50-10 VG-GSCG-#50-10 10
Chain Guide .67*
VG-SSCG-#50-12 - 12
Wear strip and guide for #50 ANSI
single roller chains. VG-SSCG-#50-20 VG-GSCG-#50-20 20
.67
#60 .46
VG-SSF-8 VG-GSF-8 8
VG-SSF-10 VG-GSF-10 10
Chain Guide .67*
Wear strip and guide for #60 ANSI VG-SSF-12 VG-GSF-12 12
single roller chains. Can also be VG-SSF-20 VG-GSF-20 20
used as side rail or wear strip when .67
.61
#80 VG-SSCG-#80-8
VG-SSCG-#80-10
VG-GSCG-#80-8
VG-GSCG-#80-10
8
10
Chain Guide .83*
VG-SSCG-#80-12 VG-GSCG-#80-12 12
Wear strip and guide for #80 ANSI VG-SSCG-#80-20 VG-GSCG-#80-20 20
single roller chains.
.67 *Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
Other lengths can be cut to order.
See pages
189-190
for more roller
chain guides!
.47
.40
.28 Material: Sheath is stainless steel or galvanized steel, 14
gauge. Insert is UHMW.
#40 .09
Stainless
Steel Sheath
Galvanized Length (ft.)
Extended Chain Guide VG-SSECG-#40-8 VG-GSECG-#40-8 8
1.45*
Wear strip and guide for #40 ANSI VG-SSECG-#40-10 VG-GSECG-#40-10 10
single roller chains.
VG-SSECG-#40-12 VG-GSECG-#40-12 12
and Hardware
VG-SSECG-#40-20 VG-GSECG-#40-20 20
Guide Rails
.67
.34
.13
.67
.47
Important Note:
When Valu Guide
Rail is used as a wear
strip, the UHMW insert
should be fastened to
the metal sheath at the leading
end of the rail. Using a sheet metal screw through the back of the
sheath or a heavy wire pin from the side should be adequate. This
will prevent the insert from sliding within the sheath in the event
the chain accidentally catches on a leading edge. This also allows
for thermal expansion and contraction of the UHMW insert.
Since the original introduction of Valu Guide rail in 1981, we have been asked on occasion
to provide profiles in which the UHMW insert completely fills the stainless steel sheath. Natural White UHMW
For those special circumstances we carry a selection of guide rails with solid inserts.
Material: UHMW Insert and stainless steel
sheath, 14 gauge.
Length (ft.)
RS
TM
VG-SSRS-8 8
.67 VG-SSRS-10 10
Round Solid Rail VG-SSRS-12 12
and Hardware
Guide Rails
FS
TM
VG-SSFS-8 8
.67 .46 VG-SSFS-10 10
Flat Solid Rail VG-SSFS-12 12
Side rail or wear strip. Can also be used .67* VG-SSFS-20 20
as a chain guide for #60 roller chain.
MS TM
VG-SSMS-8 8
.67 .46 VG-SSMS-10 10
Modified Solid Rail VG-SSMS-12 12
Where minimum contact is desired
.67* VG-SSMS-20 20
in order to prevent damage during
higher side loading conditions.
WFS VG-SSWFS-8 8
.67 1.00 VG-SSWFS-10 10
Wide Flat Solid Rail VG-SSWFS-12 12
Side rail or wear strip. Can be used in
VG-SSWFS-20 20
combination with the above rails when
.69*
a greater contact area is required.
WFS-1.25 VG-SSWFS-1.25-8 8
.67 1.25 VG-SSWFS-1.25-10 10
Wide Flat Solid Rail VG-SSWFS-1.25-12 12
Side rail or wear strip. Can be used in
VG-SSWFS-1.25-20 20
combination with the above rails when
a greater contact area is required.
.68*
Length (ft.)
VG-SSRS-NS-8 VG-SSRS-SD-8 8
VG-SSRS-NS-10 VG-SSRS-SD-10 10
VG-SSRS-NS-12 VG-SSRS-SD-12 12
and Hardware
Guide Rails
VG-SSRS-NS-20 VG-SSRS-SD-20 20
- VG-SSFS-SD-8 8
VG-SSFS-NS-10 VG-SSFS-SD-10 10
- - 12
VG-SSFS-NS-20 VG-SSFS-SD-20 20
- VG-SSMS-SD-8 8
VG-SSMS-NS-10 VG-SSMS-SD-10 10
- - 12
VG-SSMS-NS-20 - 20
- VG-SSWFS-SD-8 8
VG-SSWFS-NS-10 VG-SSWFS-SD-10 10
- VG-SSWFS-SD-12 12
VG-SSWFS-NS-20 VG-SSWFS-SD-20 20
- VG-SSWFS-1.25-SD-8 8
VG-SSWFS-1.25-NS-10 VG-SSWFS-1.25-SD-10 10
VG-SSWFS-1.25-NS-12 VG-SSWFS-1.25-SD-12 12
VG-SSWFS-1.25-NS-20 VG-SSWFS-1.25-SD-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
Since the original introduction of Valu Guide rail in 1981, we have been asked on occasion
to provide profiles in which the UHMW insert completely fills the stainless steel sheath. For
those special circumstances we carry a selection of guide rails with solid inserts. Valu Guide
Solid Tee Guide Rail can be used as a side rail when a larger container contact area is
required or as a wear strip for wide metal or plastic belting and slat top chain. Natural White UHMW
Material: UHMW Insert and stainless steel
sheath, 14 gauge.
1.0
Length (ft.)
TS-1.00 VG-SSTS-1.00-8 8
and Hardware
VG-SSTS-1.00-10 10
Guide Rails
.79*
Tee Solid Rail VG-SSTS-1.00-12 12
Can be used as a side VG-SSTS-1.00-20 20
rail or as a wear strip. .67
1.25
TS-1.25 VG-SSTS-1.25-8 8
VG-SSTS-1.25-10 10
.83*
1.25
LTS
1.00
.38 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-8 8
Ell Tee Solid Rail VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-10 10
Wear strip and side guide 1.21*
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-12 12
for modular wide belts. .83
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-20 20
Provides positive edge
tracking and a low friction,
abrasion resistant support.
.67
Use as wear strips for plastic Use as side guides for glass
or steel belting. and metal containers.
Length (ft.)
VG-SSTS-1.00-NS-8 - 8
and Hardware
VG-SSTS-1.00-NS-10 VG-SSTS-1.00-SD-10 10
Guide Rails
- VG-SSTS-1.00-SD-12 12
VG-SSTS-1.00-NS-20 VG-SSTS-1.00-SD-20 20
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-8 - 8
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-10 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-10 10
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-12 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-12 12
VG-SSTS-1.25-NS-20 VG-SSTS-1.25-SD-20 20
- VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-8 8
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-10 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-10 10
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-12 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-12 12
VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-NS-20 VG-SSLTS-1.0x.38-SD-20 20
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
AISI 316 stainless steel are available on a special order basis.
Protect personnel,
sensitive products or
Static Dissipative Rail reduces electrical components with
static buildup and discharge. Valu Guide's proprietary
static dissipating guide
rail material.
Plastic packaging and PET bottles can generate high levels of static buildup as they travel
along a conveyor. Static Dissipative Rail is more conductive than natural UHMW and provides
static buildup with a pathway to the surrounding conveyor frame where it can dissipate.
Conveyor frames may need to be grounded. Valu Guide's special formulation retains the
low friction and wear characteristics of UHMW while effectively reducing problems
caused by static such as shocks or containers sticking together. Material: Sheath is stainless steel, 14 gauge. Insert
and Hardware
Guide Rails
Length (ft.)
R-SD TM
VG-SSR-SD-8 8
.67 VG-SSR-SD-10 10
Round Static Dissipative VG-SSR-SD-12 12
Reduces static buildup and discharge. VG-SSR-SD-20 20
.67*
Side rail for minimum container contact.
*Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
F-SD
TM
- 8
Flat Static Dissipative
Reduces static buildup and dis- .67 .46 VG-SSF-SD-10 10
charge. Side rail or wear strip when VG-SSF-SD-12 12
a wider surface contact is required. .67* VG-SSF-SD-20 20
Can also be used as a chain guide +Tolerance on height is ±0.025”.
for #60 roller chain.
T-1.60 T-2.25 All other profile shapes featured in this catalog can be produced as static dissipative.
Metals Plastics
Conductors Insulators
in Pe
Te Co rform
mp nti
Hi-Temp Rail for use where increased e n s
to ratu uous
50 res
operating temperatures exist. 0°F u
p
!
and Hardware
Material: Sheath is stainless steel or galvanized
Guide Rails
steel, 14 gauge. Insert is PTFE hi-temp material.
T-HT
Hi-Temp Tee
Where increased temperatures exist, TM
special requirements.
Important Note:
When Valu Guide
Rail is used as
a wear strip, the
UHMW insert
should be fastened
to the metal sheath at the leading end of the rail.
Using a sheet metal screw through the back of
the sheath or a heavy wire pin from the side
should be adequate. This will prevent the insert
from sliding within the sheath in the event the
chain accidentally catches on a leading edge.
Use as wear strips for plastic Use as side guides for glass This also allows for thermal expansion and
or steel belting. and metal containers. contraction of the UHMW insert.
PolyGlide
Inserts
VG-011
double rail
clamp VG-012
single rail
clamp
PMI-25
Plastic Insert Material: Santoprene
plastic.
Used with PolyGlide rail in .60
conjunction with Valu Guide Part Number
clips and clamps. Temperature .13 .68 1.6
range: -40°F to 140°F. For VG-PMI-25
higher or lower temperatures,
use stainless steel insert part
and Hardware
Guide Rails
number VG-PMI-30.
PMI-30
1.62 Material: stainless steel.
.47
Stainless Steel Insert .59
Used with PolyGlide rail in con- Part Number
junction with Valu Guide clips and .46 1.87 VG-PMI-30
.68
clamps in harsh environments
such as extreme temperatures or
corrosive areas.
Patent No.
6,053,654
VG-SPM-
PolyGlide Rail
VG-018-
VG-205-B-
VG-PMI-25
PolyGlide PolyGlide Rail Insert
VG-012-01
VG-PMI-30
LD .67
VG-SSLD-35-5 5
VG-SSLD-35-10 10
Lane Divider VG-SSLD-50-5 5
.50
Lane dividers are used VG-SSLD-50-10 10
to separate containers *Other lengths can be cut to order.
on a conveyor into
and Hardware
Guide Rails
multiple lanes.
5.0
.67
VG-118-04
.50 3.50
2.0
VG-LDSP-15
VG-LDNP-
VG-018-01
VG-641T-K-
VG-621-58-58
VG-641-K-
VG-232-X-58 rod
VG-118-04
required
VG-SSLD
and
VG-LDNP er
VG-LDA-100 in
and ntaw 5/8 in. rod
VG-LDA-100NP Co flo
iner
ntaw
Co flo
.72
5/16
Material: Aluminum.
LDA-100 LDA-100
(assembly)
Part Number Length (ft.)
and Hardware
Guide Rails
2.20
Material: UHMW.
LDP Part Number Length (ft.)
1.0
Material: UHMW.
LDA-100NP Part Number
2.0
1. Type of belting______________________________________ A
B
2. Weight of belting (pounds per square foot)________________
3. Top load (product weight per square foot)_________________
4. Conveyor width_____________________________________
5. Belt speed (feet per minute)___________________________ C
6. Operating Temperature_______________________________
A_________ B_________ C_________
7. What type of return is planned? Rollers (see pg. 427) Wear Bed
8. Is this wear bed a: New design FAX THIS INFORMATION
FOR YOUR CUSTOM DESIGN
Replacement (Type:____________________ ) FAX (866) 447-6587
Typical carry and return way wear strip configuration for wide plastic or metal belting utilizing Valu Guide Rail.
™
Valu Guide Tee
VG-SST-1.25
SUPPORT Single Rail Clamp
BEAM VG-012 series
Section using Valu Guide
See Detail 1 Flat Rail part number VG-SSF-
VALU GUIDE flat or tee
typ. UHMW inserts, typical ™ ™
NOTE: insert not shown
for clarity
A
VG-012-01
or VG-012-SH Important Note:
When Valu Guide Rail is used as a wear strip, the UHMW insert
should be fastened to the metal sheath at the leading
end of the rail. Using a sheet metal screw through
the back of the sheath or a heavy wire pin from
the side should be adequate. This will prevent
CARRY WAY AND RETURN WAY the insert from sliding within the sheath in
WEAR BED GRID CUSTOM DESIGN SUPPORT the event the chain accidentally catches
You can receive a custom preliminary quote for your specific on a leading edge. This also allows for
carry way and return way application(s) by submitting the thermal expansion and contraction
above information. of the UHMW insert.
730
Corner Block Inserts
For use when the smallest Material: UHMW.
corner radius is required. Most
desirable when transferring at
right angles on and off
accumulating tables. T-.75 T-1.25 T-2.25
R
1.5
and Hardware
Guide Rails
1.5 R VG-730-01 VG-730-05 VG-730-07 VG-730-09
90
Material: UHMW.
A
Part Number Length (ft.)
VG-761-10 10
.59
761
Twist Insert .47
For use in container fittings as
an alternative to metal rods.
Twist Insert is flexible, non-
marking, and noise reducing.
Typically used in both straight
and radiused applications, and
easily adjoins to Valu Guide rail.
Section A - A
013 .39
VG-RS-01) to bend Valu Guide round, flat, modified and Tee- Available for Rental or Purchase
Guide Rails
Part Number
VG-690 Includes VG-RS-01 roller set
Adjustable Roller
Adjustable Roller
Roller Set Part Number VG-691B VG-691A Roller Set Part Number
VG-RS-01 VG-RS-02
Included in set: VG-691A (2 ea.) Included in set: VG-693A (2 ea.)
RS-05 RS-06
Roller Set Part Number Roller Set Part Number
VG-RS-05 VG-RS-06
VG-698A VG-698B VG-696 VG-692
Outside Curves Inside Curves VG-A5020 profile Outside Curves Inside Curves
VG-686A-1.25 SpeedRail 1 roller 2 rollers 1 roller 2 rollers Minimum radius: Inside curve: 8 in. 1 roller 2 rollers 1 roller 2 rollers
Minimum radius: 12 inches Outside curve: 7 in. Add UHMW
VG-698B VG-698A VG-698A VG-698B cover (VG-P5020BC) after bending VG-692 VG-696 VG-696 VG-692
and Hardware
Guide Rails
RS-07 RS-08
Roller Set Part Number
Roller Set Part Number
VG-RS-07
VG-698D VG-698C VG-RS-08
VG-698E VG-698E
Outside Curves Inside Curves
VG-687H-1.4 SpeedRail SB 1 roller 2 rollers 1 roller 2 rollers VG-687-1.4 SpeedRail SB Outside Curves Inside Curves
VG-688H-1.4 SpeedRoll VG-688-1.4 SpeedRoll
Minimum radius: 12 inches VG-698D VG-698C VG-698C VG-698D Minimum radius: 12 inches
VG-698E
RS-15
Roller Set Part Number
VG-RS-15
VG-6912A VG-6912B
Outside Curves Inside Curves
190265 M-Profile 1 roller 2 rollers 1 roller 2 rollers
Minimum radius: 18 inches
VG-6912B VG-6912A VG-6912A VG-6912B
Inside Curve
Adjustable Roller
20.08
Motorized Bender 13.19
Bends steel or aluminum 23.62
rails into curves, individu-
ally or in pairs. Millimeter
and decimal reading for
12.69
pressing roller adjustment.
Rollers sold separately.
Motor: V.440 volt / 60Hz
42.13
Outside Curve
and Hardware
Adjustable Roller
is no longer sold.
29.53
17.70
Replacement Rollers
for Motorized Bender
19507
Roller Set Part Number
19507
19507 19507
Outside Curves Inside Curves
Tee profile 2 rollers 2 rollers
Minimum radius: 6 inches
19507 19507
and Hardware
Guide Rails
Single Rail Clamps and corrosion resistance. For added corrosion protection, 316 stain-
less steel is also available. Round hole versions accept hex bolts and
square hole versions accept hex or carriage bolts (due to variations in
carriage bolt head diameters, it may be necessary to put a flat on the
bolt head to avoid interference with the clamp).
.75
1.5 Material: Stainless steel, 14 gauge. Part
numbers ending in -316 are 316 stainless steel.
and Hardware
Guide Rails
.75
1.5
Part Number Fastener
VG-012-SH 5/16 or M8
Single Rail Clamp .75 1.5
VG-012-SH-316 5/16 or M8
Square hole, 1.5 inches wide.
.75
3.0
.75
3.0
Part Number Fastener
VG-012-03-SH 5/16 or M8
Single Rail Clamp VG-012-03-SH-316 5/16 or M8
.75
Square hole, 3 inches wide 1.5
for splicing.
VG-012-01
VG-012-03
Ideal for splicing
guide rail
VG-012-01
Single Rail Clamps can be used to
hold guide rail for a wear bed grid.
VG-012-03
and Hardware
center dimensions.
Guide Rails
VG-011-03 3.75 3/8 or M10
.79
(C) Rail
1.5
Part Number Centers (in.) Fastener
VG-011-SH 2.5 5/16 or M8
Double Rail 3.25
3.75
VG-011-04-SH 3.25 5/16 or M8
C
Clamp 2.5
VG-011-03-SH 3.75 5/16 or M8
Square hole.
.79
3.0
.79
3.0
VG-011-01
VG-210
Double Rail
Clamp Material: Stainless steel, 11 gauge.
Slotted hole. 1.25
3.31 Part Number Fastener
VG-011-NS 3/8 or M10
and Hardware
Guide Rails
.79
1.5 1.5
Triple Rail
Clamp
Support for guide rail. 2.5 Material: Stainless steel, 11 gauge.
Used with tall contain-
ers or when large and Part Number Fastener
small containers run VG-011-02 3/8 or M10
on the same produc-
tion line.
2.5
VG-011-02-SH 5/16 or M8
VG-205-A-
VG-011-02 VG-011-02-SH
VG-205-C-
VG-011-NS
VG-205 series
angle brackets
VG-JSL075-125
011-01-P 2.15
Part Number Fastener
VG-011-01-P-38 3/8
Plastic Double Rail 1.92
3.6
Clamp for Rail or Rod VG-011-01-P-
and Hardware
1.0 For d rod lamp VG-210 Bracket and
Guide Rails
n c 7
rou ional 36-23 VG-232 Adjusting Rod
it .2
addee pg
s VG-205-BC Bracket Assembly
.87
.20
VG-SSR
90˚
2.5
90˚
3.6
VG-011-01-P
For Valu Guide rail Rotate center piece 90˚ For 1/2 in. round rod (small side)
VG-011-01-P
(large side)
VG-252 (Ø1/2)
VG-212 & Washer (Ø1/2) 3/8 nut or bolt Part Number Length (in.) Fastener
head cavity
VG-252-4-38 4 3/8
OR
VG-212 Rods: see page 296
VG-232 (Ø5/8) VG-232 Rods: see page 296
031
Longer nut threads allow
Rail Clamp and Metal clamp to open while
assembly stays intact!
Rod Combination
A double bolt clamp with increased
grip strength. Clamp is molded
onto 1/2 inch OD stainless steel
tube, for a cost effective way to
provide strong rail support. Special Includes patented
VG-031-12
hardware keeps jaws assembled features. Patent
during rail attachment. No. 5,626,221
1.30
The clamp can be opened enough .50 .26
to accommodate the rail while the
fasteners remain engaged.
Patent No. cL
VG-204F-
6,685,385 .32 Ø 1/2 or 1/8-1/4 x 1
VG-022-01 6,872,027,B2
(use with VG-204F
for quick and easy
adjustments)
5/16 x 18
Hex Nut & 1.10
Set Screw
.34
10 x 32 UNF
Shoulder Nut
.98
204F
Mounting Bar 9.0 Material: Stainless steel, 3/16 x 1.
Versatile and time saving,
mounting bar positions 7.5
Part Number Length (in.)
1.0
guide rail. Can be used VG-204F-45-316S 4.5
independently or in com-
VG-204F-60-316S 6.0
bination with VG-022 rail 6.0
2.0 2.0 2.0
clamp and other various VG-204F-75-316S 7.5
4.5
Valu Guide components. VG-204F-90-316S 9.0
2.0
3/8 carriage bolt and
washer are included with 1.8 1.8 1.8
.42
each Mounting Bar. .7
1.0
.13
VG-SSR
and Hardware
Guide Rails
Valu Guide rail.
Longer nut threads allow
clamp to open while
assembly stays intact!
curved or angled
1.18
Ø
Guide Rails
1.02
60˚
1/4" UNC x 7/8"
60˚
33928
Adjusting Rod Material: Stainless steel.
for Rod End Part Number Length (in.) Ø (in.)
Polished stainless steel rod
attaches to 33167 rod end. 33928 5 5/8
Holds rail firmly in position 0.28
Ø 0.47
and adjusts quickly when
required.
0.30
0.30
Length
131170
Adjustable Guide Closed
Rail Clamp
Use as a connector
for guide rail.
and Hardware
Guide Rails
Open
.99
Material: Polyamide clamp with
1.58 stainless steel and nickel plated
1.58
brass fasteners.
7.87
clamp closed
large containers
clamp open
small containers
VG-013
113
Patent No. Material: Stainless steel,
Rail Splice Clamp 6,250, 841 13 gauge.
Connects ends of two guide
rails. Heavy duty, rigid support Part Number Length (in.)
resists bending, installs easily VG-113-03 3
over rail. Patent pending. .57 VG-113-04 4
Hardware included. 3, 4, 6, 8
VG-113-06 6
VG-113-08 8
1.07
VG-113-08G Gap 8
.85 .41
Material: Stainless steel,
.18
118 .64
13 gauge.
and Hardware
VG-118-08G Gap 8
Guide Rails
VG-118M-04 M8 thread 4
Before Jaws compress After VG-SSR
Lock nut
tightening on rail tightening
VG-118-03
VG-118- VG-SSR-
VG-205-
1.50
Patent No.
VG-118
6,287, 045
Bridges up to
Guide Rail
Bridge Kit VG-SST.75
Provides continuity Bridge
(special
VG-018-01 chamfered)
in side guide surface Plate
.25
1.88
.34
• 6" piece chamfered rail Universal Mounting
• Hardware VG-117-2-2
and Splice Plates
Part Number Rail Length(in.) Individual stainless plates 2.25
1.5 .38 11 ga.
VG-118B-06R VG-SSR 6 for various mounting and .38
splicing uses. .75
VG-118B-06T VG-SST.75 6
Ø.34
VG-118B-08R VG-SSR 8 1.0
VG-117-2-4
233 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Rail Clips
VG-018M-04 30mm M8
Guide Rails
.18 L
VG-018
.85
1.0
.85
VG-205-B-
5/16 or M8 thread
(nut and washer VG-SSR
not included).
VG-212-8-516
.15 L
.82 VG-014H
Rail Clips
.80
VG-245-J
.80 .54 angle bracket
1/4 thread
(nut and washer
not included).
and Hardware
can be used with brackets or
Guide Rails
5,803,687
support beams. Recommended
max. torque: 19 ft-lbs or 26 N•m.
VG-015M
VG-205-B-
VG-SSR
VG-015 Rail Clips Before tightening
Shown with VG-SSTG/GSTG-02 Tab Chain Guide Rail When tightened
VG-205-B-
VG-SSR
VG-016-01 Rail Clips
016 T
LIGH Y
T
1.08
DU .98 .78
Plastic
Material: Acetal.
Compression Clip 1.14
For light duty applications. Connects 5/16 hex Part Number Fastener
guide rail to brackets or adjusting .31 thru head bolt VG-016-02 5/16
(for 5/16 hex head bolt) .67
rods. When the clip is installed loose, rect. bar upright
the rail can be snapped into the clip.
As the bolt is tightened, clamping Not recommended
force on the rail increases. for use with adjusting
rods or on wear beds.
2.15
Material: Reinforced polyamide.
1.0
Guide Rails
90˚
90˚
For Valu Guide rail Rotate center piece 90˚ For 1/2 in. round rod
1.37
.53 .27
VG-S12ROD series
up to Ø 1/2 or 1/8-1/4 x 1 round stainless rod
ds
Hol in.
cL
8
Ø3/ od
r VG-021
5/16 x 18
.82 Hex Nut &
Set Screw
10 x 32 UNF
2.34 Shoulder Nut
1.06 .58
1.29
.53 .27
up to Ø 1/2 or 1/8-1/4 x 1
and Hardware
.90
Guide Rails
effective way to provide strong
rod support. Special hardware
keeps jaws assembled during 5.00 1.0
rod attachment.
1/2"
Longer nut threads allow
clamp to open while 7.00 1.0
assembly stays intact!
Valu Guide's selection of holding devices for round rod can be used in
many different applications. Although side guide rail is a common use
for round rod, these versatile clamps can hold and adjust round rod VG-S12ROD
vertically for additional positioning options.
VG-032-12-
S12ROD
Steel Rod
Polished stainless steel rod,
1/2 inch diameter. Used as
a side guide or as a vertical
positioning support.
VG-032-12-
See page 262 for 1/2"
UHMW round bar.
1/4 x 2-1/4
.65
2.78
19082L black 3m
19082 black 6m
Wide Guide 19082BL blue 3m
19082B blue 6m
.24
.53
2.28
.61
.20
.49
and Hardware
Guide Rails
M6
2.48
3.94 1.30
.55
3.09
1.26 Part Number Color Length
.24
Wide Guide 19098 green 6m
Ø 3.74
Material: Stainless steel clamp, rod,
4.33 .98
190 series B
Side Guides
E C D
and Hardware
Guide Rails
1/16" 1/8"
or 12 ga.
16 ga. 11 ga.
1/16 3/32 12 ga Material: UHMW
1/8 4mm
1/16 3/16
3/32 7/32
12 ga 6mm
1/8 .25
4mm
.30
5/16
3/16 3/8
7/32 10mm
Material: UHMW
6mm .251/2 5/16
.25
.27
.25
Material: UHMW or Grey Nolu-S.
.13
P104D .11
.18
VG-P104D-10 10
P204 Part Length
.25 .34
Number UHMW Nolu-S (ft.)
Clips onto 1/16 in. or .62 VG-P104D-20 20 Clips onto 1/8 in., VG-P204-10 • 10
16 ga. flat bar. Can be VG-P104D-100 100* 12 ga., or 11 ga.
used for heavy duty VG-P204-20 • 20
VG-P104D-250 250* flat bar. Can be
applications. .03
used as a special VG-P204-NS-100 • 100*
belt support. VG-P204-NS-250 • 250*
.43 VG-P18SBC-20 20
.08 Clips onto 1/8 in., 12 .25
.38
VG-P18SBC-100 100*
Clips onto 1/16 in. or ga., or 11 ga. flat bar.
VG-P116HD-10 10 VG-P18SBC-250 250*
16 ga. flat bar. Can .75 Can be used as a stan-
be used as a narrow VG-P116HD-20 20 dard belt support.
belt support or for
.41
other heavy duty
applications.
.31
P18BC .13 VG-P18BC-10 10
VG-P18BC-20 20
.50
Clips onto 1/8 in., 12 VG-P18BC-100 100*
.38
3/32" ga., or 11 ga. flat bar.
VG-P18BC-250 250*
Can be used for stan-
or dard applications.
13 ga.
1/16 3/32 12 ga 1/8 4mm 3/16 7/32 6mm .25 5/16 3/8 10mm 1/2
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
P1345 .76
.13 Material: UHMW
3/16"
or
.42 Material: UHMW
.21
P316HD .19 Material: UHMW
P316BC .42
Part Number
VG-P316BC-10 10
Length (ft.)
Clips onto 3/16
.75 Part Number Length (ft.)
.30
flat bar. Can be VG-P316HD-10 10
Clips onto 3/16 flat VG-P316BC-20 20
bar. Can be used as a used as a heavy .41 VG-P316HD-20 20
VG-P316BC-100 100* duty belt support.
standard belt support.
VG-P316BC-250 250*
.50 .62
.20 .20
P316SBC .50
VG-P316SBC-10 10 P7GABC .18
VG-P7GABC-10 10
.38 VG-P7GABC-20 20
Clips onto 3/16 flat bar. VG-P316SBC-20 20 Clips onto 7 ga. steel. .57 VG-P7GABC-100 100*
Can be used as a stan- VG-P316SBC-100 100* Can be used as a
dard belt support. standard belt support. VG-P7GABC-250 250*
VG-P316SBC-250 250*
KVP equivalent
wearstrip.
1.36
.19
1.13
.17
.21
P316TBC .36
P7GAHD .27
Clips onto 3/16 flat bar. Clips onto 7 ga. steel. .92
Can be used as a stan- Can be used for belt .72
.63
dard belt support. retention or support.
KVP equivalent
.48
wearstrip.
VG-P316TBC-10 10 VG-P7GAHD-10 10
VG-P316TBC-20 20 VG-P7GAHD-20 20
Example:
VG-P316HD-NS-10
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
6 mm
Example:
VG-P316HD-NS-10
PM6BC 12mm
6mm
Material: UHMW
1/4"
Part Number Length (ft.)
P14TBC .53
VG-P14TBC-10 10
Clips onto 1/4 flat .38
.50
VG-P14BC-10 10
VG-P14TBC-20 20 bar. Can be used
Clips onto 1/4 flat VG-P14BC-20 20
VG-P14TBC-100 100* as a standard belt
bar. Can be used VG-P14BC-100 100*
VG-P14TBC-250 250* support.
as a special belt VG-P14BC-250 250*
support.
.63
.50
P14SBC
.27
VG-P14SBC-10 10 P14HD .26
Material: Grey Nolu-S
.38
VG-P14SBC-20 20 .75 Part Number Length (ft.)
Clips onto 1/4 flat bar.
.26
Clips onto 1/4 flat
VG-P14SBC-100 100* bar. Can be used VG-P14HD-NS-10 10
Can be used as stan-
VG-P14SBC-250 250* as a heavy duty VG-P14HD-NS-20 20
dard belt support. .41
belt support.
Belt Sup
Cage Bar
port
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
5/16" 10 mm
2 6mm
12 ga .25
1/8 5/16
4mm 3/8
3/16 10mm
7/32 1/2
6mm .25 5/16 3/8 10mm 1/2
Material: UHMW
.53 18.5 mm
Material: UHMW
.33 10.5 mm
12.25
ga 1/8
5/16 4mm
3/8 3/16
10mm 7/321/2 6mm .25 5/16 3/8 10mm 1/2
.75 .75
P38BC
.40
P12BC
.52
P38HD .75
.40
VG-P38HD-10 10
Clips onto 3/8
VG-P38HD-20 20
flat bar. Can be .75
used as an extra
wide heavy duty
.41
belt support.
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
Helps guide PET containers in high speed, air conveying applica- R .05 .04 R 1.4 1.0
tions. Nolu-SR is a proprietary .33blend of UHMW.083 and other USDA 8.5 2.1
accepted lubricants, resulting in a harder, lower friction material that
13-14 ga. 1.9 - 2.3
.33 .083
.08313-14 ga. 8.5
.33 8.5
is ideal in these applications.
R .123 Though designs differ, the material of R 3.1 R .123 13-14 ga. R 3.1
choice is Nolu-SR, proven toR .05
increase
.04 throughput, reduce jams and
R 1.4
1.0
RR.123 R 1.4
3.1
.05 .04 R 1.0
wear longer. .33 .083 8.5 2.1 R .05 .33
.04
.083 R 1.4 8.5
1.0
13-14 ga. 1.9 - 2.3 13-14 ga.
*Extruded profiles stored R .123 .49have the tendency
in coils will .26 to retain a certain R 3.1 12.6 6.5 R .123 R 3.1
13-14 ga. 1.9 -.33
2.3 .083 8.5
deformation when uncoiled, therefore consistency in the profile cross section R 1.4
R .05 1.0 R .05.49 .26 13-14 ga.
R 1.4 12.6
.24 .10 .04 6.1 2.5 .04 13-14 ga. 1.0
over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
.083 .24 R .123
.10 6.1R2.5
3.1
.33 8.5 2.1 .04 1.0
.08313-14 ga. 2.1 1.9 - 2.3 R .05 R 1.4
.33 8.5 .33 .083 8.5
R .123 .33 .083
13-14 ga. R 3.1 8.5 2.11.9 - 2.3
P105R P105F
13-14 ga. 1.9 - 2.3 13-14 ga.
R.05
.123 R 3.1 .33 .083
RR.123 .04 R 3.1
R 1.4 1.0 R .123 .49 .26 13-14 ga. R 3.1 12.6
8.5
RR.05 .04 RR
1.41.4 1.0 R .123 .04 13-14 ga. R 3.1 1.0
.05.50 .04 .24 12.6 1.0 6.1 R .05 R 1.4
Neck Guide .33 .33 .083
Material:.083
13-14 ga.
Dark Grey Nolu-SX. 6.1 2.5 8.5 8.5
Neck Guide 2.1
.24 .10 1.9 - 2.3
R .05
.50 .04 Material:
.24 Dark Grey Nolu-SX.
6.1 2.5
R 12.6
1.4 1.0
.24 .10
Clips onto 13 ga. 13-14 ga. Clips onto 13 ga.2.1 (.090)
1.9 - 2.3 or 13-14 ga.
.49 .33 .26 .083 13-14 ga. 12.6
8.5 6.5 2.1.241.9 - 2.3
.101.9 .49 Part Number
.26 Length 6.1(ft.)
2.5 12.6
(.090) or 14 ga. R .123 Part Number 13-1413-14ga.
ga. Length (ft.) R 3.1 14 ga. (.073) sheet metal.
1.9 - 2.3- 2.3
R .123 R 3.1 13-14 ga.
(.073) sheet .33 VG-P105F-SX-100
.083 100* 8.5
.04 VG-P105R-SX-100 100*
.24 .10 R .05 .04 6.1 2.5R 1.4 1.0 .24 .10 13-14 ga. 6.1 2.5
R .05
R .123 RR3.11.4 1.0
metal. R .05
.04 VG-P105R-SX-250 250* R 1.4
1.0 VG-P105F-SX-250 250*
R .123 R 12.6
3.1
UHMW Covers &
.50 .24
Aluminum Rails
19.4
.17 4.2 11.9 .46 11.7
Neck Guide .17
.47
Material: Dark Grey Nolu-SX.
4.2
Neck Guide .09 Material: Dark Grey Nolu-SX.
2.3
Clips onto 13 ga. (.090)
.32 .13 .91or
Part Number 3.323
Length8 (ft.) Clips onto 13 ga. (.090) or .47 .13 .33 Part Number Length (ft.)
11.9 3.3 8.4
.77 19.4 14 ga. (.073) sheet .91 .17 4.2
14 ga. (.073) sheet metal.
.32 .13 .24 VG-NG50-SX-100 8 3.3 6.1 metal. .77 23 19.4
.46 100* 11.7 .46 VG-NG51-SX-100 100* 11.7
.39 9.9
.09 .47 VG-NG50-SX-250
2.3
250* 11.9 .09 .32 .13 .24
VG-NG51-SX-250 2.3 8 3.3
250*
6.1
.13 .33 3.3 8.4 .39.33
.13 9.98.4
3.3
.094
.19
.094
2.4
.32 .13.77 8 3.319.4 .91
.19
23
.46 .77 11.7 19.4 .38 9.7
.09 .46 2.3 11.7
.77 .24 19.4 6.1
1.07 .13 .33 27.9 3.3 8.4
.09 2.3 .39 9.9
.46 11.7
NG81 NG91
.13
.20.33 3.3
5.1 8.4 1.07 27.9
.91 Material: Dark Grey Nolu-SX. 23 .09 .91 2.3
Material: Dark Grey Nolu-SX. 23
.094
4.8
2.4
.39 9.9 .19 .20 .13 .33 5.13.3 8.4
.77 .24 Part Number Length (ft.) 19.4 6.1 .24 Part Number Length (ft.) 6.1
.38 .39 9.7 9.9
.46 11.7
.085
.39 9.9
Neck Guide Neck Guide .39 9.9
2.2
2.2
Clips onto 11 ga. (.120) .13 Replacement for various European
.094
VG-NG81-SX-250
.33 250*23 4.8 .20 VG-NG91-SX-20 2027.9 5.14.8
2.4
2.4
.91 .19 1.07 .19
sheet metal. .38 equipment manufacturers. .43 .38
9.7 10.9
9.7
.91
.24
23
6.1 .20 Also available in curves. See below. 5.1
1.26 .39 32 9.9 .91 .39 23 9.9
.24 6.1
.20 .39 1.26 1.07 32 27.9
1.07 27.9 5 9.9
.094
.085
2.2
NG110 NG125
.32 8.1 .38 59.7
2.2
.39 9.9
.12
.19 .20 5
.39 9.9 1.07 27.9
.38 .20 VG-NG110-SR-10 10 9.7 5.1
Neck Guide .39 9.9
Neck Guide .39 VG-NG125-SX-10 10 9.9
1.26 32
.085
.20 5.1
.12
.39 3 5 9.9
manufacturers. .32.20
.085
.20 3 5
Reduced
Curve (2 pieces) .32 8.1 .32 8.1
.085
1.26 32 Installation
2.2
.20 (1 meter)
3 5
39.9 .39 VG-NG110-SR-1M28 9.9
European 1.26 .32 32 8.1
.12
.20 3 5
equipment .32 8.1
.12
.20 3 5
.32 8.1
Bottle Guides
Low friction,
Bottle Guide
Aluminum guide rail with Nolu-S
non-marking! Brush
insert is used to guide containers, More sanitary
especially PET, in applications such
as air conveying. Many air conveyor
users and manufacturers have found
that brush guides not only tend to get
contaminated with debris, which causes
increased friction and marking of PET bottles, but
also the bristles can wear quickly and/or fall out.
Nolu-S is the perfect combination of extremely low
friction in a tough UHMW based material. Nolu-S
will not mark bottles while allowing faster speeds
and greater throughput.
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency
to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled, therefore
consistency in the profile cross section over the full length
of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
PBG .56
Material: Nolu-S
.14 .16
Nolu-S Insert .16 Part Number Length (ft.)
For use with VG-ABG Replacement VG-PBG5-NS-100 100*
aluminum rail. This guide inserts for VG-PBG5-NS-
is available in the ultra brushes
low friction Nolu-S.
Nolu-SR neck guides and Nolu-S body guides, Other guides (especially brushes), when
with an ultra low coefficient of friction, reduces the contaminated, can cause irregular tilt and orientation
degree of bottle tilt and the corresponding wear problems. of the bottles, resulting in blockage at curves or inclines.
Field Bendable!
Easily bent on site using a portable Valu Guide rail bender. For Inside Curve For Outside Curve
Bends to min. 30" radius with zero crimping of aluminum
VG-ABG-
.12
.05
VG-JS100-188-10 white 10
.75
VG-JS100-188-20 white 20
.75
Material: UHMW-PE
.13
.38 .13 Part Number Color Length (ft.)
.11 VG-P18CC-10 white 10 .96
.13 Material: UHMW-PE
VG-P18CC-20 white 20
.31
.19 Part Number Color Length (ft.)
.47 .17
VG-JL081-188-10 white 10
.10 VG-JL081-188-20 white 20
Material: UHMW-PE
.83
Part Number Color Length (ft.)
.39
.12 19003N Black 200* .91
.53 .13 Material: UHMW-PE
19003V Green 200*
.50
Part Number Color Length (ft.)
Material: Nolu-S UHMW-PE
.13 VG-JEL-078-125-10 white 10
.42 .17
Part Number Color Length (ft.) VG-JEL-078-125-20 white 20
19003NS Light Grey 200* .10
VG-J100-125T-250 250*
.12
VG-JS150-125-250 250*
Aluminum Rails
1.5
1.0
VG-J100-188-10 10 .19 VG-JS150-188-10 10
.19 .45 .13
.47
.19 VG-J100-188-20 20 .05 VG-JS150-188-20 20
.05
.11
VG-J100-188-100 100* .12
.75
1.50
.94 .13
.13 VG-JEL081-125-10 10 VG-JL137-125-10 10
.25
.31 VG-JEL081-125-20 20 .13
VG-JL137-125-20 20
.13 .40 .13
.40 .16
.12
.12
1.50
.94
VG-JL081-125-10 10 .13
VG-J150-125-10 10
.13
VG-JL081-125-20 20 .40 .13 VG-J150-125-20 20
.25
.13
VG-JL081-125-100 100* .12
.40 .15
VG-JL081-125-250 250*
.12
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
2.0 3.0
.13 .13
.38 .13 .40 .14
.05
.12 .12
.75
Part Number Length (ft.) Part Number Length (ft.)
VG-JS200-125-10 10 VG-J300-125-10 10
VG-JS200-125-20 20 VG-J300-125-20 20
UHMW Covers &
Aluminum Rails
2.0 3.0
.19 .19
.45 .13 .54 .21
.05 .10
.12
.75 .10
VG-JS200-188-10 10 VG-J300-188-10 10
VG-JS200-188-20 20 VG-J300-188-20 20
2.0 2.88
.13 .19
.40 .14 .46 .14
.12
.11
VG-J200-125-10 10 VG-J288-188-10 10
VG-J200-125-20 20 VG-J288-188-20 20
2.0
.19
.48 .15
.05
VG-J200-188-10 10
VG-J200-188-20 20
y
VG-JS100-125
n Wa
tur
Re
W
D dim. W dim. Part Number (10 ft.) Part Number (20 ft.)
D
5/8 3/4 VG-J3-075-250-10 VG-J3-075-250-20
.25 For use with
7/8 1 VG-J3-100-250-10 VG-J3-100-250-20
.66 .23 3/16" material
1-7/8 2 VG-J3-200-250-10 VG-J3-200-250-20
W
D
1 1-1/8 VG-J4-113-09-10 VG-J4-113-09-20
.50 .28 .09 For use with 1-1/2 1-5/8 VG-J4-163-09-10 VG-J4-163-09-20
1/4" material 2 2-1/8 VG-J4-213-09-10 VG-J4-213-09-20
W
D 1 1-1/4 - VG-JDL4-125-188-20
.19
1-1/4 1-1/2 VG-JDL4-150-188-10 VG-JDL4-150-188-20
.60 .29 .13 For use with
.12
1-1/2 1-3/4 VG-JDL4-175-188-10 VG-JDL4-175-188-20
1/4" material
2 2-1/4 - VG-JDL4-225-188-20
W
.09
D
1 1-1/4 VG-JDL4-125-09-10 VG-JDL4-125-09-20
.13 For use with 1-1/2 1-3/4 - VG-JDL4-175-09-20
.50 .29
.12 1/4" material 2 2-1/4 VG-JDL4-225-09-10 VG-JDL4-225-09-20
3.0
2.88
.19 VG-J4-300-188-10 10
VG-J4-300-188-20 20
.63 .30 For use with
1/4" material
.12
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
Material: UHMW
P417CT
1.0
.88
Part Number Length (ft.)
.13 .25
VG-P417CT-10 10
Wear Strip Profiles .12
P7701
.81
.73
.08 VG-P7701-10 10
.12 .25
Wear Strip Profiles
UHMW Covers &
Aluminum Rails
R .42
P38RD R .18
R .28
P58RD R .30
VG-P38RD-10 10 VG-P58RD-10 10
3/8 full round .01 5/8 full round
VG-P38RD-20 20 VG-P58RD-20 20
side guide. side guide. .01
Clips onto VG-P38RD-100 100* Clips onto
3/8 diameter rod. VG-P38RD-250 250* 5/8 diameter rod.
items can be coiled into cartons for more convenient shipping. VG-P34RD-10 10
3/4 full round
VG-P34RD-20 20
side guide.
Extended Coil Lengths: Items marked with Clips onto .02
this symbol are available in lengths of 100' or more. 3/4 diameter rod.
These items must be coiled for shipping and handling.
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled,
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed.
R .38
1/2 half round .25 Part Number Length (ft.) 3/4 half round .50 Part Number Length (ft.)
side guide. VG-P12HR-10 10 side guide. VG-P34HR-10 10
Clips onto R .34 VG-P12HR-20 20 Clips onto VG-P34HR-20 20
1/2 diameter 3/4 diameter
R .47 VG-P34HR-100 100*
half round rod. half round rod. .03
VG-P34HR-250 250*
.41
*Extruded profiles stored in coils will have the tendency to retain a certain deformation when uncoiled, .03
therefore consistency in the profile cross section over the full length of the coil cannot be guaranteed. .56
VG-P34HR
VG-P34HRL
VG-S34HR
Also see
page 244
These low friction, wear resistant
UHMW covers are designed to fit
around various sizes of tubing or bar.
Applications include spiral conveyor
vertical member wear strips.
.10
1.22
1.0
P1x1BC
.13
1 x 1 tube cover.
1.0 Material: UHMW
.50
VG-P1x1BC-10 10
.10
VG-P1x1BC-20 20
UHMW Covers &
Aluminum Rails
1.28
1.21
.14
1.0
.38 P5010BC
.25
.10 1.0 1/2 x 1 bar cover.
.13
P1010RBC .50
Material: UHMW
.13
1.0 1 x 1 ribbed tube cover. .75
Part Number Length (ft.)
VG-P5010BC-10 10
VG-P1010RBC-20 20
.50
VG-P5010BC-20 20
.10
1.45
.10 1.25
1.38
.13
P125125BC .12
1.15
.38 P58115BC
.25
1.25 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 tube cover. 9/16 x 1-1/8 bar cover.
.58
VG-P125125BC-10 10 VG-P58115BC-20 20
.13
VG-P125125BC-20 20 .89
.11
.75
1.78 2.28
.13 1.50 2.0
.13
.13
P1515BC P1520BC
1.50 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 tube cover. 1-1/2 x 2 tube cover.
1.50
VG-P1515BC-10 10 VG-P1520BC-20 20
VG-P1515BC-20 20
.13 .13
1.0 1.50
2.25
.10 2.0
2.28
.13
.13 2.0
.13
P2x2BC P1520RBC
2.0 2 x 2 tube cover. 1-1/2 x 2 ribbed tube cover.
1.50
VG-P2x2BC-10 10 VG-P1520RBC-10 10
VG-P2x2BC-20 20 VG-P1520RBC-20 20
.13
1.50
.76 .10
VG-P2510BC
1/4 X 1 bar
P2515BCB
Material: UHMW
P2515DBC
Material: UHMW
P2510BC
VG-P2510BC-10 10
P1878BC
VG-P1878BC-10 10
UHMW cover. For use VG-P2510BC-20 20 Side guide. For use with VG-P1878BC-20 20
with 1/4 x 1 bar. 1/8 x 7/8 bar.
1.25 .12
.10 1.0 1.14
.13 .13
.89
.50 .10 .28 .39 .14
.13
.61 .70
P1910BC
VG-P1910BC-10 10
P2510NBC
VG-P2510NBC-10 10
Side guide. For use with VG-P1910BC-20 20 Side guide. For use with VG-P2510NBC-20 20
3/16 x 1 bar. 1/4 x 1 bar.
1.27
1.31 .12 .13
.13 1.0 .12 1.02
P2515BC
Material: UHMW
P2115BC
Material: UHMW
P2520BC
VG-P2520BC-10 10
P3920BC
VG-P3920BC-10 10
Side Guide. For use with VG-P2520BC-20 20 Side Guide. For use with VG-P3920BC-20 20
1/4 x 2 bar. 3/8 x 2 bar.
Also part of combination rails
found on page 259. 2.25
2.20 .13 2.0
.12
.10 2.0
.13
.13
.10 1.62
1.38
P2520NBC
VG-P2520NBC-10 10
P5015BC
VG-P5015BC-10 10
Belt support. For use with VG-P2520NBC-20 20 Side guide. For use VG-P5015BC-20 20
1/4 x 2 bar. with 1/2 x 1-1/2 bar.
Also part of combination rails Also shown on page 260-261.
found on page 259.
1.74
2.27 .10 1.55 .12
.12 2.0 .13
1.53
1.11
P5020BC VG-P5020BC-10 10
Side guide. For use with VG-P5020BC-20 20
1/2 x 2 bar. Also shown on page 260.
2.20
.12
.10 2.0
.74
.52
.10
1.57
.55
.46
3/8
1.25
5/16 carriage
.81
hex
Material: Aluminum
.62 .72
Length (ft.)
VG-A500-10 VG-A1000-10 10
VG-A500-20 VG-A1000-20 20
.28 .28
.20
.75 .75
.39 Material: UHMW
Length (ft.)
VG-P2007-10 VG-P512-10 VG-P512R-10 10
VG-P2007-20 VG-P512-20 VG-P512R-20 20
VG-A1000
VG-A500
VG-P512
VG-P2007
Combination Group B
The following aluminum extrusions can be used with any of the UHMW inserts listed in this group. These rails are commonly
used as side guides and as support members under belting and table top chain. Fastening hardware not included.
5/16 1.25
.78 hex
5/16 .46
5/16 .33 hex
.69 .33 hex .64
Material: Aluminum
.46 .38 .47 .47
Length (ft.)
VG-A600-8 8
VG-A275-10 VG-A225-10 VG-A600-10 VG-A900-10 10
VG-A275-20 VG-A225-20 VG-A600-20 VG-A900-20 20
UHMW Covers &
Aluminum Rails
.63
.53 .81 .51 .81 .51 .49 .75
.25
.13
Material: UHMW
.06 .06 .06 .07
.50
.25 .25 .25
Length (ft.)
VG-P813-10 VG-P813F-10 VG-P0808-10 VG-P611-10 10
VG-P813-20 VG-P813F-20 VG-P0808-20 20
VG-P813-100 VG-P813F-100 100
.10
.10 VG-A600
.10
.10
.10 .52 2.13
.52 VG-P816F
.52 1.39 1.50
.52 1.25
.52 1.0
Example: VG-A900
VG-P316HD-NS-10
VG-P834F
Combination Group C
The following aluminum extrusions can be used with any of the UHMW inserts listed in this group. These rails are
commonly used as side guides and as support members under belting and table top chain. The aluminum rail fastens
with a 1/4 hex head bolt (not included).
.39 .13
.86
.13
.38 .35 .13
.13
.13 1.14
.63 1.0 1/4 .70
.89
.27 .86 .13
.52
Material: Material:
.27 Aluminum .12 UHMW
.63 .14
Length (ft.) Length (ft.)
VG-A1878-10 - 10 VG-P1878BC-10 10
VG-A1878-20 VG-A1878T-20 20 VG-P1878BC-20 20
VG-A1878T Example:
VG-P316HD-NS-10
Combination Group D
The following aluminum extrusions can be used with any of the UHMW inserts listed in this group. .63
These rails are commonly used as side guides and as support members under belting and table .13
top chain. The aluminum rail fastens with a 5/16 carriage head bolt (not included).
.97
.49 .52
.10 .12
.10 .12
.48
3.0
1.53 2.03
1.62 2.0 2.20
1.53 2.0 2.27
.34 2.0
1.20
Material: Material:
.25 Aluminum .13 .22
UHMW
.12
.27 .27 .28
Length (ft.) Length (ft.)
VG-A2520-10 10 VG-P2520BC-10 VG-P2520NBC-10 VG-P2520WBC-10 10
VG-A2520-20 20 VG-P2520BC-20 VG-P2520NBC-20 20
VG-A2520
5/16
VG-P2520BC
.50 .07
.07
A5015 1.36
Material: Aluminum
.85
Aluminum Guide Rail .33 1.50 Part Number Length (ft.)
5/16
Aluminum extrusions commonly VG-A5015-10 10
used as side guide rails and as VG-A5015-20 20
support members under belting
and table top chain. Fastens with .07
.36
5/16 carriage bolt (not included). .59
.75
.10
.10
.50 .09
.09
.74 .10
.10
VG-A5020
Material: UHMW
P5020BC
2.0
VG-P5020BC
.12
.52
.50 .05
.75
.10
.10
P5015BC 1.55
Material: UHMW
Length
ø .375 Part Number Dia. (ft.)
3/8 UHMW Round Bar
Can be used with VG-021-03. VG-P38RDBAR-10 3/8 10
VG-P38RDBAR-20 3/8 20
VG-021-
VG-P12RDBAR-20 1/2 20
See pages 236-237 for more informa-
tion, including 1/2" stainless steel rod.
VG-032-
VG-621-
Can be used as
FLEXIBLE
guides or rails!
PITCH
OF
Flight Edging FLIGHTS
C
Made from low friction, low wear, corrosive resistant UHMW, flight edging
is a proven value that can extend the life of new screws and salvage exist-
ing ones with worn edges. It has also proven beneficial on inclined convey-
D
ors by safely reducing the clearance between screw and trough, helping to
A .75
minimize fall-back of smaller particles.
Flight edging is simply installed by winding the material around the shaft
B
between the flights, then starting at one end, progressively tapping the
extrusion onto the edge of the flight with a block or hammer. A fastener is
required at the leading edge to hold flight edging in place.
tions.
thermoplastic created. This mate-
rial complies with FDA and USDA
specifications for direct food contact
applications. Impact loads will not
crack these even at low temperature.
UHMW
HAC F
UHMW Nolu-S A B C
HAC-3244 SAC-3244 2 2-3/4 1-9/16
Hanger Bearing HAC-4864 - 3 4 2-3/8
Hanger styles: B A HAC-5576 - 3-7/16 4-3/4 3-1/8
20B-26B-28B-
220-226-326
Flexible Bead
& Roller
Guides…
Page 276
B e a d a n d R o l l e r G u i d e s
Section 5
Lane Divider …
Page 279
BeadWall…
Page 280
Heavy Duty
BeadWall …
Page 281
Roller
Combiner …
Page 282
Bead Guide
Accessories
Page 283
Low Friction Bead and Roller Guides
Valu Guide Bead Guides and Combiners are an
excellent solution for those areas on a convey- •
Eliminates jamming
ing line where containers have trouble moving • No friction points or bridging
smoothly and tend to crowd together or jam. The
dense pattern of free moving beads or rollers, • Increases throughput
supported by pins and a metal channel, create • Reduces product damage
a durable, low friction guiding surface. This free
rolling action does not allow the package to create • Excellent for paper, plastic
any friction points or bridges, which can cause and metal containers
jamming and possibly cause unwanted shutdowns.
Our low friction bead guides include light to heavy
duty options, each with a wide selection of heights
and lengths. Valu Guide bead guides and combin-
ers are also available in custom curved sections. Additional information can be
obtained by calling System Plast at (866) 765-8744 or visit www.RegalPTS.com.
A SpeedRail™
SpeedRail offers an economical low friction roller
guide surface that can be easily modified. The Valu
Guide rail bending machine can be used to easily
form inner or outer curves. Plus, SpeedRail can be
cut to any length between beads. Easy fastening
frame slots permit fastening anywhere along the
back side of the aluminum channel.
Roller Guides
Bead and
Roller Guides
Bead and
Single module
Several single modules assembled onto the M-Profile support (pg. 276)
or a steel support to form one 3 meter (approx. 10 ft.) section
These low noise, long life, bead guides offer quick installa-
tion and smooth operation. They are designed for boxes and Flexible Roller
containers (glass and plastic bottles, tin and strong aluminum Module
cans). Excellent for accumulation areas. Can be cut to length.
•
Eliminates jamming Stainless Steel
• No friction points or bridging Support
• Increases throughput
• Reduces product damage
• Excellent for paper, plastic
and metal containers Modules slide onto 40mm x 8 mm flat bars or the M-Profile.
Minimum radius for a curved section is 10 in. (beads outside)
and 12 in. (beads inside).
Single Filer
Top view of combiner application
for round cans, glass or plastic
bottles using Roller Combiner and
Valu Guide brackets and rods.
Transfer
Smoothly guides containers
from one conveyor to another,
minimizing tipping and jams.
Roller Guides
Bead and
Maintaining Orientation
Holes Provide In straights or especially in curved sections,
Access for BeadWall does an excellent job of keeping
Easy Cleaning! packages or containers oriented correctly.
Gravity Conveyor
Free moving beads or rollers,
supported by steel pins and a
heavy gauge steel channel, create
a durable, low friction guiding surface.
• Easy mounting
• Great for polywrapped
687-1.4 containers or PET
• On-site bendable
SpeedRail SB™ Lane Divider • Cut to desired length
Low friction 2-sided beaded lane divider provides excellent
guides for polywrapped containers or PET bottles.
Can be cut to length and bent using special rollers
and the Valu Guide rail bender. Easy mounting
using VG-1568-02 bolts (included). Material: Aluminum channel, FDA accepted
Operating temperature engineered polymer pins, gray acetal beads.
range: -10°F to +180°F.
No. of Bolts Length
Part Number Included* (ft.)
VG-1568-02 VG-687-1.4-02 3 2
included VG-687-1.4-03 3 3
(see page 284) VG-687-1.4-04 3 4
2.15
VG-687-1.4-05 4 5
Patent No. 1.44 VG-687-1.4-06 4 6
6,516,933
VG-687-1.4-07 5 7
6,991,086,B2
VG-687-1.4-08 5 8
VG-687-1.4-10 6 10
Ø.49
.49
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
1.0
.48 1.16
Roller Guides
cL to cL
24"
Bead and
min. bending radius in
either direction. Field bendable with
Valu Guide rail bender on pg. 220 or
custom bend request form on pg. 287.
687H-1.4
SpeedRail SB™
Low friction beads provide excellent guides for Material: Aluminum channel, FDA accepted
polywrapped containers or PET bottles. engineered polymer pins, gray acetal beads.
Smaller beads help guide smaller No. of Bolts Length
containers. Can be cut to length Part Number Included* (ft.)
and bent using special rollers
VG-687H-1.4-02 3 2
and the Valu Guide rail
bender. Easy mounting VG-687H-1.4-03 3 3
using VG-1568-02 bolts VG-687H-1.4-04 3 4
(included). Operating VG-687H-1.4-05 4 5
temperature range:
VG-687H-1.4-06 4 6
-10°F to +180°F. .86
VG-687H-1.4-07 5 7
VG-1568-02 VG-687H-1.4-08 5 8
included 1.90
VG-687H-1.4-09 6 9
(see page 284)
VG-687H-1.4-10 6 10
Patent No. 1.44
12" .49
.56
min. bending radius in
either direction. Field bendable with
Valu Guide rail bender on pg. 220 or
custom bend request form on pg. 287.
3.26 3.97
24"
min. bending radius in
1.44
either direction. See pg. 287
for custom bend request form.
Roller Guides
Bead and
.49
1.0
687SP
Material: Stainless steel.
SpeedRail SB™ 1.0
Part Number
Splicing Pins
For use with: VG-687SP
VG-687-1.4-... Ø.125
VG-687H-1.4-...
VG-687-3.3-...
VG-687H-3.3-...
2-Strand
687H-3.3 SpeedRail SB™
.86
Patent No.
6,516,933
6,991,086,B2
20"
min. bending radius in
either direction. See pg. 287
for custom bend request form.
687FLEX-1.4
Flexible SpeedRail SB™
Bend by hand to create corners or S-curves
easily. Low friction beads provide excellent
guides for polywrapped containers or Material: PVC channel, FDA accepted
engineered polymer pins, gray acetal beads.
PET bottles. Smaller beads help
guide smaller containers. Can No. of Bolts Length
be cut to length. Easy Part Number Included* (ft.)
mounting using VG-687FLEX-1.4-02 3 2
VG-1568-02 bolts VG-687FLEX-1.4-03 3 3
(included). Operating .86
VG-687FLEX-1.4-04 3 4
temperature range:
-10°F to +180°F. VG-687FLEX-1.4-05 4 5
1.90
VG-687FLEX-1.4-06 4 6
VG-687FLEX-1.4-07 5 7
VG-1568-02 1.44
included VG-687FLEX-1.4-08 5 8
(see page 284) VG-687FLEX-1.4-09 6 9
VG-687FLEX-1.4-10 6 10
Patent No. .49
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
18" 6,516,933 .56
min. bending radius in 7,147,098,B2
either direction.
Roller Guides
Bead and
688FLEX-1.4
Flexible SpeedRoll™
Bend by hand to create corners or S-curves
easily. Low friction beads provide excellent
guides for polywrapped containers or
PET bottles. Smaller beads help Material: PVC channel, FDA accepted
guide smaller containers. Can engineered polymer pins, gray acetal rollers.
be cut to length. Easy
mounting using No. of Bolts Length
VG-1568-02 bolts Part Number Included* (ft.)
(included). Operating VG-688FLEX-1.4-02 3 2
temperature range: VG-688FLEX-1.4-03 3 3
-10°F to +180°F. .86
VG-688FLEX-1.4-04 3 4
VG-1568-02 VG-688FLEX-1.4-05 4 5
included 1.90
VG-688FLEX-1.4-06 4 6
(see page 284)
1.44 VG-688FLEX-1.4-07 5 7
VG-688FLEX-1.4-08 5 8
VG-688FLEX-1.4-09 6 9
Patent No. VG-688FLEX-1.4-10 6 10
18" 6,516,933 .45
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
min. bending radius in 7,147,098,B2 .56
either direction.
• Easy mounting
• Great for polywrapped
688-1.4 containers or PET
• On-site bendable
SpeedRoll™ Lane Divider • Cut to desired length
2-sided lane divider with low friction rollers provides excellent
guides for polywrapped containers or PET bottles.
Can be cut to length and bent using special rollers
and the Valu Guide rail bender. Easy mounting
using VG-1568-02 bolts (included).
Material: Aluminum channel, FDA accepted
Operating temperature
engineered polymer pins, gray acetal rollers.
range: -10°F to +180°F.
No. of Bolts Length
Part Number Included* (ft.)
VG-688-1.4-02 3 2
VG-688-1.4-03 3 3
VG-1568-02
included
1.10 VG-688-1.4-04 3 4
Patent No. (see page 284) VG-688-1.4-05 4 5
6,516,933 VG-688-1.4-06 4 6
6,991,086,B2 VG-688-1.4-07 5 7
VG-688-1.4-08 5 8
2.15
VG-688-1.4-10 6 10
Ø.45 *Bolts included are VG-1568-02
1.44
24" .06
Roller Guides
.48
Bead and
cL to cL
min. bending radius in
either direction. Field bendable with
Valu Guide rail bender on pg. 220 or
custom bend request form on pg. 287. 1.0
688H-1.4
Aluminium SpeedRoll™
Low friction rollers provide excellent
guides for polywrapped containers or
PET bottles. Can be cut to length Material: Aluminum channel, FDA accepted
and bent using special rollers engineered polymer pins, gray acetal rollers.
and the Valu Guide rail
bender. Easy mounting No. of Bolts Length
using VG-1568-02 bolts Part Number Included* (ft.)
(included). Operating VG-688H-1.4-02 3 2
temperature range: VG-688H-1.4-03 3 3
-10°F to +180°F.
VG-688H-1.4-04 3 4
.86 VG-688H-1.4-05 4 5
VG-1568-02 VG-688H-1.4-06 4 6
included 1.90 VG-688H-1.4-07 5 7
(see page 284)
Patent No. VG-688H-1.4-08 5 8
1.44
6,516,933 VG-688H-1.4-09 6 9
6,991,086,B2 VG-688H-1.4-10 6 10
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
12"
min. bending radius in
.45
either direction. Field bendable with
Valu Guide rail bender on pg. 220 or .56
custom bend request form on pg. 287.
1.10
1.0
Patent No.
6,516,933
24"
min. bending radius in
6,991,086,B2 either direction. See pg. 287
for custom bend request form.
Roller Guides
Bead and
687SP
Material: Stainless steel.
SpeedRoll™ 1.0
Splicing Pins Part Number
For use with: VG-687SP
VG-688-1.4-...
VG-688H-1.4-... Ø.125
VG-688-3.3-...
VG-688H-3.3-...
-10°F to +180°F.
20"
3.72
Economical bead guide used for carry surfaces or No. of Bolts Length
side rails. Use Valu Guide Rail Bender to form Part Number Included* (ft.)
inner and outer curves. Can be cut to any VG-686A-1.25-02 3 2
length between beads. Easy fastening VG-686A-1.25-03 3 3
frame slot for horizontal and vertical
VG-686A-1.25-04 3 4
applications. Operating temperature
range: -10°F to +180°F. VG-686A-1.25-05 4 5
VG-686A-1.25-06 4 6
VG-686A-1.25-07 5 7
VG-686A-1.25-08 5 8
VG-686A-1.25-09 6 9
Patent No. VG-686A-1.25-10 6 10
6,516,933 .98
.62
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
6,991,086,B2
1.75
1.28
VG-1568-02
included
(see page 284)
12"
.86
min. bending radius in
either direction. Field bendable with
Roller Guides
Flat Washer
Bead and
VG-205 bracket
686A-3.0
Material: Aluminum channel, FDA accepted
2-Strand SpeedRail™ engineered polymer pins, gray acetal beads.
A wider bead guide used for carry surfaces or side rails.
No. of Bolts Length
Can be cut to any length between beads. Custom bends Part Number Included* (ft.)
can be ordered from the factory. Easy fastening frame
slot for horizontal and vertical applications. VG-686A-3.0-02 3 2
Operating temperature range: VG-686A-3.0-03 3 3
-10°F to +180°F. VG-686A-3.0-04 3 4
VG-686A-3.0-05 4 5
VG-686A-3.0-06 4 6
VG-686A-3.0-07 5 7
VG-686A-3.0-08 5 8
Patent No.
6,516,933 VG-686A-3.0-09 6 9
6,991,086,B2 VG-686A-3.0-10 6 10
.98
.62
*Bolts included are VG-1568-02
1.30
VG-1568-02 20"
included min. bending radius in
(see page 284) either direction. See pg. 287
.40 3.41 for custom bend request form.
1.30
.86
VG-205-BC
bracket assembly
BR-3
3 Inch Aluminum
Roller Guides
Bead and
Channel BeadRail™ Material: Aluminum channel, gray polyamide
Economical bead guide used for carry pin rails, carbon steel pins, gray acetal beads.
surfaces or side rails. Easy fastening frame
slot for horizontal and vertical applications. Part Number Length (ft.)
Operating temperature range: -4°F to +170°F. VG-684BR-3-AB-02 2
VG-684BR-3-AB-03 3
VG-684BR-3-AB-04 4
VG-684BR-3-AB-05 5
VG-684BR-3-AB-06 6
VG-684BR-3-AB-07 7
VG-684BR-3-AB-08 8
VG-684BR-3-AB-09 9
VG-684BR-3-AB-10 10
12"
min. bending radius in
either direction. See pg. 287
for custom bend request form.
16600
16600 series
Single, Flexible
Roller Module
These low noise, long life, bead guides
offer quick installation and smooth opera-
tion. They are designed for boxes and 16605
containers (glass and plastic bottles, tin
and strong aluminum cans). Excellent for
accumulation areas. Modules slide onto 40mm x 8 mm flat
bars or the "M" profile below. Minimum
radius for a curved section is 10 in.
(beads outside) and 12 in. (beads
Combine these single modules together to fit custom lengths! inside).
13.72 1.26
2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 1.18
0.31
Material: Polyamide straps, acetal
rollers and pins, nickel plated brass
spacers, stainless steel screws.
1.93
1.30
1.61
Length
Part Number Type (inches)
16600 beads 13.72
Roller Guides
0.31
Ø 0.41 0.71
Bead and
0.20
16605 rollers 13.72
0.35
1.18
0.31
Minimum
0.12 radius for a curved
Flexible Roller Assembly section is 10 in. (beads outside)
1.30
1.93
1.26
designed for boxes and containers (glass and plas- Material: Stainless steel channel.
tic bottles, tin and strong aluminum cans). Excellent 3 meter assembled section! Polyamide straps, acetal rollers and
for accumulation areas. Can be cut to length. pins, nickel plated brass spacers,
stainless steel screws.
190265 metal = 3M (~10 feet). Includes 9 ea. 16600 or 16605 modules.
Part Number Type Length
16655K beads 3M (~10 ft.)
16656K rollers 3M (~10 ft.)
190 .06
A Material: 304 stainless steel.
5/16"
Part Number A K Length
M-Profile
Stainless steel support for K 19077 .23 .39 3M (~10 ft.)
roller modules. See page 221 190265 .31 .31 3M (~10 ft.)
1.57
.51
Beads
16800 series
Flexible Roller Module
These low noise, long life, bead guides offer
quick installation and smooth operation. They are
designed for boxes and containers (glass and
Rollers
plastic bottles, tin and strong aluminum cans).
Excellent for accumulation areas.
13.72 1.26
0.31
2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 0.10 2.20 1.18 Material: Polyamide straps, white
acetal rollers and pins, nickel plated
brass spacers, stainless steel screws.
Length
1.97
1.61
3.19
2.56
Part Number Type (inches)
16800K beads 13.72
Roller Guides
Bead and
16805K rollers 13.72
0.31
Ø 0.41 0.71
0.20
0.35
0.31
1.18
Minimum
Flexible Roller Assembly radius for a curved
0.12
with Stainless Steel Support section is 10 in. (beads outside)
and 12 in. (beads inside).
2.56
3.19
1.26
areas. Can be cut to length. Material: Stainless steel channel,
polyamide straps, white acetal rollers
3 meter assembled section. and pins, nickel plated brass spacers,
stainless steel screws.
190 .06
A Material: 304 stainless steel.
5/16"
Part Number A K Length
M-Profile
Stainless steel support for K 19077 .23 .39 3M (~10 ft.)
roller modules. See page 221 190265 .31 .31 3M (~10 ft.)
1.57
.51
16500 series
Heavy Duty, Single,
Flexible Roller Module
These low noise, long life, bead guides offer
quick installation and smooth operation. They
are designed for rugged boxes and containers.
Excellent for accumulation areas. Modules slide onto 40mm x 8 mm flat
bars or the "M" profile below. Minimum
radius for a curved section is 10 in.
Combine these single modules together to fit custom lengths! (beads outside) and 12 in. (beads
inside).
13.31 1.83
2.56 0.16 2.56 0.16 2.56 0.16 2.56 0.16 2.56 1.71 Material: Polyamide straps, acetal
rollers and pins, nickel plated brass
spacers, stainless steel screws.
1.97
0.87
1.61
Length
Part Number (inches)
16500 13.31
Ø 0.83 0.24 0.35
Roller Guides
Bead and
1.71
Minimum
Heavy Duty, Flexible radius for a curved
Roller Assembly with section is 10 in. (beads outside)
0.12
and 12 in. (beads inside).
1.06
1.97
Stainless Steel Support
These low noise, long life, bead guides
offer quick installation and smooth opera- 1.83
tion. They are designed for rugged boxes
and containers. Excellent for accumulation Material: Stainless steel channel.
areas. Can be cut to length. 3 meter assembled section! Polyamide straps, acetal rollers and
pins, nickel plated brass spacers,
stainless steel screws.
190265 metal = 3M (~10 feet). Includes 9 ea. 16500 modules.
Length
Part Number (feet)
16550 3M (~10 ft.)
190 .06
A Material: 304 stainless steel.
5/16"
Part Number A K Length
M-Profile
Stainless steel support for K 19077 .23 .39 3M (~10 ft.)
roller modules. See page 221 190265 .31 .31 3M (~10 ft.)
1.57
.51
16152
Lane Divider
These low noise, long life, lane dividers offer
quick installation and smooth operation. They
are designed for rugged boxes and contain-
ers. Excellent for accumulation areas.
3M (~10 feet) 0.79 Material: Stainless steel channels.
0.39
Polyamide straps, acetal rollers and
pins, nickel plated brass spacers,
stainless steel screws.
1.06
2.75
1.97
Length
Part Number (feet)
0.98
0.39
Ø 0.65 1.18 16152 3M (~10 ft.)
0.67
0.08 0.39
33955
0.91
Roller Guides
1.46
Bead and
Ø 0.35
1.06
0.55
0.39
13833 0.26
13833
0.87
Ø Material: 303 stainless steel.
33955 0.39
0.20
Part Number Length (in.) Ø (in.)
16152
684
BeadWall
Low friction guiding surface with high density bead
10 ga. pattern. Excellent for combiner or accumulation areas.
steel channel
(.130) Operating temperature range: -4°F to +170°F.
VG-684-SS-3-02 VG-684-PL-3-02 2 3
VG-684-SS-3-03 VG-684-PL-3-03 3 3
VG-684-SS-2 VG-684-SS-3-04 VG-684-PL-3-04 4 3
Roller Guides
VG-684-PL-2
Bead and
VG-684-SS-6-02 VG-684-PL-6-02 2 6
VG-684-SS-6-03 VG-684-PL-6-03 3 6
VG-684-SS-6-04 VG-684-PL-6-04 4 6
VG-684-SS-6-05 VG-684-PL-6-05 5 6
6" 5.78
VG-684-SS-6-06 VG-684-PL-6-06 6 6
6.48 VG-684-SS-6-07 VG-684-PL-6-07 7 6
VG-684-SS-6-08 VG-684-PL-6-08 8 6
VG-684-SS-6-10 VG-684-PL-6-10 10 6
Combiner section
ends (part # VG-681-)
are listed on page 283.
18"
min. bending radius in
either direction. See pg. 287
for custom bend request form.
685
Heavy Duty BeadWall
Low friction guiding surface with high density bead pat-
10 ga.
steel channel tern. Larger bead on larger pins accommodate larger
(.130) load capacities. Excellent for combiner or accumulation
areas. Operating temperature range: -4°F to +170°F.
1.47
Roller Guides
VG-685-PL-2 VG-685-SS-4-03 VG-685-PL-4-03 3 4
Bead and
VG-685-SS-4-04 VG-685-PL-4-04 4 4
VG-685-SS-4
VG-685-SS-4-05 VG-685-PL-4-05 5 4
VG-685-PL-4
VG-685-SS-4-06 VG-685-PL-4-06 6 4
6" 5.78
VG-685-SS-4-07 VG-685-PL-4-07 7 4
VG-685-SS-6 6.48 VG-685-SS-4-08 VG-685-PL-4-08 8 4
VG-685-PL-6 VG-685-SS-4-10 VG-685-PL-4-10 10 4
VG-685-SS-8-02 VG-685-PL-8-02 2 8
Ø.68
18" VG-685-SS-8-03 VG-685-PL-8-03 3 8
min. bending radius in VG-685-SS-8-04 VG-685-PL-8-04 4 8
.12 .67 either direction. See pg. 287
cL to L
c for custom bend request form. VG-685-SS-8-05 VG-685-PL-8-05 5 8
VG-685-SS-8-07 VG-685-PL-8-07 7 8
VG-685-SS-8-08 - 8 8
VG-685-SS-8-10 VG-685-PL-8-10 10 8
VG-685-SS-10-02 VG-685-PL-10-02 2 10
9.51
VG-685-SS-10-03 VG-685-PL-10-03 3 10
Combiner section 10" 10.24 VG-685-SS-10-04 VG-685-PL-10-04 4 10
ends (part # VG-681-) VG-685-SS-10-05 VG-685-PL-10-05 5 10
are listed on page 283. VG-685-SS-10-06 VG-685-PL-10-06 6 10
VG-685-SS-10-08 VG-685-PL-10-08 8 10
VG-685-SS-10-10 VG-685-PL-10-10 10 10
682
Roller Combiner
Low friction guiding surface. Excellent for combiner
or accumulation areas.
10 ga.
steel channel Operating temperature range: -4°F to +170°F.
(.130)
1.5
2" 1.85
2.7
stainless steel pins, acetal rollers.
VG-682-SS-4-2 VG-682-PL-4-2 2 4
VG-682-SS-2 VG-682-SS-4-3 VG-682-PL-4-3 3 4
Roller Guides
VG-682-PL-2
Bead and
VG-682-SS-4-4 VG-682-PL-4-4 4 4
VG-682-SS-4-5 VG-682-PL-4-5 5 4
VG-682-SS-4
VG-682-SS-4-6 VG-682-PL-4-6 6 4
VG-682-PL-4 6" 5.66
VG-682-SS-4-7 VG-682-PL-4-7 7 4
6.48
VG-682-SS-4-8 VG-682-PL-4-8 8 4
VG-682-SS-6 VG-682-SS-4-10 VG-682-PL-4-10 10 4
VG-682-PL-6
VG-682-SS-6-2 VG-682-PL-6-2 2 6
VG-682-SS-8 VG-682-SS-6-3 VG-682-PL-6-3 3 6
VG-682-PL-8 VG-682-SS-6-4 VG-682-PL-6-4 4 6
VG-682-SS-6-5 VG-682-PL-6-5 5 6
VG-682-SS-6-6 VG-682-PL-6-6 6 6
VG-682-SS-10
VG-682-PL-10 VG-682-SS-6-7 VG-682-PL-6-7 7 6
8"
7.62
VG-682-SS-6-8 VG-682-PL-6-8 8 6
8.38
VG-682-SS-6-10 VG-682-PL-6-10 10 6
VG-682-SS-8-2 VG-682-PL-8-2 2 8
18" VG-682-SS-8-4 VG-682-PL-8-4 4 8
min. bending radius in VG-682-SS-8-5 VG-682-PL-8-5 5 8
either direction. See pg. 287 Ø.76
for custom bend request form. VG-682-SS-8-6 VG-682-PL-8-6 6 8
VG-682-SS-8-7 - 7 8
.16 .67
cL to cL VG-682-SS-8-8 VG-682-PL-8-8 8 8
VG-682-SS-8-10 VG-682-PL-8-10 10 8
VG-682-SS-10-2 VG-682-PL-10-2 2 10
VG-682-SS-10-3 - 3 10
10"
9.51
VG-682-SS-10-4 - 4 10
Combiner section 10.24
VG-682-SS-10-5 VG-682-PL-10-5 5 10
ends (part # VG-681-)
are listed on page 283. VG-682-SS-10-6 VG-682-PL-10-6 6 10
VG-682-SS-10-7 VG-682-PL-10-7 7 10
VG-682-SS-10-8 VG-682-PL-10-8 8 10
VG-682-SS-10-10 VG-682-PL-10 -10 10 10
5/16
681
Combiner Section Ends A
Sold as pairs. Section Ends are bolted to the
BeadWall or Roller Combiner frame. Fastening
holes must be drilled on-site for assembly. H
Roller Guides
205-G
54˚
Bead and
.88
5.0
1.0
36˚
1.25
.25
Part Number
.188
VG-205-G-14-S
.50 2.0
3.80
117 .63
1.25
687BSC Material: Flexible PVC.
040 687LDB
Roller Guides
Bead and
1.97
.35
.83
2.87
HW684 .81
.34 1568
BeadRail™ Washer T-head bolts
Washer required for applications Included with the
using a tapped adjusting rod. SpeedRail and
SpeedRoll combiners.
Material: Stainless steel.
L
Part Number
Material: Stainless steel.
HW684WSHS
Part Number L
Adjusting rod VG-1568-01 .64
VG-684WSH-S
VG-1568-02 .76
VG-684BR-1.5-SB-
VG-1568-03 1.01
VG-1568-04 1.26
Side Plow for SpeedRail SB™ Side Plow for 2-Strand 3.50
and SpeedRoll™ SpeedRail SB™
2.75
and SpeedRoll™
.35 .35
thru thru
While supplies last.
1.90
3.70
.95
While supplies last. 1.8
1.75 1.0
1.0
1.0
Part Number
Material: Machined Nolu-S with
.43
stainless steel fastener. VG-687SP-1.4
Part Number
Material: Machined Nolu-S with
stainless steel fastener. VG-687SP-3.3
3.50
Roller Guides
Bead and
.88
1.15 1.15
.42 .42
.23 .72
1.90
.256 1.43
thru
1.97 .95
.09
1.07
Part Number
Material: Machined Nolu-S with
stainless steel fastener. VG-687NP-1.4
6.0 12.0
2" VG-205-A,
2.0 4.0 B,C or D
Roller Guides
Bead and
Company Name_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Address___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Single Bends
If available, please include a detailed drawing of desired bend.
BASE PART NUMBER: ______________________ (example: VG-684-Pl-6-)
RADIUS OF BEND (R): ______________________inches
ANGLE OF BEND (D): ______________________degrees
QUANTITY: ______________________pieces
TYPE OF BEND: nside Curve Outside Curve
Our manufacturing process typically requires the inclusion of 3 to 6 inch tangents on each end of the curve. There is
no additional cost for this. If specific tangents are required, please indicate below.
Roller Guides
Bead and
TANGENT LENGTH (T1): ______________________inches
TANGENT LENGTH (T2): ______________________inches
Outside
Curve
Inside
Curve
S-Curve Bends
If available, please include a detailed drawing of desired bend.
BASE PART NUMBER: ______________________ (example: VG-684-Pl-6-)
rADIUS OF BEND (r1): ______________ inches
rADIUS OF BEND (r2): ______________ inches
L1 length
L2 Y angle
ANGLE OF BEND (X): ______________ degrees
length
ANGLE OF BEND (Y): ______________ degrees
R1 radius R2
radius
LENGTH (L1): ______________ inches
LENGTH (L2): ______________ inches
LENGTH (L3): ______________ inches X Use bead contact surface
Comments: angle for radius measurement
L3 length
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
287 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Notes
Roller Guides
Bead and
Metal
Brackets.......... Page
Side mount
308
Post brackets
Angle brackets Mounting bars
B r a c k e t s & P o s i t i o n i n g C o m p o n e n t s
Section 6
SpeedSet Brackets..............
Page 298-303, 315-320
Positioning...... Page
Cross blocks
327
Shaft collars
Accessory mounts Support rods
Valu Guide™ Brackets
The Ultimate in Adjustability
and Cost Savings
VG-210 shown
see page 294.
VG-290 VG-202L VG-202LC VG-202LTC VG-202LH VG-210 VG-292 VG-203L VG-203LC 136 Series VG-203LH VG-203LTC VG-203LHT VG-293 VG-221
221
Material: Polyamide (PA) or
Heavy Duty Guide Ø Rod polypropylene (PP) bracket body
and knob. Nickel plated brass knob
Rail Bracket
Positioning
Brackets &
bushing. Stainless steel hardware.
Longer slots allow mounting 10.25
3.55
bolt centers up to 3 inches. 4.0
Part Number Ø Rod Material
1.25
VG-221-12 1/2 PA
VG-221-58 5/8 PA
VG-293 VG-221-34 3/4 PA
3.31
4.21 3.54
3/8
VG-221PP-12 1/2 PP
VG-221PP-58 5/8 PP
.45
Va
ria
ble
VG-221
1.97 1.77
Rail Bracket
1.18 ing. Stainless steel hardware.
8.66
large containers.
13641 1/2
3.94
13648 5/8
0.20
.41 0.28
1.57 2.36
VG-SSR
cross blocks 3.78 2.64
3/8
3/8 bolt
VG-203L
Rod not included. VG-292
2.53 2.08
Swivel Bracket
3.45
Part Number Ø Rod
Support for guide rails
where both horizontal VG-203LTC-12 1/2
and swivel adjustment 3.78 2.64
3/8
VG-203LTC-58 5/8
is required.
.45 VG-203LTC-34 3/4
.37
3.29 .41
1.95
Shaft Collars
can be used
2.53 2.08 with brackets.
See page 340.
Ø Rod
203LHS
1.94
2.74
3.43
Material: Polyamide bracket body and
Swivel Bracket knob. Stainless steel swivel cap and
Support for guide rails 8.91 hardware.
where both horizontal Part Number Ø Rod
Positioning
Brackets &
is required.
3/8
VG-203LHS-12 1/2
.37
.45 VG-203LHS-58 5/8
3.29 .41
1.95
Spacers
2.53 2.08 can be
used with
brackets.
Ø Rod See page 306.
1.94
203LHTS 9.89
Material: Polyamide bracket body and
3.66 knob. Stainless steel swivel cap and
Swivel Bracket 4.35 hardware.
Support for guide rails
where both horizontal Part Number Ø Rod
and swivel adjustment VG-203LHTS-12 1/2
3.78 2.64
is required. 3/8 VG-203LHTS-58 5/8
.45
.37
3.29 .41
1.95
2.53
203LC
1.72 Ø Rod
3.45
Material: Polyamide bracket body, cap
2.76
and knob. Stainless steel hardware.
Swivel Bracket 7.49
2.08
Assembly .89
1.61 Part Number Ø Rod
Support for guide rails VG-203HS-12 1/2
where swivel adjust- VG-203HS-58 5/8
ment is required. For 3/8-16
use on VG-203L body. Ø1.19
2.08
203HTS 4.19
Material: Stainless steel cap and hard-
ware. Polyamide knob.
Swivel Cap Ø Rod
1.97
4.07
Swivel Cap Ø Rod
Part Number Ø Rod
2.56
Assembly 13781V 1/2
1.57
Positioning
Brackets &
2.08
203TC Material: Polyamide cap and knob.
3.32 Stainless steel eyelet and nut.
Transition Cap
Ø Rod
Part Number Ø Rod
Assembly 1.64
Support for guide .90 VG-203TC-12 1/2
rails where swivel VG-203TC-58 5/8
adjustment is 3/8-16 VG-203TC-34 3/4
required. For use on
VG-203L body. Ø1.40
1.97
13129V
L
Ø Rod
Material: Stainless steel cap and
hardware. Polyamide knob.
Swivel Cap
Assembly X
Part Number X L Ø Rod
Support for guide rails 13130V 5.12 5.71 1/2
where swivel adjust- 13129V 3.54 4.21 5/8
ment is required.
Ø1.18 M10
HTS
HTS
VG-203-TC HS
VG-203-HT Transition Cap
Assembly
Note: When
Swivel Cap
Assembly stacking rings are 2.81 2.40
VG-200-225- 2.31 1.90 VSR
VG-212 or 232 Safety Cap used, rod center 1.39
VSR
1.40 VSR VSR
Adjusting Rod
line changes and VSR VSR VSR
VSR VSR VSR
a longer bolt
VG-200-225 VG-212 or 232
Adjusting Rod
is required.
VG-205 Safety Cap
Series Bracket VG-205 3/8-16 x 1 1/4 3/8-16 x 1 1/4 3/8-16 x 2 3/8-16 x 1 1/4 3/8-16 x 2 3/8-16 x 2 1/2
Series Bracket
293 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Guide Rail Brackets
210
and knob. Nickel plated brass knob
Ø Rod
7.55 bushing. Stainless steel hardware.
1.19
Part Number Ø Rod Material
Guide Rail Bracket
Guide rail support 2.47 VG-210-12 1/2 PA
3.0
where lateral .50
VG-210-58 5/8 PA
adjustment is needed. VG-210-34 3/4 PA
2.84
1.68 3/8 VG-210PP-12 1/2 PP
VG-290 .58
VG-210PP-58 5/8 PP
VG-291
.38
2.50
.41 VG-210PP-34 3/4 PP
1.62
Brackets without positioning lip
VG-210F-12 1/2 PA
VG-210F-58 5/8 PA
Va
r ia
ble VG-210F-34 3/4 PA
VG-210
VG-210 VG-210FPP-12 1/2 PP
VG-210FPP-58 5/8 PP
VG-210FPP-34 3/4 PP
1.19
202L
Rod support
washer
1.76
2.29 Material: Polyamide bracket body.
Bracket Body 4.61
Stainless steel washer.
For use with threaded VG-212 1.76 3/8
Part Number Without positioning lip
2.85
adjusting rod and or
VG-232
cross blocks series .55 VG-202L VG-202FL
where vertical 2.63 .41
1.62
and horizontal VG-031-12
adjustment is
needed. Shaft Collars
can be used
Rod not included. 3/8 bolt with brackets. VG-621
See page 340.
Positioning
Brackets &
VG-202L
1.91 2.0
202LTC
Material: Polyamide bracket body,
1.13
transition cap and knob. Stainless
Ø Rod
steel hardware.
Swivel Bracket Part Number Ø Rod
Support for guide rails 2.54
7.61 3.07 VG-202LTC-12 1/2
where both horizontal
Brackets without positioning lip
and swivel adjustment
is required. 3/8 VG-202FLTC-12 1/2
2.85 1.76
.55
.37
2.63
.41
1.62
Spacers
can be
used with
brackets.
1.91 2.0 See page 306.
202LHS 1.32
Ø Rod
Material: Polyamide bracket body and
knob. Stainless steel swivel cap and
hardware.
Swivel Bracket 2.52
7.56 Part Number Ø Rod
Support for guide rails 3.05
1.91
2.0
202TC 3.13
Material: Polyamide cap and knob.
Transition Cap Ø Rod Stainless steel eyelet and nut.
1.64
Assembly .90 Part Number Ø Rod
Support for guide rails
VG-202TC-12 1/2
where swivel adjustment
is required. For use
on VG-202L body. Ø1.40
Positioning
.90
Brackets &
Support for guide rails VG-212 or 232
Adjusting Rod
VG-203L
SCAP
Material: Stainless steel cap eyelet
Stainless .89
1.73 Ø Rod and nut.
Tapped
Part Number Ø (in.) Length (in.) Thread
Jointed Adjusting Rods: Tapped VG-212J-3-516 1/2 3 5/16-18
Guide rail that has been formed into curves
or angles can easily be positioned with Valu VG-212J-3-38 1/2 3 3/8-16
Guide Jointed Adjusting Rods. When used with VG-212J-5-516 1/2 5 5/16-18
Valu Guide brackets, spacers and rail clamps, VG-212J-5-38 1/2 5 3/8-16
the adjusting rods must be held in a parallel
VG-212J-7-516 1/2 7 5/16-18
position for smooth adjustment while the pivot-
ing clevis can be attached at various angles to VG-212J-7-38 1/2 7 3/8-16
the guide rail. A simple release of the bracket VG-212J-9-516 1/2 9 5/16-18
hand knobs allows the rails to be adjusted to VG-212J-9-38 1/2 9 3/8-16
the desired position.
VG-232J-4-516 5/8 4 5/16-18
1.40 Length VG-232J-4-38 5/8 4 3/8-16
VG-232J-6-516 5/8 6 5/16-18
.63 VG-232J-6-38 5/8 6 3/8-16
VG-232J-8-516 5/8 8 5/16-18
Ø .50 (1/2") VG-232J-8-38 5/8 8 3/8-16
or
VG-232J-10-516 5/8 10 5/16-18
Ø .63 (5/8")
VG-232J-10-38 5/8 10 3/8-16
.56 Ø1/8 stainless
steel dowel
Positioning
Brackets &
cap screw can have a max.
stud length of 5/8 inch. Jointed Rods for Rod Ends
VG-019-12 and VG-020-01 use special
grooved adjusting rods. Jointed versions
of these rods can be found on page 229.
Bracket Spacers for Jointed Rod Use. Special Clip for Jointed
VG-290 series spacers maybe required Rods and Fixed Threads.
for proper set back of VG-202 and VG-203 Carriage bolts, captured hex bolts, or other threaded
brackets to allow for the jointed adjusting To adjust, turn fasteners that do not rotate such as VG-018 or
rod clevis extension. the hand knob to VG-015 rail clips, can attach to jointed rods
release the tension with the new VG-040-01 clip. By using a
on the rod. hex head bolt to fasten the rod, the
proper articulating plane can be
maintained.
1
Collar hangs loose
on rod sleeve for
"Home Position"
Positioning Spacers
3 types available, see page 300.
Used to hold the rod in an extended 2 Push Knob
The push knob is designed to
position, insert positioning spacer
have pressure applied to move
between the rod sleeve and the Spring Pressure the rod and guide rails into a
guide rail holder. These spacers
new position.
can be fabricated to provide a total
of three positions within the Range
of Travel (discussed later). One
VG-QPC series spacer is included
with each bracket.
Spring
The spring maintains pressure
which holds the positioning
Piston Rod spacers and guide rail in place.
Tapped piston rod can accept a When the positioning spacers are
wide variety of Valu Guide rail removed, the spring returns the
holders (double rail clamp shown). guide rail to the "Home Position".
The rod sleeve provides the reach to Valu Guide brackets are slotted to allow vertical
the largest conveyed container while height adjustment. The use of bracket spacers,
the rod inside the sleeve adjusts to swivel tops, and stacking rings allows virtually any
the smaller container. conveyor line to take advantage of SpeedSet.
Patent Numbers
5,819,911
5,967,295
6,135,271
6,533,110
nut
2
1
This is considered the home position. (see below) Further adjustment of the rails is
achieved by sliding the piston rod through the sleeve.
The required sleeve length can be determined by measuring or calculating the distance
3.60
from the edge of the largest container to the edge of the conveyor and adding 2". Once
the calculation is done, select the next largest sleeve size.
+ 2" =
221Q-
largest container Minimum 3.81
to conveyor edge sleeve length
Example: 2.5" + 2.0" = 4.5" (requires 5" sleeve)
1.78
Positioning
adjusting adjusting
Brackets &
both sides of single side of
Standard
the conveyor the conveyor fixed bracket
guide rail are Smallest container guide rail is
adjusting, use adjusting, use
the following the following
formula: formula:
largest
container - container
smallest
÷ 2 = range of travel
for each side
largest
container - smallest
container = range of travel
for a single side
Example: 5" - 3" = 2" ÷ 2 = 1" travel per side Example: 5" - 3" = 2" travel for one side
VG-291 bracket
spacers may be
31/4" Chain required to allow 41/2" Chain 71/2" Chain
3" sleeve for adjustment 3" sleeve 5" sleeve
11/2" travel 11/2" travel 11/2" travel
VG-221 bracket VG-221 bracket VG-221 bracket
SpeedSet Spacers
Positioning for different size containers!
Three types of positioning spacers have been developed for SpeedSet brackets. A Positioning Collar is included with each SpeedSet bracket.
The length of the spacer included with each bracket corresponds to the length of travel of the bracket ordered, either 1, 1-1/2 or 2-1/2 inches.
Some spacers can accommodate 3 positioning lengths including the "Home Position" by cutting to the required length as shown. Additional
positioning spacers can be purchased in 18 inch lengths and cut to length as needed.
QSC Length
Material: Polypropylene
Precut Spacers in Colors
Color coding makes these spacers easy to work with Part Number Color Length (in.)
while providing exact spacing for SpeedSet spring VG-QSC-10M Red .39
loaded brackets. Use VG-QT-01 tether to keep spac- VG-QSC-12M Blue .47
ers close to brackets for future use. Color code up to
7 line change colors per bracket. VG-QSC-16M Black .63
VG-QSC-20M Green .79
VG-QSC-25M Purple .98
VG-QSC-30M Orange 1.18
VG-QSC-40M Gray 1.58
Brac dSet
Brackets &
This spacer, in 1, 1-1/2 or 2-1/2 inch length depending on travel chosen, is included VG-QPC-1.5 1-1/2
ket!
with each SpeedSet bracket. A single spacer can accommodate 2 positioning VG-QPC-2.5 2-1/2
lengths in addition to the "Home Position" by cutting as shown. To make additional VG-QPC-18 18
spacers, 18 inch sections can be purchased and cut to length as needed. Use the
following part number:
"Home 1st 2nd
cut
1
Patent # 6,533,110 cu
t
2
QSB
Positioning Spacer
A single spacer can accommodate 2 positioning lengths in addition to
the "Home Position" by cutting as shown. To make additional spacers,
18 inch sections, can be purchased and cut to length as needed. Use
VG-QT-01 tether to keep spacers close to brackets for future use.
"Home 1st 2nd
Spacer Material: Gray PVC. Position Position
Position"
Part Number Length (in.) t
cu
VG-QSB-1.0 1
VG-QSB-1.5 1-1/2
VG-QSB-2.5 2-1/2
cut
VG-QSB-18 18
n
Tether Material: Clear PVC. itio
os
dp
2n
Part Number Length (in.) t
1s ion
VG-QT-01 9 sit
po
Q 203Q 202Q
9 2.63
Positioning
Brackets &
3Q 202Q
Fixed SpeedSet Brackets 1",1½” or 2½” Collar Materials: Polyamide
Used for straight running conveyors, this bracket style allows only in and out adjustments Positioning Spacer
bracket. Stainless steel
included with each
at a right angle to the conveyor. For additional bracket body specifications, see VG-221 on bracket. See pg. 300 rod and spring assembly.
page 291 and VG-210 on page 294. for more information. PVC push knob.
210Q
B
78 Tapped Rod Sleeve
Part Number
2.53
B Part Number Part Number Thread (A) Length (B)
B VG-210Q-02-10-516 B 5/16 2
1.76 1.91
A VG-210Q-02-10-38 3/8 2
5
A VG-210Q-03-10-516
1.74 A 5/16 3
2.76
1.19 VG-210Q-03-15-38
2.54
1.13
3/8 3
2.56
VG-210Q-05-15-516 VG-210Q-05-25-516 5/16 5
VG-210Q-05-15-38 VG-210Q-05-25-38 3/8 5
3.79
2.81
2.85
Standard
fixed bracket Smallest container
A B Types of Positioning
(A) Rod lengths provide either 1, 1.5 or 2.5 inches of travel from the end of the sleeve. Position-
ing spacers (page 300) are used to counter the force of the spring, and hold the rod and
Range of guide rails in an extended position. The spacer size determines the distance that the rails are
C
Rod Travel positioned away from the sleeve and bracket. If no positioning spacers are used, the rod is
retracted by the spring, and the rails are at "Home Position".
(B) The rod sleeve is available in 2, 3, and 5 inch lengths, and is positioned as needed in the
bracket by tightening the acorn nut. Further rail adjustments should be made through the use
C Sleeve of positioning spacers.
(C) To help in finding the "Home Position" for the rod and guide rails, various bracket configura-
tions can be used. Bracket sizes, bracket spacers, and stacking rings can be selected to best
Bracket locate the rod. See page 306 for related components.
2.15
.50 B
1.09
VG-203LTC Brackets
VG-292 Spacers
Small Containers
Large
Containers
Rods must
be parallel
Positioning
Brackets &
be parallel
re-tighten the bracket knobs.
The characteristics of polyamide resin make it an excellent material choice for molded
Polyamide component parts that must stand up to demanding industrial applications. System
Plast uses reinforced polyamide to provide our customers with products, such as the
plastic "L" brackets, that are dimensionally stable and have high mechanical strength. The brackets have
high rigidity and toughness, resistance to heat deformation, and resistance to many chemicals. Continu-
ous operating temperature range: -4°F to +190°F. Withstands intermittent temperatures up to 220°F.
.33 .36
.33 .36
Single .50
Double 3.38
Double
.33
Slot Bracket Slot Bracket Slot Bracket
.36
1.85
.50
r r 1.13 r
er o er o er o
.65
VG-245-H-GR • VG-245-K-GR •
1.85
Double Slot .12
Double Slot VG-SSR Guide Rail
and VG-015 Self Tightening Clip
.12
Offset Bracket Offset Bracket
1.13
.65
5.85 7.64 Top rail is
intentionally set
1.85 2.0 back to avoid
container
contact
.56 .56
1.56 1.56
VG-245
Offset "L" Bracket
1.56 1.5 1.56 1.5
.33 .33
Assemblies
For all VG-245 bracket Material: Stainless steel.
assemblies.
Part Number
VG-245-HDW-01-S516
RH-30-BK-FS51618
Part Number
VG-245-HDW-02-S516
VG-245-WSH-S
VG-245-WSH-S
Material: Stainless steel.
Part Number
VG-245-HDW-03-S516
Positioning
Brackets &
Square Washer
Prevents carriage bolt
heads from stripping out Carriage bolt
Flat washer
Lock washer
Nut
VG-245-L
5/16 VG-245-L
VG-018
1.98 Rail Clip
1.98
VG-245-HDW-01-516
Hardware Kit
VG-SSR
Round Rail
VG-245-HDW-02-516
Hardware Kit
Bracket lateral VG-245-H
VG-245-H
adjustment is
1.98 inches in 5/16
either direction.
no lip is desired.
Va
r ia
ble VG-202 series
or VG-210
Spacer VG-292
3.82
Used to increase the distance 2.95
between VG-203 series brackets
and the mounting surface. May be
used in multiples. VG-292
Vari
able VG-203 series
Positioning
Brackets &
Material: Polyamide.
131136 1.94 .75
Part Number
Spacer 131136
4.21
Used to increase the distance
3.75
between VG-221 series brackets
and the mounting surface. May be VG-293
used in multiples.
Va
ria
ble
VG-221
VSR Ø 1.19
Material: Polyamide.
Stacking Ring .50
VG-VSR Part Number
Use with VG-202/203 brackets
and cap series where increased VG-VSR
Ø 1.17
height is necessary. Ø 1.40
Note: When stacking rings are
used, rod center line changes
and a longer bolt is required.
280K M10
Part Number Material
Thread
2.0
Female Knob VG-280K PA M10
Used alone or as part of
VG-253K bracket.
1.20
Positioning
Brackets &
.83
281 M10
Part Number Material Thread
Female Knob 2.0 VG-281-M10F PA M10
Used alone or as replacements
for VG-621 cross blocks. Insert
is molded into the knob.
.50
1.28
282 3/8-16
or M10
Part Number
VG-282-38F
Material
PA
Thread
3/8-16
Female Knob VG-282-M10F PA M10
2.08
Used alone or as replacements VG-282PP-38F PP 3/8-16
for VG-203TC series bracket VG-282PP-M10F PP M10
caps and VG-221 brackets. .28
1.67
253B tain
less p
All sor Hi-Te e
m .14
Ø1/2,
4 in. centers Material: 10 ga. stainless steel
bracket and hex head bolt.
l f siv
ste d Corro ns
e Ø5/8,
stee d Corro ns
Bracket with a n
app
lica t io
3.0 Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Eyelet and Nut 5.0 4.0
VG-253N-S-12 1/2
Provides holding and positioning of
VG-253N-S-58 5/8
Ø1/2, Ø5/8 and Ø3/4 in. rods. Heavy Ø.4
duty construction for increased thru VG-253N-S-34 3/4
strength and rigidity. Eyelet does not mark rod surface! 2.2
Rod not included.
Ø1.48 washer
(for use with side
knob applications)
VG-212-8-516 2.0
Eyelet
VG-253K Knob
VG-018
VG-200-225
254K .92
cL
1.13
Slot for 3/8 in.
bolts on 2.5 to
3 in. centers Material: 10 ga. stainless
.12
steel bracket. Stainless steel
Small Bracket Ø1/2
eyelet. Polyamide hand knob.
with Hand Knob 4.0
2.50
3.0
Provides holding and Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
positioning of Ø1/2 in. rods. Ø.4
VG-254K-S-12 1/2
Heavy duty construction thru
Rod not included.
for increased strength and Eyelet does not mark rod surface! 1.56
rigidity.
253K
1.53 1.25 bolts on 3 to Material: 10 ga. stainless
4 in. centers
Ø1/2,
steel bracket. Stainless steel
.14
Ø5/8, eyelet. Polyamide hand knob.
Ø3/4 rod
Bracket with Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
3.0
Hand Knob 5.0 4.0 VG-253K-S-12 1/2
Provides holding and posi-
VG-253K-S-58 5/8
tioning of Ø1/2, Ø5/8 and Ø.4
Ø3/4 in. rods. Heavy duty thru VG-253K-S-34 3/4
construction for increased Rod not included.
strength and rigidity. Eyelet does not mark rod surface! 2.2
3.21 1.57
0.35
steel eyelet and washer. Nickel
Bracket with plated brass insert.
Positioning
Brackets &
Hand Knob
Knob fastening provides Part
1.97
5.12
3.54
Number Ø Rod Ø Rod
holding and positioning for
rods. Heavy duty construc- 33231 1/2 7/16
tion for increased strength Rod not included.
0.35
Rd.Ø
and rigidity.
0.43
2.36
Sq.Ø
0.85
VG-628
VG-031-12
VG-621
VG-215-12T
VG-253K
Variable knob
mounting
Patent #
6,189,685
6,669,009
6,752,260
Positioning
Brackets &
2.52 1.15
6.33
.41
213T-01
Material: Stainless steel
Stainless Steel Bracket with bracket, 11ga. Polyamide knob.
Positioning Tab
Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Guide rail support where lateral adjustment
is needed. Sanitary design. Hi-temp. and VG-213T-12-01 1/2"
corrosion resistant. VG-213T-58-01 5/8"
2.52 1.15
6.33 .27
.41 .40
Positioning
Brackets &
213-02 e d
ign
!
Des cers.
a
d p
ten for s
Ex need
Extended Stainless Steel Bracket N o Material: Stainless steel
Guide rail support where lateral adjustment and bracket, 11ga. Polyamide knob.
setback spacing are needed. Sanitary design. Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Hi-temp. and corrosion resistant.
VG-213-12-02 1/2"
VG-213-58-02 5/8"
2.52 1.90
6.33
.41
!
ign
2.94
d Des cers.
en de rspa
1.84 Ext need fo
No
Material: Stainless steel
bracket, 11ga. Stainless nut.
1.38 3.05 less p
tain m Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
All sor Hi-Te e
l f siv
ste d Corro ns
e
VG-213N-12-02 1/2"
an licatio
app
213R
Rotating Stainless Steel Bracket Material: Stainless steel
Guide rail support where lateral adjustment and bracket, 11ga. Polyamide knob.
rotation are needed. Sanitary design. Hi-temp.
and corrosion resistant. Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Patent # VG-213R-12-01 1/2"
6,189,685
6,543,608 VG-213R-58-01 5/8"
6,669,009
6,752,260 Base Only
VG-213R-B
1.66
2.52
(1/2" rod)
2.42
(5/8" rod)
2.34
(3/4" rod)
4.36
.41
5.90
2.94
1.84
less p
Material: Stainless steel
tain m
1.38 2.88 All sor Hi-Te e bracket, 11ga. Stainless nut.
lf siv
stee d Corro ns
an licat io Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
app
VG-213RN-12-01 1/2"
VG-213RN-34-01 3/4"
Base Only
VG-213R-B
Positioning
Brackets &
VG-213RN-TOP
VG-213R-TOP
VG-223RN-TOP
VG-223R-TOP
1.80 2.64
1.54
A
5/16-18 5/16-18
1.52 .93 1.22 1.20
Patent #
6,189,685
6,669,009
223-01 6,752,260
1.35
3.81
8.85
.41
Positioning
Brackets &
223-02 ign
!
Material: Stainless steel
bracket, 11ga. Polyamide knob.
Des ers.
ed ac
Heavy Duty, Extended end r sp Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Ext need fo
No VG-223-12-02 1/2"
Stainless Steel Bracket
Guide rail support where lateral adjustment and setback spacing VG-223-58-02 5/8"
are needed. Sanitary design. Hi-temp. and corrosion resistant. VG-223-34-02 3/4"
2.10
ed
3.81
end
Ext sign!
De need rs.
No space
8.85
.41 for
Material: Stainless steel
bracket, 11ga. Stainless nut.
Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
less p
3.31 tain m
All sor Hi-Te e VG-223N-12-02 1/2"
l f siv
stee d Corro ns
4.21
a n t io VG-223N-58-02 5/8"
lica
app
VG-223N-34-02 3/4"
1.51 3.69
223R Patent #
6,189,685 Material: Stainless steel
Heavy Duty, Rotating 6,543,608 bracket, 11ga. Polyamide knob.
Stainless Steel Bracket 6,669,009 Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Guide rail support where lateral adjustment is needed. 6,752,260
VG-223R-12-01 1/2"
Sanitary design. Hi-temp. and corrosion resistant.
VG-223R-58-01 5/8"
VG-223R-34-01 3/4"
Base Only
VG-223R-B
1.85
3.81
8.85 6.21
.41
less p Material: Stainless steel
tain m
All sor Hi-Te e bracket, 11ga. Stainless nut.
l f siv
st d Corro ns
e e
an licatio Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
app
3.31
VG-223RN-12-01 1/2"
4.21
VG-223RN-58-01 5/8"
VG-223RN-34-01 3/4"
1.51 3.44
Base Only
VG-223R-B
Positioning
Brackets &
223F-01
Heavy Duty, Stainless
Steel Bracket with Flat Slot Material: Stainless steel, 11ga.
Sanitary design. Hi-temp. and corrosion resistant.
Part Number
Can be used with various bracket heads or posi-
tioning devices (not included). VG-223F-01
.41
1.35
3.72
9.45
5.43
.41
3.31
4.21
1.51 2.94
213RQ
Positioning
Brackets &
B
Adjustment Range (Travel):
B
B
A B A B
A B
223RQ B B
B A B
A
1.85 1.35
A A
1.85 1.35
3.81 3.81
Tapped Rod Sleeve
Part Number
3.81
Part Number Thread (A) Length (B)
3.81
VG-223RQ-03-15-38 3/8 3
VG-223RQ-05-25-516 5/16 5
4.21 VG-223RQ-05-15-38
4.21 VG-223RQ-05-25-38 3/8 5
4.21 4.21
3.44 2.94
3.44 2.94
213Q
B
Adjustment Range (Travel):
A
2.52
1.15 Sleeve Sleeve Sleeve
0-1" 0-1½" 0-2½"
B B Tapped Rod Sleeve
Part Number Part Number Part Number Thread (A) Length (B)
2.94
A VG-213Q-03-15-516 5/16 3
1.15
2.52
1.15 VG-213Q-03-15-38 3/8 3
2.38 VG-213Q-05-15-516 VG-213Q-05-25-516 5/16 5
2.94
B
2.38 2.38
1.35
223Q
3.81 B
1.35
Part Number Part Number Part Number Thread (A) Length (B)
VG-223Q-02-10-516 5/16 2
4.21 3.81 3/8 2
VG-223Q-03-10-516 VG-223Q-03-15-516 5/16 3
2.94 VG-223Q-03-15-38 3/8 3
VG-223Q-05-10-516 VG-223Q-05-15-516 VG-223Q-05-25-516 5/16 5
4.21 VG-223Q-05-25-38 3/8 5
2.94
Available options:
.78
.78
3.5
2.5
Post Brackets with Positioning Tabs Post Brackets without Positioning Tabs
Positioning
Brackets &
Tab/Hdw. Pilot Hdw. Pilot
Size Hole (in.) 2.5 in. Height 3.5 in. Height Size Hole (in.) 2.5 in. Height 3.5 in. Height
3/8 3/4 VG-211T3-25-34 VG-211T3-35-34 3/8 3/4 VG-211-3-25-34 VG-211-3-35-34
5/16 3/4 VG-211T5-25-34 VG-211T5-35-34 5/16 3/4 VG-211-5-25-34 VG-211-5-35-34
3/8 5/8 VG-211T3-25-58 VG-211T3-35-58 3/8 5/8 VG-211-3-25-58 VG-211-3-35-58
5/16 5/8 VG-211T5-25-58 5/16 5/8 VG-211-5-25-58 VG-211-5-35-58
3/8 1/2 VG-211T3-25-12 VG-211T3-35-12 3/8 1/2 VG-211-3-25-12 VG-211-3-35-12
5/16 1/2 VG-211T5-35-12 5/16 1/2 VG-211-5-25-12 VG-211-5-35-12
Eyebolt
211Q (A)
Range of piston rod travel:
A B
Collar
Inclu "Home Position" 1st 2nd
Positioning Spacer ded! (spacer not Position Position
Included with each SpeedSet post engaged)
bracket is a single spacer that
cut
1
Brackets &
3 inch sleeves
3/8 3 1.5 3/8 VG-211Q-3-35-03-15-38
3/8 3 1.5 5/16 VG-211Q-3-35-03-15-516
5/16 3 1.5 3/8 VG-211QT5-35-03-15-38 VG-211Q-5-25-03-15-38
5/16 3 1.5 5/16 VG-211QT5-35-03-15-516 VG-211Q-5-25-03-15-516 VG-211Q-5-35-03-15-516
5 inch sleeves
3/8 5 1.5 3/8 VG-211QT3-35-05-15-38 VG-211Q-3-25-05-15-38 VG-211Q-3-35-05-15-38
3/8 5 1.5 5/16 VG-211QT3-35-05-15-516 VG-211Q-3-35-05-15-516
5/16 5 1.5 5/16 VG-211QT5-35-05-15-516 VG-211Q-5-25-05-15-516 VG-211Q-5-35-05-15-516
Positioning
Brackets &
Travel 21/2" Collar
Positioning Spacer
Adjustment Range (Travel), included with each
0 thru 2½ inches Rod Sleeve bracket. See page 300
for more information.
0-2½"
5 inch sleeves
3/8 5 2.5 3/8 VG-211QT3-35-05-25-38 VG-211Q-3-25-05-25-38 VG-211Q-3-35-05-25-38
3/8 5 2.5 5/16 VG-211QT3-25-05-25-516 VG-211QT3-35-05-25-516 VG-211Q-3-25-05-25-516 VG-211Q-3-35-05-25-516
5/16 5 2.5 3/8 VG-211QT5-25-05-25-38 VG-211QT5-35-05-25-38 VG-211Q-5-35-05-25-38
5/16 5 2.5 5/16 VG-211QT5-35-05-25-516 VG-211Q-5-25-05-25-516 VG-211Q-5-35-05-25-516
SpeedSet Cartridges
SpeedSet Cartridges solve conveyor line change problems…
quickly. Use SpeedSet for preset conveyor guide rail adjust-
ability that is fast and accurate without the need for tools.
SpeedSet is fast because a simple push on the end knob
moves the rod, clamp, and guide rail. SpeedSet is accurate
due to the innovative positioning spacer design. Cartridges
are available as part of bracket assemblies within this cata-
log, or choose from stand alone cartridges on this page. The
SpeedSet Cartridge rod sleeve must be firmly held in position
for proper operation.
3/8" or 5/16"
cut
tap x 3/4" deep
Ø3/4" Inclu
d
Ho
me each ed with
Sleeve Length Spee
Ø1/2"
Cartr dSe
1 idge t
!
Range of cu
t
Travel 2
Q-10
SpeedSet Cartridge, 2" 5/16 VG-Q-02-10-516
0-1" Travel
5/16 VG-Q-05-10-516
5"
1" 3/8 VG-Q-05-10-38
5/16 VG-Q-05-15-516
5"
1½" 3/8 VG-Q-05-15-38
2.0 .50
Material: Bracket is zinc plated or polished
stainless steel.
.40
1.5
Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness
205-A .50
VG-205-A-18-P • 1/8
1.75 VG-205-A-18-S • 1/8
Long VG-205-A-316-P • 3/16
Angle Bracket .63 5.30 1/8, 3/16 or 1/4
VG-205-A-316-S • 3/16
(Double Slot) VG-205-A-14-P • 1/4
1.75
90˚ VG-205-A-14-S • 1/4
3.25
2.0 .50
Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness
.40
205-B 1.5
2.0 .50
.40
1.5
Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness
205-C 5.0
VG-205-C-18-P • 1/8
Unique integrally formed VG-205-C-316-P • 3/16
Gusseted 1.25
gusset dramatically increases
unit load carrying capability. VG-205-C-316-S • 3/16
Angle Bracket VG-205-C-14-P • 1/4
Positioning
1/8, 3/16 or 1/4
Brackets &
.75
VG-205-C-14-S • 1/4
1.25
.25
3.75
2.0 .50
.40
1.5
.50
Long 4.13
5.30
VG-205-D-316-P • 3/16
Angle Bracket VG-205-D-316-S • 3/16
(Single slot) VG-205-D-14-P • 1/4
90˚
VG-205-D-14-S • 1/4
3.15
2.0 .50
.41
1.5
205-E .42
Long
3/16 or 1/4
3.41 Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness
Angle Bracket 7.75 VG-205-E-316-P • 3/16
(Double slot)
VG-205-E-316-S • 3/16
VG-205-E-14-P • 1/4
es 8"
Match uide VG-205-E-14-S • 1/4
d 1 0 " bead g s
an ern
le patt 2.41
bolt ho 90˚
3.25
Note: Dimensions shown are nominal for 1/4 inch thick brackets.
Metal "L" Bracket Assemblies
VG-016-01 cL
r
Metal "L" Brackets er o
r upp ket! VG-205-A
ef o rac VG-011-01
Adjustable metal bracket that fits Us wer b
lo
most every application and cost 1.5
requirement. Available in five differ-
1.5
ent styles each with various metal VG-205-B
Bracket lateral
thicknesses for light to heavy duty
adjustment is
needs. The taller top angle, with 1.5 inches in
3/8
single or double slots, provides VG-205-C either direction.
increased rail adjustability. The 3
inch high VG-205-B may be used
as a lower cost base angle or as a
VG-205-HDW-02-P38
top angle where a shorter range of
height adjustability is acceptable.
VG-205-C
3/8
5 A A D D 5
C
4 4
B B
3 3
STYLE STYLE STYLE STYLE STYLE STYLE STYLE
2 "AC" "AB" "BC" "BB" "CC" "DC" "DB" 2
1 1
0 0
4 B B 4
C C C C
5 5
6 6
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4
To order: Determine the style required from the chart above then select the part number based on the material type
and thickness. Example: VG-205-AB-316-P = A top / B bottom, 3/16 inch thick material, zinc plated.
3/8
carriage bolt
Material: Plated (P) or
stainless steel (S) hardware.
This hardware kit is
included with 205 Part Number Material
VG-205-HDW-03-P38 P
Bracket Assemblies
VG-205-HDW-03-S38 S
shown above.
RH-30-BK-FS3816
or
RH-30-BK-FP3816
Optional
Part Number Material
Hardware Kit VG-205-HDW-02-P38 P
VG-205-HDW-02-S38 S
3/8 carriage bolt
.
typ
.41
.38
1.5
1.0
RH-30
641T Ratchet Handle
.
typ
1.5
.41
1.0
641 RH-30
Ratchet Handle
Rod Mounts Material: Stainless steel. Material: Stainless steel. Material: Stainless steel.
Used for conveyor lane Black nylon knob. Stainless steel hardware. Black nylon ratchet handle.
dividing applications or
Positioning
other rod adjustment situ-
Brackets &
Part Number Ø Rod Part Number Ø Rod Part Number Ø Rod
ations. Rod can be rotated VG-641-K-12 1/2 VG-641-N-12 1/2 VG-641-R-12 1/2
to any angle desired.
VG-641-K-58 5/8 VG-641-N-58 5/8 VG-641-R-58 5/8
VG-641-K-34 *3/4 VG-641-N-34 *3/4 VG-641-R-34 *3/4
1.0
* Ø3/4 versions can be converted to SpeedSet brackets.
0.32
max.
thickness
VG-641T-K-
(with tabs)
1.50
201
Fixed Guide Rail Bracket .5
5/16 1.0
all slots 11.5
2.0 2.25
1.5
9.5
8.0
1.0 1.0 1.0
.5 .5 .5
Part Number Stainless Plated Length Part Number Stainless Plated Length Part Number Stainless Plated Length
VG-201-P08 • 8 VG-201-P095 • 9.5 VG-201-P115 • 11.5
VG-201-S08 • 8 VG-201-S095 • 9.5 VG-201-S115 • 11.5
204
Adjustable Support Bar
Support for guide rail. The new 204-D series support
Positioning
Brackets &
VG-204-A
1.50 3/8
.41
2.00
4.13
.87 2.00
8.00 8.00
1.75
1.50 6.50
.87
.63
2.00 2.00
1.75
Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness Length Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness Length Part Number Stainless Plated Thickness Length
VG-204-A316-P • 3/16 8 VG-204-B316-P • 3/16 6.5 VG-204-D316-P • 3/16 8
VG-204-A316-S • 3/16 8 VG-204-B316-S • 3/16 6.5 VG-204-D316-S • 3/16 8
VG-204-A14-P • 1/4 8 VG-204-B14-P • 1/4 6.5 VG-204-D14-P • 1/4 8
VG-204-A14-S • 1/4 8 VG-204-B14-S • 1/4 6.5 VG-204-D14-S • 1/4 8
13809
3.05
Material: Stainless steel.
6.06
Fixed Side Part Number
Guide Bracket 13809
3.05
2.19
1.77
For supporting side
guides.
.55
.41
1.02 .47
1.22
4.5
3/8 carriage bolt and
washer are included. 2.0
Typically for use with Typically for use with See page 296
VG-202 or VG-210 brackets VG-203 or VG-221 brackets for adjusting rods
Positioning
Brackets &
200 .81
.84
Material: Yellow (Y) or red (R) PVC.
.60 .40
H H H
Part Number H (in.) Part Number H (in.) Part Number H (in.) Part Number H (in.)
VG-770-A-L250 10 VG-770-B-L250 10 VG-770-C-L180 7 VG-770-D-L180 7
VG-770-A-L300 12 VG-770-C-L250 10 VG-770-D-L300 12
Positioning
Brackets &
771
Drip Pan
Mounting Washer
Ø1.6
Part Number
.16
.51 .32 VG-771-M10
Valu Guide 621 series heavy duty cross blocks firmly hold two rods
at 90°. When adjustment is necessary, a simple turn of the hand
knob loosens the cross block's grip on the rod. When the adjustment 90
is complete, retighten the hand knob to lock the new position in
place. These heavy duty cross blocks are manufactured from corro-
sion resistant polyamide with stainless steel hardware which provide
superior strength and rigidity.
The unique design of the 621 series cross blocks does not rely on
set screws that can score and mar adjusting rods and subsequently
hinder movement. Instead, we use an eyelet which firmly clamps
around the adjusting rod for superior holding strength. Independent
rod adjustment makes the 621 series easy to work with. Knob ver-
sions do not require any tools for adjustment. Variations on the cross
block design include optional lock washer and nut tightening, stain-
less steel body designs, and 45° cross rod angles.
VG-031-12
New improved
621 Cross Blocks
are functionally
VG-022-01
superior and more Old style
Rail Clamp
cost effective! VG-620 assembly
VG-SSR
Guide Rail
90
Positioning
Brackets &
Knob insert is brass
for easy turning and
to prevent galling.
Polyamide knobs
function independently
for precise adjustment.
Rigid polyamide
body accepts 1/2
and 5/8 rods.
4.0
VG-621NN is supplied with lock Material: Polyamide body and knobs with brass inserts. Stainless steel hardware.
washers and nuts on both sides for
holding rods in place when less Part Number Part Number with Part Number
with 2 Knobs 1 Knob and 1 Nut with 2 Nuts Ø Rod X Ø Rod
frequent adjustments are necessary.
Rods not included. VG-621-12-12 VG-621NK-12-12 VG-621NN-12-12 1/2 1/2
VG-621-12-58 VG-621NK-12-58 VG-621NN-12-58 1/2 5/8
VG-621-58-58 VG-621NK-58-58 VG-621NN-58-58 5/8 5/8
3.70
3.40
621S series
Stainless Steel Cross Blocks
VG-621S series connects two round rods at 4.2
90°. VG-621S-45 series connects two round
rods at 45°. Versions available to hold Ø1/2,
Positioning
Brackets &
Part Number Part Number with Part Number Part Number Part Number with
with 2 Knobs 1 Knob and 1 Nut with 2 Nuts with 2 Knobs, 45° with 2 Nuts, 45° Ø Rod X Ø Rod
VG-621S-12-12 VG-621SNK-12-12 VG-621SNN-12-12 VG-621S-45-12-12R VG-621SNN-45-12-12R 1/2 1/2
VG-621S-12-58 VG-621SNK-12-58 VG-621SNN-12-58 VG-621S-45-12-58R - 1/2 5/8
VG-621S-58-58 VG-621SNK-58-58 VG-621SNN-58-58 VG-621S-45-58-58R - 5/8 5/8
VG-621S-12-34 VG-621SNK-12-34 VG-621SNN-12-34 - - 1/2 3/4
VG-621S-58-34 VG-621SNK-58-34 VG-621SNN-58-34 - - 5/8 3/4
VG-621S-34-34 VG-621SNK-34-34 VG-621SNN-34-34 - - 3/4 3/4
3.9 3.6 4.2 3.9 3.6
Twist
to lock, twist
back to unlock
1/2 round or
33313
7/16 square rod
Quick Adjust
Cross Blocks
0.79 1.38 1.55
4.72
Dual action cross blocks
firmly hold two rods at 90°.
Ø 1.38
Ø 1.57
Ø1.18
When adjustment is neces-
sary, a simple turn of the
Sq.
quick release cap loosens
the cross block's grip on the 0.11 0.34 Depth Ø 0.5 Rod
Material: Polyamide body, cap, and knob. Knob has
rod. When the adjustment is stainless steel insert. Cap has nickel plated brass insert.
complete, retighten the cap to
lock the new position in place. Ø Rod Ø Rod
Part Number (in.) X (in.) Sq.
(Requires machining of rod for adjustment.)
Requires custom grooved 33313 1/2 1/2 7/16 cL
rod. Not included. Quick adjust lock
33262
Positioning
Brackets &
Quick Adjust 1.06 1.65 1.55
Cross Blocks 5.31
Ø 1.38
Ø1.18
1.00
the quick release cap loosens
the cross block's grip on the Material: Polyamide body, cap, and knob. Knob has
rod. When the adjustment is stainless steel insert. Cap has nickel plated brass insert.
complete, retighten the cap to 0.11 0.34 Depth Ø 0.5 Rod
lock the new position in place. Part Number Ø Rod (in.) Flat bar (in.)
33262 1/2 1 x 1/4
Requires custom grooved rod
(Requires machining of rod for adjustment.)
and flat bar. Not included.
cL
Quick adjust lock
T
LIGH Y
13182 DU T
Economically connects
DIA 0.98
1.0
Material: Reinforced acetal with stainless steel
1.0
620-12SQ
Part Number Sq. Rod X Ø Rod
VG-620-12SQ-12 1/2 1/2
For Ø1/2, 5/8, 3/4 rod VG-620-12SQ-58 1/2 5/8
Rod to Square 1.13 VG-620-12SQ-34 1/2 3/4
For 1/2 sq. rod
Rod Cross Block
Connects one round rod 1.13
and one square rod at 90°.
2.88
VG-620-
1.0
620-716HX
For 1/2 dia. rod
Rod to Hex Rod 1.13
For 7/16 hex rod
Cross Block Part Number Hex. Rod X Ø Rod
Positioning
Lane Divider
Cross Blocks Part Number Ø Rod X Ø Rod
Typically used in a bridge over
conveyors to support lane divid- 33512 1-1/2 5/8
1.38
300
Part Number
Ø Rod Ø Rod Sq. Rod Sq. Rod
(in.) X (in.) (in.) X (in.)
30001NV 1/2 1/2 7/16 7/16
Standard 30002NV 1/2 5/8 7/16 9/16
Cross Blocks 30003NV 5/8 5/8 9/16 9/16
Connects two round
30015NV 5/8 3/4 9/16 5/8
or square rods at 90°. round or
Rods not included. square rod 2.99 30016NV 3/4 3/4 5/8 5/8
335HV
Lane Divider Cross
4.37
tightening torque
Positioning
Brackets &
is 21.7 ft-lbs.
3.15
Lift handle to
623
.69 disengage
.69 .33
adjustment, above or
below guide rail.
VG-629
VG-627
Positioning
Brackets &
627
1.16
VG-627S
1.5 1.07 .75
cL
2.38
1.5
627S
Material: Polyamide.
T-Rod Offset Spacer
Plastic spacer is used to offset T-Rod from mounting Part Number Thickness (in.)
surface. Multiples can be stacked. VG-627S-34 3/4
628
Material: Polyamide holder, stainless steel rod.
Accessory Holder
This unique stainless steel and molded Rod Accessory
plastic design is a strong, yet economi- Part Number Length (in.) Rod Ø (in.) Hole Ø (D)
cal method for holding many types of VG-628-35-12-14 3.5 1/2 .25
accessories. A variety of bore sizes are
VG-628-35-12-38 3.5 1/2 .38
available.
VG-628-35-12-12 3.5 1/2 .50
VG-628-35-12-34 3.5 1/2 .75
.31
VG-628-50-12-14 5.0 1/2 .25
VG-628-50-12-38 5.0 1/2 .38
VG-628-50-12-12 5.0 1/2 .50
D VG-628-50-12-58 5.0 1/2 .63
VG-628-50-12-34 5.0 1/2 .75
1.17 .50
Positioning
Brackets &
629R Material: Stainless steel.
2.0
Rotating Part Number Rod Ø (in.) X Rod Ø (in.)
Cross Clamp VG-629R-12-12 1/2 1/2
Stainless steel clamp
used to connect two 2.37 VG-629R-12-12
Ø1/2 inch round rods
at any angle. Fastening 2.35
hardware is included.
.59 .57
1.03
VG-621
VG-202L
Reflectors
Used to hold photocells
1.89
1.89
or reflectors.
2.16
Max recommended
4.33
4.84
1.18
tightening torque 14.4 ft-lbs.
2.44
1.26
1.50
0.31
0.51
Ø 1.14
Rod 1.57
0.96
0.27 2.05 1.59
1.53 0.43
2.56
3.49
3.40
3.12
Positioning
Brackets &
1.15
0.73
2.66
1.96
1.48
1.36
3.11 0.47
2.13 3.64 3.11
1.17
0.67
0.73
2.15
2.82 3.26
33500 3.54
2.95
Can be fitted in three different positions.
0.47
Ø
Rod
Material: Reinforced polyamide 0.57
clamp with stainless steel bolts. 2.05 0.91 1.77
0.27
2.95
0.28
2.95
2.24
2.95
2.68
0.12
1.00
0.57
1.00
0.98
0.57 0.57
1.00
1.00
Positioning
Used to activate photocells
Brackets &
on conveyors and machines.
Ø1.18
0.57
5.59
3.39
0.16
1.18
Part Number
13149 with hole
Control Contact Lever 6.56
Used to activate photocells 13149SF without hole
.75
45°
7.
.59
1.38 2.36
19
1.0 .72
Material: Reinforced polyamide
614 .31 .70 body with stainless steel fasteners.
.23 #10-32 Reflector with snap-in pin Part Number Ø Rod (in.)
Reflector Mount .31 for 1/2 in. rod
Used to hold reflectors VG-614-12 1/2
using a cap screw and nut Note: Reflectors not included.
or press-in clip onto Ø1/2 1.17
inch support rods.
2.30
617
Brackets &
215
Material: Stainless steel tube.
Support Rods Black polyethylene end caps.
Available in three lengths,
these rods can be used with 1/2" Part 5/8" Part
Number Number Length (in.)
accessory cross blocks,
holders and clamps. They are VG-215-06-12T VG-215-06-58T 6
6, 9, 12 in.
made from 1/2 and 5/8 inch VG-215-09-12T VG-215-09-58T 9
1/2 or
OD stainless steel tubing. The 5/8 VG-215-12-12T VG-215-12-58T 12
ends are capped with a black (End caps
polyethylene plug. on both ends)
6"
615A Accessory
Support Holder
Sensor Part Number Ø Rod (in.) Ø Bore (in.)
Positioning
Brackets &
sensors is available with VG-615A-12-12 1/2 1/2
Variable
Ø1/2 inch support rods and bore size VG-615A-12-58 1/2 5/8
corresponding attachments.
The accessory holder attach- VG-615A-12-34 1/2 3/4
ment is available in a variety
of bore sizes as shown in the VG-620 6"
part number table. Cross Block
VG-618 VG-617
Accessory T-Clamp
Holder
1.0 .72
614-10M .31 .70
Material: Reinforced polyamide
body with stainless steel fasteners.
Reflector Mount .23 M5 Reflector with snap-in pin
Used to hold reflectors Part Number Ø Rod (mm)
.31 for 10mm rod
using a cap screw and or 8mm sq. rod VG-614-10M 10mm/8mm sq.
nut or press-in clip onto Note: Reflectors not included.
Ø10mm support rods. 1.17
1.0 .72
.71
617-10M
or 8mm sq. rod Support
.40 Part Number Ø Rod (mm)
.78 VG-617-10M 10mm/8mm sq.
T-Clamp
Positioning
.25 1.12
Brackets &
6"
VG-616-10M
Ø10mm
support rods (2)
615A-10M
Sensor
Positioning
Brackets &
Mounting Assembly Part Number
Support Accessory
Ø Rod (mm) Ø Bore (mm)
The assembly for holding sensors 6"
VG-617-10M
VG-618-10M T-Clamp
Accessory
Holder
VG-616-10M
Ø10mm
support rods (2)
SC
Locking Shaft Collars
For holding idler wheels or various other sprockets in place on a
shaft. Also can be used with Valu Guide adjusting rods to set guide
rail positions for two container sizes.
Shaft Collars
can be used
Positioning
Brackets &
with brackets.
Pre-set, repeatable adjustments! See page 291.
Easy to Shaft
install on Ø A
existing
lines!
Available
SCK
Part Number with keyway A Shaft Ø C keyway
with keyway
VG-SC-12 - 1.10 1/2" .46 -
VG-SC-58 - 1.22 5/8" .46 -
Locking Shaft VG-SC-34 - 1.50 3/4" .55 -
Collars with Keyway VG-SC-100 VG-SCK-100 1.75 1" .55 1/4"
For holding sprockets or
idler wheels on keyed shafts. VG-SC-125 VG-SCK-125 2.00 1-1/4" .63 1/4"
VG-SC-150 VG-SCK-150 2.50 1-1/2" .70 3/8"
M a c h i n e & E q u i p m e n t C o m p o n e n t s
Section 7
Sub-Structures.... Page
Post Caps
369
Connecting Joint
Leg Tie Tripod Bases
Bipod Bases Sanitary Leg
Handles and
Hinges............. Page
Ratchet Handles
376
Standard Handles
Heavy Duty Handles Safety Handles
Standard Hinges Heavy Duty Hinges
Threaded Tube Ends
TYPICAL
ASSEMBLY
Post
Cap
Round
Tubing
VG-551-B38 3/8-16
Components
1.90
VG-551-B12 1/2-13 1-1/2"
1.97" 1.95" 1.54"
VG-551-B58 5/8-11 1.69" Sch. 10
Pipe
L VG-551-B34 3/4-10
1760 lbs.
VG-551-BM16 M16 .109
S
VG-554-B38 3/8-16
VG-554-B12 1/2-13 2.0 1000 lbs.
VG-554-B58 5/8-11
VG-554-B34 3/4-10 1.91" 2" Tube
B C VG-554-BM16 M16 1760 lbs.
(14755 equivalent) .065
VG-554-BM20 M20
1.66
34219 3/8-16
A 1-1/4"
34763 1/2-13 1.65" 1.57" 1.65" 1.34" Sch. 5 1000 lbs.
Pipe
34764 5/8-11 .065
2.38
2"
34211 5/8-11 2.37" 2.20" 1.97" 1.50" Sch. 10 1700 lbs.
Pipe
.109
TYPICAL
ASSEMBLY
Side Mount
Post Cap
Components
34200 3/8-16
A 1.00" 0.89" 1.18" 1.00"
1" Sq.
1100 lbs.
Tube
34201 1/2-13
.065
1.18
1" Sq.
34018 3/8-16 1.18" 1.08" 1.30" 1.06" Tube 1200 lbs.
.065
2.38
1.95
3.0 2"
1.54 34040 5/8-11 Sch. 6
2.37" 2.22" 2.17" 1.77" Sq. Pipe 1300 lbs.
+
_ 4˚
UNC
SaniStar
L2
Stainless Steel Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support L
with built-in vibration pad, polished
surface, and sanitary design.
H
DIA
2" 2 Inch
3" Diameter
4" Base
5" 3 Inch Diameter Base
2" 3" 4" 5"
Maximum Recommended Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 680 lbs. Static Load: 1800 lbs.
Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore). Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore).
Stem material: Stainless steel. Stem material: Stainless steel.
Stem Stem
Part Number UNC Thread H L2 L Part Number UNC Thread H L2 L
177003U 1/2-13 .83 2.75 3.75 177053U 1/2-13 .91 2.75 3.95
177004U 1/2-13 .83 3.50 4.55 177054U 1/2-13 .91 3.50 4.70
177005U 1/2-13 .83 4.65 5.30 177055U 1/2-13 .91 4.65 5.50
177006U 1/2-13 .83 5.0 6.10 177056U 1/2-13 .91 5.0 6.30
177010U 5/8-11 .83 2.75 3.95 177060U 5/8-11 .91 2.75 3.95
177011U 5/8-11 .83 4.25 5.50 177061U 5/8-11 .91 4.25 5.50
Machine & Equip.
Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore). Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore).
Stem material: Stainless steel. Stem material: Stainless steel.
Stem Stem
Part Number UNC Thread H L2 L Part Number UNC Thread H L2 L
177104U 5/8-11 1.18 4.25 5.70 177158U 3/4-10 1.26 4.45 6.10
177105U 5/8-11 1.18 6.15 7.70 177159U 3/4-10 1.26 6.15 7.85
177108U 3/4-10 1.18 4.45 6.10 177160U 3/4-10 1.26 7.25 9.05
177109U 3/4-10 1.18 6.15 7.85
177110U 3/4-10 1.18 7.25 9.05
+
_ 4°
UNC
SaniStar
Stainless Steel Leveler L2
with Mounting Hole
Conveyor and machinery support L
with built-in vibration pad, polished
surface, and sanitary design.
0.24 H
0.59 DIA
DIA
Components
177206U 1/2-13 .91 2.07 5.0 6.30 177259U 3/4-10 1.18 2.56 6.15 7.85
177210U 5/8-11 .91 2.07 2.75 3.95 177260U 3/4-10 1.18 2.56 7.25 9.05
177211U 5/8-11 .91 2.07 4.25 5.50
SaniStar
C
Stainless Steel Leveler adjustment
with Thread Cover L
range
DIA
Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore). Base Material: Stainless steel and rubber (70 shore).
Stem material: Stainless steel. Stem material: Stainless steel.
Stem Stem
Part Number UNC Thread H B A C L Part Number UNC Thread H B A C L
Machine & Equip.
177300U 5/8-11 .91 2.17 3.55 1.45 7.30 177310U 5/8-11 1.18 2.17 3.75 1.45 7.50
Components
177301U 5/8-11 .91 3.35 4.75 2.65 9.25 177311U 5/8-11 1.18 3.35 4.95 2.65 9.45
177302U 3/4-10 .91 2.17 3.55 1.45 7.30 177312U 3/4-10 1.18 2.17 3.75 1.45 7.50
177303U 3/4-10 .91 3.35 4.75 2.65 9.25 177313U 3/4-10 1.18 3.35 4.95 2.65 9.45
+
_4°
UNC
SaniStar
Stainless Steel Leveler C
adjustment
with Thread Cover range
Conveyor and machinery support with
built-in vibration pad, polished surface,
Includes
and sanitary design. Sanitary Thread L A B
Cover for HACCP min. height
needs! (cover
lowered)
0.24 H
0.59 DIA
DIA
J
3 Inch Diameter Base
2" 3" 4" 5"
with Mounting Hole and Thread Cover
Maximum Recommended Static Load: 1800 lbs.
4˚ 4˚
Leveling Pads UNC
DIA
Base and Stem Material: Stainless steel. Base and Stem Material: Stainless steel.
Pad Material: Anti-slip rubber (70 shore). Pad Material: Anti-slip rubber (70 shore).
Stem Stem
Part Number UNC Thread DIA H D L1 L2 Part Number UNC Thread DIA H D L1 L2
37692 5/8-11 3.15 .95 1.54 6.46 4.92 38322 3/4-10 3.94 .95 1.54 8.82 7.28
38309 3/4-10 3.15 .95 1.54 6.46 4.92 38324 1-8 3.94 .95 1.54 8.82 7.28
38310 3/4-10 3.15 .95 1.54 8.82 7.28
Machine & Equip.
Components
Leveling Pads 4° 4°
UNC
Stainless Steel Leveler
with Leveling Pad
Conveyor and machinery support
with anti-slip pad, polished surface,
L2
and sanitary design.
L1 D DIA
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 11000 lbs.
D
H
I DIA
DIA
Base and Stem Material: Stainless steel. Pad Material: Anti-slip rubber (70 shore).
Stem
Part Number UNC Thread DIA I DIA D DIA H D L1 L2
37710 5/8-11 3.15 2.13 .35 .87 1.46 6.38 4.92
37712 3/4-10 3.15 2.13 .35 .87 1.46 6.38 4.92
37713 3/4-10 3.15 2.13 .35 .87 1.46 8.74 7.28
Base and Stem Material: Stainless steel. Pad Material: Anti-slip rubber (70 shore).
Stem
Part Number UNC Thread DIA I DIA D DIA H D L1 L2
37737 3/4-10 3.94 2.89 .47 .95 1.54 6.46 4.92
37738 3/4-10 3.94 2.89 .47 .95 1.54 8.82 7.28
37740 1-8 3.94 2.89 .47 .95 1.54 8.82 7.28
15˚ 15˚
15˚15˚ 15˚ 15˚ 15˚ 15˚
15˚ 15˚
15˚ 15˚
L L
L L L L
L L
5/16-18
(D=1.0)
Available 3/8-16 M10 3/8-16 M10 1/2-13 M12 3/8-16 M10 1/2-13 M12 1/2-13 M12
Thread 3/8-16
1/2-13 M12 1/2-13 M12 5/8-11 M16 1/2-13 M12 5/8-11 M16 5/8-11 M16
Sizes 5/16-18
1/2-13
5/8-11 M16 5/8-11 M16 3/4-10 M20 5/8-11 M16 3/4-10 M20 3/4-10 M20
(D=1.5)
Overall Length
(L) ±1/8" 2.31" 4.54" 4.52" 4.68"
3.06" 3.70" 3.90" 6.22" 3.74" 6.20" 6.36"
Note: Not all thread 6.10" 5.93" 7.69" 7.85"
3.98" 7.71"
sizes are available in 10.69" 10.85"
all lengths 2.13" 10.71"
Machine & Equip.
Components
Loc-A-Lign™ N/A
N/A N/A Yes N/A Yes N/A
Available
Standard on
Vibration Pad VG-534 VG-538 VG-504 VG-506 VG-512 VG-516
VG-580
2˚ 2˚ 2˚ 2˚ 2˚ 2˚
2˚ 2˚ 5˚ 5˚
15˚ 15˚
L L L
L
L L L
VG-525
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Standard
Page 364
533
Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
Articulating Leveler Stem Stem Material
Support for light duty machines. Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
1.58 .07
with pad
2.0 .07
with pad
501
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support. Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
VG-501-01-NM16-L3 or VG-501-01-SM16-L3
501-T
1.90
VG-504 .90
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber. 2.38 .07
Fits any VG-501 series leveler. with pad
Sold separately. See page 363.
353 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Adjustable Levelers — Medium Duty
505
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support.
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 2000 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
15˚ 15˚
NOTE: The VG-505-01
style levelers (without lag
holes) are available with the
underside cavity entirely
and permanently filled with
urethane, adding 1/8" to the
leveler height. Please specify by replacing base style -01
with a -U1 in the part number: VG-505-01-P12-L3 becomes
VG-505-U1-P12-L3 L
The urethane filling completely seals the bottom of the lev- .35
eler, eliminating entrapment areas that can harbor bacterial
growth. The material also has a vibration dampening effect
and is extremely skid resistant.
1.27
.63
2.13 BC .07
3.15 with pad
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support.
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 2600 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
L
1.60
.48 (1.74 on 3/4" and
.73 M20 threads)
.10
with pad
2.92 BC
4.0
VG-512
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber.
Fits any VG-511 series leveler.
Sold separately. See page 363.
VG-511-01- VG-511-02- VG-511-03- VG-511-04-
511H
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support.
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 2600 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
15˚ 15˚
VG-512
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber.
Fits any VG-511 series leveler.
Sold separately. See page 363.
511-T
Loc-A-Lign™ Series
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support where
resistance to stem pull-out is required.
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 2600 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
5˚ 5˚
VG-512
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber.
Fits any VG-511 series leveler.
L Sold separately. See page 363.
.48 1.60
(1.74 on 3/4" and
.73 M20 threads)
2.92 BC
.10
4.0
with pad
511H-T
Articulating Leveler
Conveyor and machinery support.
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 2600 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
5˚ 5˚
VG-512
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber.
Fits any VG-511 series leveler.
Sold separately. See page 363.
L
1.60
.48 (1.78 on 1" and
.73 M24 threads)
.10
with pad
2.92 BC
4.0
15° 15°
VG-514
Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber with
steel plate for even weight
distribution. Sold separately.
See page 363. Max. load:
L
7000 lbs.
2.40 VG-514N
1.77 Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber for even
weight distribution. Sold
separately. See page 363.
4.84 .22 with pad Max. load: 2600 lbs.
513H VG-513H-01-P34-L5
VG-513H-01-S34-L5
3/4-10 P
3/4-10 S
7.03"
7.03"
Articulating Leveler VG-513H-01-P34-L7 3/4-10 P 8.55"
Machinery Support VG-513H-01-S34-L7 3/4-10 S 8.55"
VG-513H-01-P34-L10 3/4-10 P 10.83"
Components
Static Load: 4400 lbs. VG-513H-01-S34-L10 3/4-10 S 10.83"
Includes 2:1 safety factor. VG-513H-01-P100-L7 1-8 P 8.55"
VG-513H-01-S100-L7 1-8 S 8.55"
VG-513H-01-P100-L10 1-8 P 10.83"
VG-513H-01-S100-L10 1-8 S 10.83"
VG-513H-01-PM20-L8 M20 P 8.55"
15° 15°
VG-513H-01-SM20-L8 M20 S 8.55"
VG-513H-01-PM20-L10 M20 P 10.83"
VG-513H-01-PM24-L8 M24 P 8.55"
VG-513H-01-SM24-L8 M24 S 8.55"
VG-513H-01-SM24-L10 M24 S 10.83"
2.44
1.77
4.84
.22
with pad
518H
Support Leveler
Machinery Support
Machine & Equip.
Components
517-K
Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
Support Leveler Stem Stem Material
Machinery Support Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
VG-517-01-P34-L7K 3/4-10 P 7.50"
Maximum Recommended
Static Load: 7000 lbs. VG-517-01-S34-L7K 3/4-10 S 7.50"
Includes 2:1 safety factor. VG-517-01-P100-L7K 1-8 P 7.48"
VG-517-01-S100-L7K 1-8 S 7.48"
VG-517-01-P113-L7K 1 1/8-7 P 7.48"
VG-517-01-S113-L7K 1 1/8-7 S 7.48"
VG-517-01-S125-L7K 1 1/4-7 S 7.48"
VG-517-01-SM20-L7K M20 S 7.48"
2° 2°
VG-514
L Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber with steel
plate for even weight distribu-
tion. Sold separately. See page
363. Max. load: 7000 lbs.
2.15 VG-514N
1.35 Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber for even
weight distribution. Sold sepa-
4.84 rately. See page 363. Max. load:
.22 with pad
2600 lbs.
520
Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
Support Leveler
Machinery Support with Stem Stem Material
adjusting nut welded to stem. Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
VG-520-02-P34-L5 3/4-10 P 5.97"
Maximum Recommended VG-520-02-S34-L5 3/4-10 S 5.97"
Static Load: 7000 lbs.
VG-520-02-P34-L7 3/4-10 P 7.48"
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
3.88 BC
.22
4.84 with pad
VG-514 VG-514N
Vibration Pad Vibration Pad
Neoprene rubber with steel plate for Neoprene rubber for even weight distribution.
even weight distribution. Sold separately. Sold separately. See page 363. Max. load: 2600 lbs.
See page 363. Max. load: 7000 lbs.
520-K
Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
Support Leveler
Machinery Support Stem Stem Material
Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
Maximum Recommended VG-520-02-P34-L7K 3/4-10 P 7.50"
Static Load: 7000 lbs. VG-520-02-S34-L7K 3/4-10 S 7.50"
Includes 2:1 safety factor. VG-520-02-P100-L7K 1-8 P 7.50"
VG-520-02-S100-L7K 1-8 S 7.50"
2° 2° VG-520-02-P113-L7K 1 1/8-7 P 7.50"
VG-520-02-S113-L7K 1 1/8-7 S 7.50"
VG-520-02-S125-L7K 1 1/4-7 S 7.50"
VG-520-02-SM20-L7K M20 S 7.50"
VG-514
Vibration Pad
2.57 .52 Neoprene rubber with steel plate for
even weight distribution. Sold separately.
See page 363. Max. load: 7000 lbs.
.67
VG-514N
3.88 BC
.22 Vibration Pad
4.84 with pad Neoprene rubber for even weight
distribution. Sold separately. See
page 363. Max. load: 2600 lbs.
520-T
Loc-A-Lign™ Series
Articulating Leveler Base Material: Reinforced polyamide
Conveyor and machinery support where Loc-A-Lign fastener: Stainless steel or zinc plated
resistance to stem pull-out is required. Stem Stem Material
Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
Machine & Equip.
.67
3.88 BC
VG-514N 4.84
.22
with pad
Vibration Pad
3.67
2.76
2.08
1.69
1.31
4.84 4.84
4.32
.11 .11
.16
.22 .22
VG-516 .12 VG-514N VG-514
For use with: For use with: VG-513 series, 2 screws For use with: VG-513 series,
VG-518 series VG-517-K series, VG-520 series. included VG-517-K series, VG-520 series.
Max. load: 2600 lbs. with each Max. load: 7000 lbs.
501D High
er
Capa Load
Components
Articulating Leveler cities
Stem Stem Material
with Solid Base Part Number Thread Zinc Stainless "L" Dim
15˚ 15˚
VG-501D-01-S12-L3 1/2-13 S 4.54"
Maximum Recommended VG-501D-01-P58-L3 5/8-11 P 4.54"
Static Load: 3000 lbs.
VG-501D-01-S58-L3 5/8-11 S 4.54"
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
VG-501D-01-P58-L8 5/8-11 P 7.71"
VG-501D-01-S58-L8 5/8-11 S 7.71"
VG-501D-01-P34-L8 3/4-10 P 7.71"
VG-501D-01-S34-L8 3/4-10 S 7.71"
L
VG-501D-01-P34-L10 3/4-10 P 10.71"
VG-501D-01-S34-L10 3/4-10 S 10.71"
VG-501D-01-SM12-L3 M12 S 4.51"
VG-501D-01-PM16-L3 M16 P 4.51"
1.90
VG-501D-01-SM16-L3 M16 S 4.51"
.90 VG-501D-01-PM16-L8 M16 P 7.71"
VG-501D-01-SM16-L8 M16 S 7.71"
2.38 VG-501D-01-SM20-L8 M20 S 7.71"
VG-501D-01-S12-L3
The new solid base design will support heavier loads
and does not have any cavities in the base material.
505D
Articulating Leveler with Solid Base
Conveyor and machinery support.
Maximum Recommended Static Load: 3000 lbs. Includes 2:1 safety factor.
525
Support Leveler
Machine & Equip.
Components
511B
Socket Style
Conveyor and machinery support.
Vibration pad sold separately.
See page 363. VG-511B-01 VG-511B-03 VG-511B-02 VG-511B-04
2.92 BC
4.0 .10
with pad
Valu Guide will be pleased to quote on levelers manufactured to your special requirements. This page may be copied
and used to fax or mail your specifications. Check the box next to the appropriate leveler and use the Modification
section to denote the changes. For assistance, please contact Valu Guide customer service at 866-765-8744
Fax: 866-447-6587
Person Requesting Custom Information________________________________________________________________________
Company Name____________________________________________________________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________________________________________________________
L L
L L
L L
15˚ 15˚
L L L
L L
L
15˚ 15˚
15˚ 15˚
594
Base Material: Zinc plated or stainless steel
15° 15°
Components
1.5" VG-596-01-S34-L5 3/4-10 S 5.5"
Static Load: 7200 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor. VG-596-01-SM20-L3 M20 S 3.5"
3.0"
15° 15°
15° 15°
592B Base Material: Zinc plated or stainless steel
1.13"
Socket Style Part Number
Stem
Thread
Stem Material
Zinc Stainless
Equipment and machine
support requiring a metal leveler. VG-592B-01-P12 1/2-13 P
1.88"
VG-592B-01-S12 1/2-13 S
Max. Rec. Static Load: 5000 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
15° 15°
596B
VG-596B-01-P34 3/4-10 P
1.5" Socket Style VG-596B-01-S34 3/4-10 S
Equipment and machine
VG-596B-01-PM20 M20 P
support requiring a metal leveler.
3.0" VG-596B-01-SM20 M20 S
Max. Rec. Static Load: 7200 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
15° 15°
598B
1.88" Socket Style VG-598B-01-P100 1-8 P
Equipment and machine
VG-598B-01-S100 1-8 S
support requiring a metal leveler.
4.0"
Max. Rec. Static Load: 22000 lbs.
Includes 2:1 safety factor.
580-NY
Machine & Equip.
Components
Adjustable Glides Base Material: Nylon base with zinc or black plated steel finish.
L Rockwell rating of base: R105 to R118 steel finish.
(Nylon Base)
Stem Steel Finish
Light duty leveling. Part Number Thread Zinc Black A B L
B Maximum Recommended VG-580-NY-P516-L2 5/16-18 P 1.0" 0.63" 2.13"
Static Load: 100 lbs.
A Includes 2:1 safety factor.
580-NE Base Material: Neoprene base with zinc or black plated steel finish.
Shore rating of base: 70 to 80
Accepts 2.37
1.50 1.50 1.90 1.90 2.0
1-1/2"
sq. tube 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2"
3.92 2.98 Sq. Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch.
Sq. 2" Tube
2.75 .58 2.00 Tube Tube Pipe Pipe pipe
.58
Ø .38
thru 4 places
Accepts
2" OD tube
Components
See page 342-343 for threaded tube ends.
2.50
3.57
VG-307
VG-307
VG-311
VG-551
VG-305
VG-511 series adjustable leveler
3.69 2.375
.77 .74 1.50 1.90 1.90 2.0
.90 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2"
305 1.18
2.375
1.50 1.90 1.90 2.0
147 .79
.75
2.76
Sq.
Tube
Sch. 5
Pipe
Sch. 10
Pipe
2" Tube Sch. 10
pipe
Ø1.90
2.3
1.50 1.90 1.90 2.0
2.79
14053
3.23
4.96
4.53
0.
#14 screw
C115 .120
Tube
.065
Pipe
.109
Pipe
3/8 thread
1.00
1.19
1.53
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"
13827
Sch. 10 Sch. 5 Sch. 10 2" Tube
Ø 0.41
90
Pipe Pipe Pipe
1.
5.02
from round tubing. Vertical Horizontal
Hardware not included. Part Number Member Member
3.94 1.90 13827 1-1/2" pipe 1-1/2" pipe
3 7
from round tubing.
Vertical Horizontal
Hardware not included. Part Number Member Member
4.33 2.37
13828 2" pipe 2" pipe
Type
3.35
15062 2" tube M16
5.71
Ø 17.72
Ø 19.29
Type Type
Components
35078 2" pipe 1-1/2" pipe 5/8
levelers and stainless steel tightening
3.35
ØB
Bases can be used with the following: Material: Reinforced polyamide with stainless steel fasteners and
2.375 threaded brass inserts.
1.66 1.90 1.90 2.0
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2"
Sch. 10 Sch. 5 Sch. 10 2" Tube Sch. 10
Pipe Pipe Pipe pipe
Type
Type Type
Leg base for machinery support plus 15090 1-1/4" pipe 1-1/4" pipe M16
Components
1-1/4 or 1-1/2 pipe cross-tie arm 15092 1-1/2" pipe 1-1/4" pipe M16
openings for increased lateral stabil- 15094 2" tube 1-1/4" pipe M16
ity. Threaded leg inserts for adjustable
15096 2" pipe 1-1/4" pipe M16
levelers and stainless steel tightening
hardware included. 15100 2" tube 1-1/2" pipe M16
15102 2" pipe 1-1/2" pipe M16
4.17
15500
3.44
5.31
2.37
452 450
36.5
4.00
VG-450
VG-305
VG-305SQ-T1.50
Components
VG-307
VG-305 square tubing! VG-308
Side Mount
No Flat Surfaces =
Post Cap Better Washdowns!
VG-311
Leveling
adjustment with
no exposed
threads!
VG-C115
Connector for
square tubing. 1½ or 2 inch pipe
See levelers section for
VG-311 a complete list of compatible
Tee Leg Tie articulating feet. VG-403
Valu Guide
threaded 1¼ pipe
tube ends connector
(pg. 342-343).
Valu Guide
adjustable levelers.
RH A
D
Male Ratchet Handles
For use in areas where frequent adjusting is
C E
required, where handle movement is restricted, B
or where adjustability without tools is desired. Safety
Reinforced polyamide handles are strong, Black Orange
sanitary, and corrosion resistant. Choose
from multiple sizes, colors, and materials. G
e l
xid el tee Inches (Millimeters)
Orange k O Ste sS ad
Black ac ted es re
l
B oa ainl Th G A B C D E F
C St
RH-10-BK-MP1032-15 - • 10-32 0.59
RH-10-BK-MS1032-15 - • 10-32 0.59
RH-10-BK-MP1032-20 - • 10-32 0.79
RH-10-BK-MS1024-15 RH-10-OR-MS1024-15 • 10-24 0.59
RH-10-BK-MP1024-20 - • 10-24 0.79
RH-10-BK-MS1024-20 RH-10-OR-MS1024-20 • 10-24 0.79 1.63 1.21 0.91 0.63 1.51 0.42
RH-10-BK-MP1420-20 RH-10-OR-MP1420-20 • 1/4-20 0.79 (41) (31) (23) (16) (38) (11)
RH-10 RH-10-BK-MS1420-20 RH-10-OR-MS1420-20 • 1/4-20 0.79
RH-10-BK-MP1420-25 RH-10-OR-MP1420-25 • 1/4-20 0.98
RH-10-BK-MS1420-25 RH-10-OR-MS1420-25 • 1/4-20 0.98
RH-10-BK-MP1420-30 RH-10-OR-MP1420-30 • 1/4-20 1.18
RH-10-BK-MS1420-30 RH-10-OR-MS1420-30 • 1/4-20 1.18
RH-20-BK-MP51618-15 RH-20-OR-MP51618-15 • 5/16-18 0.59
RH-20-BK-MS51618-15 RH-20-OR-MS51618-15 • 5/16-18 0.59
RH-20-BK-MP51618-20 RH-20-OR-MP51618-20 • 5/16-18 0.79
Machine & Equip.
•
Components
RH A
D
Female Ratchet
Handles
C E
Black Safety B
Orange
e l*
xid el* ee Inches (Millimeters)
k O te St ad
Black Orange ac d S ss re
Bl ate inle Th A B C D E F
C o ta
S
RH-10-BK-FP1032 RH-10-OR-FP1032 • 10-32
RH-10-BK-FP1024 RH-10-OR-FP1024 • 10-24
1.63 1.21 0.91 0.63 1.51 0.42
RH-10-BK-FS1024 RH-10-OR-FS1024 • 10-24
RH-10 RH-10-BK-FP1420 RH-10-OR-FP1420 • 1/4-20
(41) (31) (23) (16 (38) (11)
Components
VG-011-01
VG-205-B
Recommended
Maximum Torque:
RH-30-BK-FP3816
or RH-10 5 N•m or 45 in/lbs
RH-30-BK-FS3816
3/8
ORDERING INFORMATION
RH-30 28.3 N•m or 250 in/lbs
RH-10-BK-MP1032-15
Stud length (male only): 15 mm or .59 in., 20 mm or .79 in , 25 mm or .98 in.,
30 mm or 1.18 in., 40 mm or 1.57 in., 50 mm or 1.97 in., 60 mm or 2.36 in.
Bolt size in metric or: 1032=10-32, 1024=10-24, 1420=1/4-20, 51618=5/16-18,
3816= 3/8-16, 1213=1/2-13
RH-40 56.5 N•m or 500 in/lbs
Configuration and material: M=male, F=female, P=black oxide coated steel, S=stainless steel
Color: BK= black, OR=orange
Ratchet Handle size: 10=small, 20=medium, 30=large, 40=extra large
A
RH D
Metric Male
Ratchet Handles C E
For use in areas where frequent B
adjusting is required, where handle
movement is restricted, or where Black Safety
adjustability without tools is desired. Orange
Reinforced polyamide handles are strong,
sanitary, and corrosion resistant. Choose G
from multiple sizes, colors, and materials.
e l
xid el tee Inches (Millimeters)
Black Orange k O d Ste sS ad
ac es re
Bl oate ain
l Th G A B C D E F
C St
RH-10-BK-MPM5-15 - • M5 x .08 15
RH-10-BK-MSM5-15 - • M5 x .08 15
RH-10-BK-MPM5-20 RH-10-OR-MPM5-20 • M5 x .08 20
RH-10-BK-MSM5-20 RH-10-OR-MSM5-20 • M5 x .08 20
RH-10-BK-MPM5-25 - • M5 x .08 25
RH-10-BK-MSM5-25 RH-10-OR-MSM5-25 • M5 x .08 25
RH-10-BK-MPM6-15 RH-10-OR-MPM6-15 • M6 x 1 15
1.63 1.21 0.91 0.63 1.51 0.42
RH-10-BK-MSM6-15 RH-10-OR-MSM6-15 • M6 x 1 15
RH-10 RH-10-BK-MPM6-20 RH-10-OR-MPM6-20 • M6 x 1 20
(41) (31) (23) (16) (38) (11)
RH-10-BK-MSM6-20 RH-10-OR-MSM6-20 • M6 x 1 20
RH-10-BK-MPM6-25 RH-10-OR-MPM6-25 • M6 x 1 25
RH-10-BK-MSM6-25 RH-10-OR-MSM6-25 • M6 x 1 25
RH-10-BK-MPM6-30 RH-10-OR-MPM6-30 • M6 x 1 30
RH-10-BK-MSM6-30 RH-10-OR-MSM6-30 • M6 x 1 30
RH-20-BK-MPM8-15 - • M8 x 1.25 15
RH-20-BK-MSM8-15 RH-20-OR-MSM8-15 • M8 x 1.25 15
RH-20-BK-MPM8-20 RH-20-OR-MPM8-20 • M8 x 1.25 20
RH-20-BK-MSM8-20 RH-20-OR-MSM8-20 • M8 x 1.25 20
Machine & Equip.
A
RH D
Metric Female
Ratchet Handles C E
B
Safety
Black Orange
e l*
xid el* tee Inches (Millimeters)
k O te sS ad
Black Orange ac d S es re
Bl ate nl Th A B C D E F
Co ai
St
RH-10-BK-FSM5 - • M5 x .08
1.63 1.21 0.91 0.63 1.51 0.42
RH-10-BK-FPM6 RH-10-OR-FPM6 • M6 x 1
RH-10 RH-10-BK-FSM6 RH-10-OR-FSM6 • M6 x 1
(41) (31) (23) (16) (38) (11)
RH-20-BK-FPM6 - • M6 x 1
RH-20-BK-FSM6 RH-20-OR-FSM6 • M6 x 1 2.16 1.39 1.02 0.80 1.94 0.53
RH-20-BK-FPM8 RH-20-OR-FPM8 • M8 x 1.25 (55) (35) (26) (20) (49) (13)
RH-20 RH-20-BK-FSM8 RH-20-OR-FSM8 • M8 x 1.25
RH-30-BK-FPM8 - • M8 x 1.25
RH-30-BK-FSM8 - • M8 x 1.25
RH-30-BK-FPM10 RH-30-OR-FPM10 • M10 x 1.5 3.13 1.82 1.36 1.06 2.58 0.72
RH-30-BK-FSM10 RH-30-OR-FSM10 • M10 x 1.5 (80) (46) (35) (27) (66) (18)
RH-30 RH-30-BK-FPM12 - • M12 x 1.75
RH-30-BK-FSM12 - • M12 x 1.75
*Note: Threaded inserts for female handles are made of nickel plated brass to avoid galling (surface wear) or seizing.
Recommended
Components
VG-245-J
VG-245-HDW-02-516
Hardware Kit
VG-245-H
5/16
1.44
1.02
Materials: Reinforced gray or black polya-
631
.51
mide with female threaded brass insert.
1/4-20 UNC
632
Materials: Reinforced black polyamide
Heavy Duty with female threaded brass insert.
Handle 5.20
Part Number Color Thread
Corrosion resistant design 6.25
offers exceptional durability VG-632-516 Black 5/16-18
for doors, cabinets, clean-
out panels, lift up covers
and applications requiring
a stronger handle.
.58
1.34 2.23
Machine & Equip.
Components
1.50
.90
2.71
90˚
634
Materials: Reinforced black
polyamide with stainless steel pin.
171˚
.85 VG-634-AA (1/4 mount)
(all VG-634 .45
series) VG-634-CC (5/16 mount)
.20
Mounting Holes:
.265 for 1/4 fasteners or
.327 for 5/16 fasteners
1/4" panel
R .35
material
37˚ 1.17 VG-634-BB (1/4 mount) Two Hinge Load Capacity
.72
VG-634-DD (5/16 mount) 100
.47
Components
80 75
60
40 37.5
.50
.82 VG-634-AB (1/4 mount) 25
19 15
VG-634-CD (5/16 mount) 20
0
0 6 12 18 24 30
635
Width of door (in.)
1.20
180˚
.24
thru hole 1.90
45˚
400 series Materials: Reinforced black polyamide with threaded brass insert.
Standard Duty Hinge Part Number Type A B C D E F G H
Attractive, corrosion resistant
40018 3 1.54 1.56 1.00 1.00 0.35 0.37 0.55 0.17
design offers exceptional durability
for doors, cabinets, clean-out 40009 1 1.93 1.93 1.22 1.18 0.43 0.51 0.67 M6
panels and lift up covers. 40031 4 1.93 1.93 1.22 1.18 0.43 0.51 0.67 0.21
Fasteners not included.
180˚
H
H
G
90˚
Type 1 Type 3 Type 4
Side Mount
Post Cap
VG-305-
Machine & Equip.
Components
Post Cap
VG-308-
Post Cap
VG-307-
Bipod Base
402 Series Tripod Base
410 Series
Adjustable Levleler
VG-511-
Return
Rollers............. Page 386
Standard Roller
Selection.......... Page 392
R o l l e R P r o d u c t s
Section 9
Custom Roller
Selection.......... Page
Sleeve & Ball Bearing Rollers
396
Belt Driven Rollers Tapered Rollers
Sprocket Rollers Thru Bore Rollers
Blind Bore Rollers Sealed End Rollers
PVC Rollers Metal Rollers
Roller
Components.... Page
Roller End Bearings
406
ABS End Cap
Nolu-S End Cap Insert Shaft Adapters
Conveyor Roll Pins Ball Bearings
Machined Bearings
Roll-Tech Mini Roller Conveyors
System Plast mini roller conveyors can be used in areas where • Perfect for Smaller Containers and Packages
traditional 1.9 inch diameter (or larger) rollers are too big or are • Fully Assembled, Ready to Mount
too widely spaced. The close fit and low profile of these mini roller • With or Without Side Guides
conveyors can help make work areas more efficient. Common
• Smooth, Quiet Ball Bearing Roller Ends
applications include: shipping departments, assembly areas, deep
shelving, and specialized gravity conveying situations.
6
inches wide
9
inches wide
12
inches wide
Ø 3/4 inch
12" roller
9" roller
Conveyor Rollers
6" roller
.05
1.96
6.0 x .75 diameter 9.0 x .75 diameter 12.0 x .75 diameter
1.15
VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-6-5 6 5
ASRB-AL VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-6-10 6 10
VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-9-5 9 5
Mini Roller Conveyor with Side VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-9-10 9 10
Guides and Aluminum Rollers VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-12-5 12 5
Roller body diameter is .75 inches. Available in 5 VG-ASRB-AL34-BB-12-10 12 10
or 10 ft. lengths, and 6, 9, or 12 inch widths. Ball
bearing roller ends.
ARB-SS VG-ARB-SS34-BB-6-5 6 5
VG-ARB-SS34-BB-9-5 9 5
Mini Roller Conveyor with VG-ARB-SS34-BB-9-10 9 10
Stainless Steel Rollers VG-ARB-SS34-BB-12-5 12 5
Roller body diameter is .75 inches. Available in
VG-ARB-SS34-BB-12-10 12 10
5 or 10 ft. lengths, and 6, 9, or 12 inch widths.
Ball bearing roller ends.
VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-6-5 6 5
ASRB-SS VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-6-10 6 10
VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-9-5 9 5
Mini Roller Conveyor with Side VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-9-10 9 10
Guides and Stainless Steel Rollers VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-12-5 12 5
Roller body diameter is .75 inches. Available in 5 or
10 ft. lengths, and 6, 9, or 12 inch widths. Ball bearing VG-ASRB-SS34-BB-12-10 12 10
roller ends.
Rollers
(aluminum or stainless steel)
Side Channels
(with or without side guides)
Conveyor Rollers
Cross member
mounting bracket
1.61
Color Shaft Sized E
(G=Green) Bore Roller
Part Number Ref. Code (O=Orange) Diameter Dia.
R15 121965
122111V
R15-18-50 G 18mm or 11/16 in.
R15-18-60 G 18mm or 11/16 in.
1.97
2.36
ØE
ØF
ØE
32892RN R3B-75-50 O 3/4 in. 2.24
with Rubber 32836RN R3B-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.64
Surface 12892RN R3B-20-50 G 20mm 2.24
3.15
12836RN R3B-20-60 G 20mm 2.64
1.61
Color Shaft Sized E
(G=Green) Bore Roller
ØE
Return Roller
32535RN R15B-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.64
with Rubber
121966RN R15B-20-50 G 20mm 2.24
Surface 12535RN R15B-20-60 G 20mm 2.64
1.48
3.38
ØF
SE-582
s
Pres
ØE
Solid 121987 RP3-18-60 G 18mm or 11/16 in. 2.36
Return Roller 321991 RP3-75-50 O 3/4 in. 1.97
321993 RP3-75-60 O 3/4 in. 2.36
3.15
121991 RP3-20-50 G 20mm 1.97
3.25
Conveyor Rollers
1.90"
APS12
PVC Roller with
Sleeve Material: PVC roller body with ABS end plugs and
Sleeve Bearings and Bearing End Plug Nyla-Ride sleeve bearings. Carbon steel round shaft.
Round Thru Shaft 1/2" Round Shaft Part Number Chain/Roller width BF
Roller body diameter is 1.9 inches.
Internal spring keeps roller centered APS12-10.3 10 10.25
on the 1/2 in. round shaft. Sleeve APS12-13 - 13
bearing material is long lasting APS12-18 - 18
Nyla-Ride. Available in 6 standard
APS12-22 - 22
lengths. To modify this roller,
see Type A on page 396.
APS7
Conveyor Rollers
BPS12
Material: PVC roller body with ABS end plugs and
PVC Roller with Ø 1/2"
Nyla-Ride sleeve bearings.
ICD7
Steel Roller for Material: Carbon steel roller body. Ball bearings are
Driven Systems labyrinth sealed plastic with a sealed bearing insert.
with Ball Bearings Carbon steel hex shaft.
ICG7
Steel Roller for Material: Carbon steel roller body. Ball bearings are
Gravity Systems labyrinth sealed plastic with carbon steel balls. Carbon
with Ball Bearings steel hex shaft.
Conveyor Rollers
System Plast offers a line of conveyor roll- and trouble-free. Our plastic rollers work well with
ers and components which are engineered conveyor belts, and can actually increase conveyor
to provide totally maintenance free service. belt life through reduced belt abrasion. These rollers
These rollers are quiet, need no lubrication, are available in a vast selection of sizes, materials
are extremely corrosion resistant, and can be and configurations as shown on the following pages.
used in wet applications. Contamination does Please call 866-765-8744 to review your design
not readily adhere to the surface of our roll- requirements or fax your specifications to 866-447-
ers, which helps to keep the conveyor clean 6587.
Letter
Identification
Roller Selection Flowchart
PVC Rollers A,G,H
Metal Core
Thru Bore
Rollers C,N
Sleeve Bearing
Rollers
Metal Rollers J
PVC Rollers E
Standard Sealed End
Rollers Ball Bearings
Metal Rollers I
PVC Rollers D
Metal Rollers I
PVC Rollers V
High Speed
Ball Bearings
Metal Core
Rollers T, U
Sleeve
Bearing
PVC Rollers L
Specialty Tapered
Rollers Rollers
Ball Bearing PVC Rollers K
Nyla-Ride
Nolu-S UHMW
Acetal
UHMW
5/16 threaded stub shaft included Roller diameter depends on bearing selection 2.0 inches
Type A Side
Frame
Distance between frames - 1/4"
(6" minimum)
Side
Frame
13/16"
PVC Roller with
High Performance
Roller
Sleeve Bearing Dia. Rigid PVC
Our most popular all plastic roller, designed for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems.
Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
This roller can be purchased without a shaft if you prefer (leave shaft information out of part number).
Designed for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems where added cleanliness is
required. The blind bore sleeve bearing can accommodate a 1/2" or 5/8" stainless steel stub
shaft or extended pin chain attachments. The standard roller is bored to suit part number
CRP-0824SS which is 1/2" dia., 316 stainless steel, and can be bolted to your side frame.
See page 406 for
Roller material: beige, rigid PVC. stainless steel
Bearing Type: Sleeve End plug material: beige ABS. roller stub shafts
Roller Material:
Stub Shaft Roller Diameter Bearing Material Distance
Diameter Part No. Description Part No. Description Between
1/2" R220 1.90" S Nolu-S Frames
5/8" R250 2.25"
R270 2.38"
R280 2.50"
R320 2.88"
B-
Type C
UHMW Roller with Side Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
High Performance Frame 16 guage aluminum 13/16"
Frame
Roller
dia. UHMW covered Aluminum
1/8" nominal
Our UHMW roller, reinforced with an aluminum tube, offers maximum abrasion resistance. Designed primarily
for belt driven conveyors, the plastic sleeve bearings is an excellent choice for applications exposed to
abrasive or corrosive products, candy production or printing where a non-stick surface is required. Standard
shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Bearing Type: Sleeve
Bore Type: Through Roller material: aluminum, UHMW.
UHMW
Roller Material:
covered aluminum Shaft Diameter Shaft Material Hex Adapter Material Roller Diameter Bearing Material Distance
Part No. Description Part No. Description Part No. Description Part No. Description Part No. Description Between
7/16 hex 7/16" hex CS Carbon steel C Carbon steel R220 1.90" S Nolu-S Frames
5/16 hex 5/16" hex 304SS 304 stainless 316SS 316 stainless R270 2.38"
1/2 1/2" round 316SS 316 stainless
Use with hex shaft.
C-
w/ round shaft C-
Type D Side
Side Distance between frames - 1/4"
Frame
PVC Roller with Nolu Frame (3-3/4" minimum) 13/16"
Plastic Ball Bearing
Roller
dia. Rigid PVC
1/8" nominal
A cost effective lighter duty roller designed primarily for gravity conveyor applications. Standard shafts
extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Bearing Type: Ball See page 397 for Type D Roller standard part numbers.
Bore Type: Through
Shaft Material Roller Diameter, Shaft Diameter and Bearing Material Distance
Roller Material: PVC Part No. Description Part No. Roller Dia. Shaft Dia. Bearing Material Between
CS NBB110
Conveyor Rollers
Carbon steel .81" 1/4" round Acetal w/ 420 stainless balls Frames
304SS 304 stainless NBB130 1.06" 5/16" hex Acetal w/ 420 stainless balls
316SS 316 stainless NBB145 1.19" 5/16" round Acetal w/ 420 stainless balls
NBB150 1.31" 5/16" hex Acetal w/ 420 stainless balls
NBB220 1.90" 7/16" hex Acetal w/ 420 stainless balls
SPB220 1.90" 7/16" hex Polypropylene w/ 316 stainless balls
D-
Side Side
1/8" nominal
Our low friction roller with sealed end bearings prevents fluids and other contaminants from entering the
tube. Useful in the processing industry due to the corrosion resistant materials that are USDA accepted for
incidental contact with food products. Spring loaded, stainless steel stub shafts ease the assembly into a
frame capable of accepting the M8 threaded attachments,
Roller material: beige, rigid PVC. Estimated Bearing Life For Plastic Ball Bearings
Radial load lbs. per roller: 5 10 15
100
Surface Speed (fpm)
SBR220 1.90" Frames
Bore Type: Blind SBR270 2.37"
Roller Material: PVC
60
E-
30
Side Side
Type F 3/4"
or
1-1/2"
Frame Distance between frames - 1/4"
13/16"
Frame
(2-5/8" minimum)
PVC Roller with
Blind-Bore 5/16" Roller
Hex bolt
Sleeve Bearing Rigid PVC dia.
Stub shaft
dia.
7/8" 1/8" nominal
Roll pin part no.
CRP-0824SS
Type F roller is designed to provide added cleanliness and reduce potential areas of con-
tamination. The one piece, blind bore sleeve bearing can accommodate a stainless steel
roller stub shaft or extended pin chain attachment up to Ø 5/8". Unless specified otherwise,
rollers come with Ø 1/2" bores that can be used with our Ø 1/2", 316 stainless steel roller
stub shafts (see page 406) which are bolted directly to the side frame.
F-
Type G Side
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
(4-7/8" minimum) Frame
Frame
PVC Roller with 13/16"
Sleeve Bearings
Roller
dia. Rigid PVC
Our economical, light duty roller with a selection of steel shaft assemblies. Designed to support the return
side of belt conveyors and inclined gravity systems. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller.
Custom extended shaft lengths are available. This roller can be purchased without a shaft if you prefer (leave
shaft information out of part number).
Type H
Roller
PVC Roller with One Piece dia. Rigid PVC
End Plugs of Sleeve
Bearing Material Hex shaft adapter retracts 1/8"
Designed for belt driven conveyors offering all the advantages of a plastic roller and eliminates all the
problems associated with the use of ball bearings. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller.
This roller can be purchased without a shaft if you prefer (leave shaft information out of part number).
Shaft Material Hex Adapter Material Roller Diameter and Material Distance
Part No. Description Part No. Description UHMW# Nolu-S # Description Between
CS Carbon steel C Carbon steel HT130 or ST130 1.06" Frames
304SS 304 stainless 316SS 316 stainless HT145 or ST145 1.19"
Bearing Type: Sleeve 316SS 316 stainless HR190 or ST190 1.66"
HR220 or SR220 1.90"
Bore Type: Through HR250 or SR250 2.25"
Conveyor Rollers
Type I
Steel Roller with
Plastic Ball Bearing Side Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Frame Frame
13/16"
1.90
Stainless Steel or Carbon Steel
1/8" nominal
Designed primarily for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems where a heavy duty
roller is required. Standard shafts are 7/16" hex and extend 13/16" at each end of a roller.
Bearing Type: Ball Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Bore Type: Through
Roller material: stainless or carbon steel.
Roller Material: Steel
See page 393 for Type I Roller standard part numbers.
Shaft Material Bearing Shaft Diameter Tubing Material Distance
Part No. Description Part No. Description Description Part No. Description Between
CS Carbon steel 222LSB-224-01 Plastic housing with carbon steel caged bearing insert 7/16 2 Carbon steel Frames
304SS 304 stainless 222LSB-224-02 Plastic housing with carbon steel double shielded bearing insert 3 304 stainless
316SS 316 stainless 222LSB-224-03 Plastic housing with carbon steel double rubber sealed bearing insert
I-
Type J
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Steel / Aluminum Roller Side
Frame Frame
13/16"
with Non-Metallic
Sleeve Bearings
Roller Stainless Steel, Carbon Steel
dia.
Aluminum
Hex shaft adapter retracts 1/8"
Roller can be produced from most standard tube sizes and using a conveyor roll end bearing from the table on
page 407. Designed primarily for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems. It provides the same rigidity
as other metal tube rollers and yet eliminates all the problems associated with the use of ball bearings. Standard
shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available. This roller can be
purchased without a shaft if you prefer (leave shaft information out of part number).
Bearing Type: Sleeve
Roller material: stock steels or aluminum.
Bore Type: Through
Roller Material: Steel Shaft Material Hex Adapter Material Roller Dia., Gage, Tubing Material Distance
Conveyor Rollers
Part No. Description Part No. Description Bearing Material Part No. Description Between
CS Carbon steel C Carbon steel & Bore size 2 Carbon steel Frames
304SS 304 stainless 316SS 316 stainless (see pg. 451) 3 304 stainless
316SS 316 stainless (e.g. HR-234J) 5 Aluminum
Use with hex shaft.
Type K
Side
Tapered PVC Roller Side
Frame
Distance between frames - 1/4"
Frame
with Plastic Ball 13/16"
Bearing
1/8" nominal
Designed primarily for gravity conveyors where a clean, corrosion free environment is required.
The bearings are unaffected by most normal washdown procedures. Standard shafts extend
13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
K-
Type L
Tapered PVC Roller Side
Distance between frames - 1/4"
with High Performance Side
Frame
Frame
13/16"
Sleeve Bearings Stainless Drive Sleeve
Designed for belt driven systems or can be fitted with UHMW sprockets. Standard shafts extend
13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Type M Side
Frame
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Frame
13/16"
Steel Reinforced
PVC Roller with
Plastic Ball Bearing Rigid PVC covered
1.90"
Carbon Steel
1/8" nominal
Designed primarily for gravity conveyors where a clean, corrosion free environment is required. The
reinforcing tube will increase the load carrying capacity to the limit of the bearings. Standard shafts
extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
M-
Type N
Steel Reinforced PVC Roller Side
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Frame
with High Performance Frame
13/16"
Sleeve Bearings
Roller
dia. PVC covered Carbon Steel
Designed primarily for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems. Offers all the advantages of a
plastic roller and eliminates the problem associated with the use of ball bearings. Standard shafts extend
13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Part No. Description Part No. Description Part No. Description Part No. Description Between
CS Carbon steel C Carbon steel R220R 1.90" S Nolu-S Frames
304SS 304 stainless 316SS 316 stainless R270R 2.38"
316SS 316 stainless Use with hex shaft.
Type P Side
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Frame Frame
13/16"
Double Sprocket PVC Roller
with High Performance
Sleeve Bearings Roller
dia. Rigid PVC
1/8"
.62
Hex shaft adapter retracts
Our Type A roller with a UHMW double sprocket is available for various roller chains. In a driven system, the need
for lubrication is eliminated. Better service life and chain wear is reduced. Noise levels are significantly reduced and
the roller gains easy acceptance by the USDA and FDA. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller.
Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Type Q Side
Distance between frames - 1/4"
Side
Frame Frame
Single Sprocket PVC Roller 13/16"
1/8"
.62
Hex shaft adapter retracts
Our Type A roller with a UHMW single sprocket is available for various roller chains. In a driven system, the need
for lubrication is eliminated. Better service life and chain wear is reduced. Noise levels are significantly reduced
and the roller gains easy acceptance by the USDA and FDA. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller.
Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Type S Side
Frame
Distance between frames - 1/4"
2.37
Side
Frame
13/16"
PVC Line Shaft
Roller with Precision
Ball Bearing 1.90
Rigid PVC
1/8" nominal
Plastic line shaft conveyor roller designed with a spring loaded 7/16" hex shaft. Noise levels are significantly
reduced and surface build up is minimized. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended
shaft lengths are available.
S-7/16hex-
Type T
Distance between frames - 1/4" Side
Aluminum reinforced Side Frame
Frame
UHMW Roller with 13/16"
.125" UHMW wall
Precision Ball Bearing
2.0
UHMW covered Aluminum
Maximum abrasion resistant roller, reinforced with an aluminum tube. Fitted with a high performance bearing
assembly that provides the lowest coefficient of friction, excellent load carrying capacity and high speed capability
in one roller. Noise levels are significantly reduced and surface build up is minimized. The UHMW tube offers a great
non-stick roller surface for applications such as candy production or printing. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each
end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Bearing Type: Ball
Bore Type: Through Roller material: UHMW, aluminum.
Conveyor Rollers
T-7/16hex-
Type U
Urethane Covered
Steel Roller with
Plastic Ball Bearing
Distance between frames - 1/4"
Side Side
Frame Frame
3/16"
1/8" nominal
Bearing Type: Ball Designed primarily for belt driven conveyors and inclined gravity systems where a heavy duty roller is required.
Bore Type: Through Urethane covering helps protect heavy products that require a flawless cosmetic appearance. Standard shafts
are 7/16" hex and extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended shaft lengths are available.
Stainless
Roller Material:
or Carbon Steel Roller material: stainless or carbon steel.
U-
Type V
PVC Free-Turning
Roller with Precision Distance between frames - 1/4"
Side Side
Ball Bearing Frame (5" minimum) Frame
13/16"
1/8" nominal
Free turning conveyor roller that is ideal for gravity systems and the precision bearing is also designed
for continuous use in driven systems, even at high speeds. Noise levels are significantly reduced and
surface build up is minimized. Standard shafts extend 13/16" at each end of a roller. Custom extended
Bearing Type: Ball shaft lengths are available.
Bore Type: Through
Roller material: beige, rigid PVC.
Conveyor Rollers
Roller Material: PVC Bearing is HPR-220 series precision ball bearing mounted in reinforced polypropylene.
V-7/16hex-
405 ©2015 Regal-Beloit Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
Machined Roller End Bearings
HT Series, light duty HR Series, thru hole HP/HL Series, blind hole
CRP .25
.75
Conveyor Rollers
.44
Stainless Steel Roller Stub Shafts hex
.50
Available for use in blind hole bearings. Our standard parts are CRP-0812SS
1/2 inch dia. and are available in two lengths, 3/4 inch and (HP version)
1-1/2 inch. A 7/16 inch hex section is provided on the outside 1.5
portion so that an open end wrench may be used to tighten the .50
CRP-0824SS
pin against the conveyor frame using a 5/16 inch UNC bolt. (HL version) .44 .50
hex
.75
thread depth
D B D B D B
1-1/4 1-3/4
ce the e
Ideal for dry conditions and lighter loads!
NT, NB Repla
and r
eus
insert roller!
the
ABS End Cap with 1/2"
.50
Nyla-Ride™ Bearing Insert
Used to fill the ends of the larger PVC tube sizes so
that a small inexpensive flanged bearing can be used. 1/4"
Parts are available for five standard PVC conveyor roller pipe
sizes from 1.90” to 2-7/8” dia. .54
C
5/8
.625
OD B A
Nyla-Ride™ Shaft sizes
available
Blind
Bore
Conveyor Rollers
Part Number Color B (Bore Dia.) Part Number Color B (Bore Dia.)
NT-4 Orange 1/2 NB-4 Orange 1/2
NT-4.5 Green 9/16 NB-4.5 Green 9/16
NT-5 Blue 5/8 NB-5 Blue 5/8
n
ST, SB Frictio g
R e d u c in
Premium low friction bearing material! Nolu-S
!!
ABS End Cap with 1/2"
.50
Nolu-S Bearing Insert
Used to fill the ends of the larger PVC tube sizes so
that a small inexpensive flanged bearing can be used. 1/4"
Parts are available for five standard PVC conveyor roller pipe
sizes from 1.90” to 2-7/8” dia. .54
C
5/8
.625
OD B A
Nolu-S Shaft sizes
available
ce the e
Repla eus
and r
insert roller! 1.50
the (R-220 series is 1.375)
1.63 1.49
Nolu-S .13 Nolu-S .13
Blind
Bore
Conveyor Rollers
1/4" 5/8
1/2" pipe .75
.50 .625 .25
.54
.44 .50
Shaft sizes available hex
1.5
.50
.44
CRP
.50
hex
.75
thread depth
Stainless Steel Roller Stub Shaft
For use in blind hole bearings. Stub shaft is 1/2 inch dia. and an 1-1/2 inch in
length. A 7/16 inch hex section is provided on the outside portion so that an CRP-0824SS
open end wrench may be used to tighten the pin against the conveyor frame
using a 5/16 inch UNC bolt.
HXA
Steel Hex Shaft Adapters
Used to slip over hex shafting so that the outside diameter
of the adapter becomes a journal surface on which the
bearing in the roller can rotate. Parts are available in both Part Number Material Hex Shaft A Dia. B Dia. C Length
carbon and 316 stainless steel. HXA-522SS stainless steel 5/16" 3/4" 0.565 1-3/8"
HXA-722 steel 7/16" 13/16" 0.628 1-3/8"
C
.08 HXA-732 steel 7/16" 13/16" 0.628 2"
HXA-732SS stainless steel 7/16" 13/16" 0.628 2"
A B HXA-1132 steel 11/16" 1-1/8" 0.94 2"
HXA-1132SS stainless steel 11/16" 1-1/8" 0.94 2"
FF-166 .69
Conveyor Rollers
.31
.09
ABS Shaft Caps
Used on the ends of 7/16” hex or round shafts. They provide
a simple method of retaining the shaft in the roller assembly. .44 .665
.81 Press across
Primarily they are designed to offer a means of mounting flats
fit
the roller in the side frames, in a way that metal to metal
contact can be avoided. With an 11/16” wide, open ended
slot in the side frame, wear and noise can be eliminated.
Plastic NBB-130 Acetal .83 .10 1.06 .12 .625 5/16” hex
NBB-145 Acetal 1.03 .125 1.18 .118 .729 5/16” dia.
Ball Bearings
Designed for use with Nolu PVC NBB-150 Acetal 1.06 .125 1.31 .187 .750 5/16” hex
tubing. Standard bearings NBB-220 Acetal 1.62 .12 1.90 .185 .935 7/16” hex
use high performance Acetal SPB-220 Polypropylene 1.62 .12 1.90 .185 .935 7/16”hex
Races and 420 stainless alloy
C
balls. The same bearings are avail-
able with Polypropylene races and 316 stainless steel
balls for use in highly corrosive environments such as
battery manufacturing plants. However, custom made
bearings can be designed to meet your needs. D A B
E F
LSB .38
Fits only 16ga.
(.065 wall)
Labyrinth Sealed
Ball Bearings
Designed for use with carbon 1.90 .44 1.77
or stainless steel tubing. These
bearing assemblies are created
using a unique 3 piece housing 1.12
which makes it extremely difficult
for contaminants to reach the core Part Number Description Shaft Size
bearing. These roll end 222LSB-224-02 HDPE housing with carbon steel double shielded bearing insert 7/16
bearings can be ordered with
222LSB-224-03 HDPE housing with carbon steel double rubber sealed bearing insert 7/16
a variety of bearing inserts.
HPR .13
Conveyor Rollers
High Performance
Part Number Shaft Size
Ball Bearings 1.90 .44 1.62
Designed for use with Nolu HPR-220 7/16”
PVC tubing. These bearings are
fitted with a special polypropylene
housing assembly incorporating a
.18 .94
high performance, shielded 6000
series ball bearing. This bearing is ideal for continu-
ous use in driven systems and the precision bearing
can also be used in gravity applications.
VRE-640
VRE
(back view)
.92
.56 .26
A roller should be selected which will provide maximum rigidity of the tube stock without regard for bearing capacity. The
within normal design limitations. Choose the largest diameter recommended maximum roller load capacity is the lower of
possible and keep the length to a minimum. This will minimize the two readings from Chart #1 and Chart #2. Nolu produces a
deflection in the roller and transmit more even loading to the steel reinforced version of these rollers which will increase the
bearings. However, many bearing failures can be attributed, in capacity from Chart #1 by a factor of 10. Nolu PVC rollers can
part, to design loads which were based solely on the strength be designed to carry up to 200 lbs.
Chart #1 Chart #2
This chart shows the load capacity This chart identifies the performance limitations
of our High-Impact PVC Tubing of our high performance sleeve bearings
200 240
PVC Roller Capacity
*Use with evenly distributed
loads. For extremely concentrated 200
150
120
80
40
100
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Roller rpm
50
0
0 12 24 36 48 60 72
Roller Length (in.)
Table #1
Estimated average bearing life for Nolu plastic ball bearings in a clean environment. Bearing life
will be reduced by impact loads and by exposure to contamination. With longer rollers the load
capacity may be limited to the rigidity of the PVC tube, see chart #1 above.
Premium Plastic
Fabrication....... Page 416
Engineered Plastic
Materials........... Page 418
M a c h i n e d P l a s t i c s & T e c h n i c a l IN f o r m a t i o n
Section 10
Material Physical
Properties......... Page 421
Chemical
Resistance........ Page 422
As one of the world’s leading processors of precision engineered plastics, System Plast has a tradition
of innovation and quality. Our components have become the standard of quality and performance in
a wide range of industries, including conveyor manufacturing, materials handling, power transmission,
packaging, and many more.
After all, this is the same engineering department that holds patents for such innovations
as Nolu-S, an internally-lubricated UHMW. And, it is the originator of many components
that have now become industry standards.
System Plast engineers use the latest in design technologies. These advanced systems
allow us to develop and modify designs quickly and cost-efficiently. And, they enable
our engineers to quickly transmit designs to and from customers.
Production:
Achieving precision.
It’s often very easy to tell System Plast parts from competitive products. Because our
parts are smooth, well-finished, and free of burrs and seam lines. This is a reflection of
the intense devotion to detail that marks every aspect of our production capabilities.
System Plast operates some of the industry’s most advanced and versatile production
facilities. A unique combination of computer controlled machinery and experienced
operators provide the ability to turn out virtually any component, in any quantity.
Our quality processes begin with complete training of all personnel in the principles of
total quality manufacturing techniques. Because the best time to control quality is at the
very start. Then, we verify quality at every step, through in-process inspections and bar
coding, followed by final inspections by full-time quality control specialists.
Fabrication
Plastic
Features:
• Machined
• Popular conveyor chain solid track material
Benefits:
• High wear and abrasion resistance
• Economic material
• Chemical resistant
Benefits:
• Extends the life of mating surfaces Solid
lubricant
• Lowers mating surface scratching or damage
• Reduces energy consumption
Fabrication
pr st in
Acetal-Nylatron: 0.2 Acetal-Nolu-SR: 0.09
es
es
in
in
su ide c
su ide c
re
re
s
s
of c rve.
of c rve.
h ai n
h ai n
u
u
PV limit 90 PV limit 90
(pressure-velocity value) Melting point (pressure-velocity value) Melting point
Acetal: 338° F Acetal: 338° F
is lower at a given speed.
Water Absorption
Flexural Modulus
of Elasticity, 73°F
MAX. Continuous
MIN. Continuous
(at break), 73°F
Tensile Strength
Linear Thermal
Specific Gravity
Steel) Dynamic
Shear Strength
Friction (Dry vs
Rockwell, 73°F
Elasticity, 73°F
Immersion 24
Coefficient of
Coefficient of
Expansion *
Compressive
Elongation
Hardness,
Strength
Hours
MECHANICAL THERMAL
Units - psi psi % psi psi psi - - /in./°F
in.
°F °F % by wt.
Test Method
D792 D638 D638 D638 D790 D732 D695 D1894 D785 D696 - - D570
ASTM
Fabrication
9-12
Nolu-S .94 2,800 90,000 360 100,000 2,900 3,000 0.06-0.12 R61 40 140 0.1
Plastic
x 10-5
9-12.5
Nolu-SR .94 3,100 100,000 150 110,000 3,100 3,300 0.06-0.13 R63 40 140 0.09
x 10-5
* For a 10 ft. length of extrusion, a temperature variation419
of 10° F would result in a deviation from the original length
©2015of approximately
Regal-Beloit 0.1Corporation,
to 0.15 inches. All Rights Reserved.
Engineered Plastic Materials
Sheets
Dimensions: 48 inches wide and 120 inches long.
Thickness tolerance: 0/+10%
UHMW-PE
Thickness Natural Nolu-BR Nolu-GR Nolu-S Nolu-SR
3/16 * * * 012S03B1 273S03B1
1/4 011S04B1 * 017S04B1 012S04B1 *
3/8 011S06B1 081S06B1 017S06B1 012S06B1 273S06B1
1/2 011S08B1 081S08B1 017S08B1 012S08B1 273S08B1
5/8 011S10B1 081S10B1 017S10B1 012S10B1 273S10B1
3/4 011S12B1 081S12B1 017S12B1 012S12B1 273S12B1
7/8 * * * * *
1 011S16B1 081S16B1 * 012S16B1 273S16B1
1-3/16 * 081S19B1 * 012S19B1 273S19B1
1-1/4 011S20B1 081S20B1 * 012S20B1 *
1-3/8 * 081S22B1 * 012S22B1 *
1-1/2 011S24B1 081S24B1 * 012S24B1 *
1-3/4 * 081S28B1 * 012S28B1 *
2 011S32B1 * * 012S32B1 *
2-1/2 011S40B1 * * 012S40B1 *
2-3/4 * * * * *
3 * * * 012S48B1 *
* On request and for adequate quantities these sheets can be produced
Fabrication
Plastic
Coefficient of Friction
Immersion 24 Hours
Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion
Water Absorption
Water Absorption
MAX. Continuous
of Elasticity, 73°F
Flexural Modulus
MIN. Continuous
Effect of sunlight
Tensile Strength
Shear Strength
Rockwell, 73°F
Elasticity, 73°F
Melting Point
Elongation
Saturation
Hardness,
MECHANICAL THERMAL
Test Method
D792 D638 D638 D638 D790 D732 D695 D1894 D785 D1822 D696 D789 - - D570 D570 -
ASTM
9-12
UHMW-PE 0.93 3,000 100,000 350 100,000 3,300 3,400 0.09-0.15 R64 1,000 280-289 -40 160-180 0 - **
x 10-5
9-12
Nolu-BR, GR .93 3,100 110,000 200 110,000 3,500 3,600 0.09-0.15 R68 - 280-300 -40 160-180 0 - **
x 10-5
9-12
Nolu-S .94 2,800 90,000 360 100,000 2,900 3,000 0.06-0.12 R61 - - 40* 140 0.1 - Acceptable
x 10-5
9-12
Nolu-SR .94 3,100 100,000 150 110,000 3,100 3,300 0.06-0.13 R63 - 280-300 40* 140 0.09 - Acceptable
x 10-5
Nylon 6/6 1.14- 10,000- 250,000- 175,000- R110- 4-6
20-200 9,600 5,000 0.17-0.25 90-180 482-500 +14 180-200 0.5-1.4 6-8 **
(Polyamide) 1.18 14,000 400,000 410,000 120 x 10-5
8,800- 400,000- 375,000- 8,000- 15,000- R120- 4.5-6 0.22-
Acetal 1.41 30 .25 90 335-347 -40 180 0.90 Limited
11,000 450,000 450,000 9,000 16,000 122 x 10-5 0.25
Teflon blend 1,500- 50,000- 90,000- 5.5-8
2.1-2.2 100-200 - - 0.04-0.10 R10-20 30-200 612-630 -400 500 0.1 - **
(hi-temp material) 3,000 90,000 110,000 x 10-5
4,300- 160,000- 5.8-10.2
Polypropylene 0.9 100-600 200,000 - 6,500 - R94 - 327 -40 212 0.1 <0.1 **
5,000 250,000 x 10-5
* Application conditions such as variations in temperature, humidity, particulates, load, speed, etc., determine the appropriate value. Please contact the System Plast
engineering department to discuss specific requirements.
** Requires addition of UV stabilizer. Contact System Plast for further information.
Note: These are typical values intended for reference and comparison purposes only.
und
Applied Load in Pounds
lf r o
180
a
"h
3/4
160
140
20"
120
y
und
100 " half ro
5 /8 Moment of inertia:
80
Ixx = 0.0062 in4
60 X X
Iyy = 0.0027in4
40
Material:
20 Sheath = 304 stainless steel y
0 Insert = UHMW
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1.0
Deflection in Inches Valu Guide was proven stronger in test performed by
an independent testing lab in Anaheim, CA.
Ref. "National Testing Standards" Report No. 12718
The information listed herein is stated to the best of our knowledge and is intended to provide a general guideline for the mate-
rials and its uses. The values given are based on laboratory testing backed with global industry experience. All properties in
these tables have performed equal or better in laboratory testing. However, the data should not be considered as guaranteed
specific properties. Suggested applications are provided for information only and are not specific recommendations.
n)
n)
n)
r
r
r
be
be
be
n%
n%
n%
ylo
ylo
ylo
rop mp)
rop mp)
rop mp)
ub
ub
ub
ne
ne
ne
(N
(N
(N
tio
tio
tio
eR
e
eR
eR
e
e
yle
yle
yle
Po (Hi-T
Po (Hi-T
Po (Hi-T
tra
tra
tra
e
de
de
d
ren
ren
ren
en
en
en
mi
mi
mi
MW
MW
MW
l
l
l
eta
eta
eta
nc
lyp
nc
lyp
nc
lyp
FE
lya
FE
FE
lya
lya
op
op
op
Co
Co
Co
UH
UH
UH
Ne
Ne
Ne
Ac
Po
PT
Ac
Po
Ac
Po
PT
PT
Chemical Chemical Chemical
n)
n)
n)
r
r
r
be
be
be
n%
n%
n%
y lo
y lo
y lo
rop mp)
rop mp)
rop mp)
ub
ub
ub
ne
ne
ne
(N
(N
(N
t io
t io
t io
eR
e
eR
e
eR
e
y le
y le
y le
Po (Hi-T
Po (Hi-T
Po (Hi-T
tra
tra
tra
de
de
de
ren
ren
ren
en
en
en
mi
mi
mi
MW
MW
MW
l
l
l
eta
eta
eta
nc
ly p
nc
ly p
FE
nc
ly p
lya
FE
lya
op
FE
lya
op
op
Co
Co
Co
UH
UH
UH
Ne
Ne
Ne
Ac
Po
PT
Ac
Po
PT
Ac
Po
PT
Chemical Chemical Chemical
1400 Chain Series, 59 Extended Chain Guide, 191, 207 Rod End, 229, 237, 412 Sprockets for Chain Series 880M, 112-113
1700 Chain Series, 54 Fixed Bracket, 324-325 Rod Mount Brackets, 308-309 Sprockets for Chain Series 880TAB, 112-113
1701 Chain Series, 56 Flat Top Belts, 76-79, 88-93 Rod Mounts, 323 Sprockets for Chain Series 881, 106-107
1702 Chain Series, 54 Flat Top Belts with Rollers, 80-81, 94-95 Roller Chain Break Tool, 53 Sprockets for Chain Series 8810, 106-107
1843 Chain Series, 50 Flat Top Chains Belts, 84-87, 96-99 Roller Chain Guide Assembly, 189-190 Sprockets for Chain Series 8810T, 106-107
1863 Chain Series, 51 Flexible Roller Guides, 276-279 Roller Chain Guide, UHMW, 191-192 Sprockets for Chain Series 881M, 102-103
1873 Chain Series, 46, 52 Flight Edging, 263 Roller Combiner, 282 Sprockets for Chain Series 881MO, 102-103
2121 Belt Series, 76, 78 Guide Rail, 200-217 Roller End Bearings, 406-412 Sprockets for Chain Series 881T, 106-107
2250 Chain-Belt Series, 82, 84 Half Round Bar Covers, 253 Roller Module Clamp, 279 Sprockets for Chain Series 881TVG, 106-107
2251 Chain-Belt Series, 94, 96, 98 Half Round Bars, 253 Roller Stub Shaft, 406 Sprockets for Chain Series 881VG, 106-107
2252 Belt Series, 88, 90, 92 Hand Knobs, 307 Rollers, 391-405 Sprockets for Chain Series 882, 114-115
2260 Chain-Belt Series, 86 Handles, 380 Rollers, Return, 164-168, 386-388 Sprockets for Chain Series 882M, 114-115
600 Chain Series, 58 Hanger Bearings, 264 Roll-Tech, 384-385 Sprockets for Chain Series 882T, 114-115
812 Chain Series, 8 Heavy Duty BeadWall™, 281 Round Bar, 262 Sprockets for Chain Series 882TVG, 114-115
815 Chain Series, 8 Heavy Duty Brackets, 291 Round Bar Covers, 252 Sprockets for Chain Series LBP821, 110-111
820 Chain Series, 16 Heavy Duty Clips, 232 Round Rod and Clamps, 237 Sprockets for Chain Series LBP831, 108-109
821 Chain Series, 22 Heavy Duty Combiner Bracket, 283 Safe Transfer Module, 154-155 Sprockets for Chain Series LBP878T, 112-113
828 Chain Series, 20 Hinges, 381-382 Safety Cap, 325 Sprockets for Chain Series LBP882T, 114-115
831 Chain Series, 18, 36 Hi-Temp Rail, 213 Safety Handle, 380 Sprockets for Chain-Belt Series 2250TAB, 120-121
843 Chain Series, 48 Idler Wheels, 104-105 SaniStar, 344-347 Sprockets for Chain-Belt Series 2251TAB, 120-121
863 Chain Series, 49 J-Leg, 248-251 Sanitary Leg, 375 Sprockets for Chain-Belt Series 2260, 120-121
878 Chain Series, 24, 38, 44 Jointed Adjusting Rods, 229, 297 Self Tightening Clip, 234-235 Sprockets for Multiflex Chain, 119, 125
879 Chain Series, 26, 28, 30, 40 Jointed SpeedSet Rod Adapter, 303 Sensor Mount, 228, 331 Sprockets, 102-125
880 Chain Series, 26, 28, 30 Lane Divider Bracket, 284 Sensor Mounting Assembly, 337, 339 Stacking Ring, 306
881 Chain Series, 10, 12, 14 Lane Divider, 216-217, 279 Serpentine Wear Strip, 187 Stainless Steel Brackets, 310-322
881O Chain Series, 10, 12 LBP 2120 belt series, 80 Shaft Collar, 340 Stainless Steel Leveler, 344-349
882 Chain Series, 32, 34, 42 LBP 821 chain series, 60 Side Flexing Chains,10-13,24-29,32-35,38-47,50-53,66-73 Stainless Steel Rod, 227, 237
Accessory Holder, 332-333, 336, 338 LBP 831 chain series, 64 Side Guide, 240 Standard Duty Bracket, 292-295
Adjustable Glides, 368 LBP 878 chain series, 72 Side Mounting Bracket, 370 Static Dissipative Rail, 212
Adjustable Clamp, 231 LBP 882 chain series, 66, 68, 70 Side Plow, 285 Straight Running Chains,8-9,16-23,36-37,48-49,60-65
Adjustable Levelers, 344-368 LBP 8257 chain series, 62 Side Transfer Shoes, 183 Support Bars, 324
Adjustable Support Bar, 324 Leg Tie, 368 Single Rail Clamps, 224 Support Rods, 336, 338
Adjusting Rods, 230, 279, 296-297 Levelers, 344-368 Solid Guide Rail, 208-211 Swivel Cap, 293
Aluminum Guide Rail, 247, 257-261 Locking Shaft Collars, 340 Spacers for Brackets, 306 Swivel Clamp, 230
Bar Caps, 242-245 Machined Hub, 126 SpeedRail™, 269-271, 274 Tab Chain Guide, 178, 204
Bars Covers, 255-256 Magnetic Corner Track, 146-153 SpeedRoll™, 271-273 Tangential Sprocket, 126
BeadRail™, 275 Magnetic Side Flexing Chains, 14-15, 30-31 SpeedSet Bracket, 298-303, 315-316 T-Clamp, 336, 338
BeadWall™, 280-281 Metal “L” Brackets, 321-322 SpeedSet Cartridge, 320 Tee Guide Rail, 176-180, 202-205, 210-211
Bearings, Roller, 406-409 Metal Levelers, 367 SpeedSet Spacers, 300 T-head bolts, 284
Belt Side Guide, 188 Modular Belts, 74 Spiral Conveyor Wear Strips, 244, 254 Threaded End, 165, 431
Belt Support Wear Strip, 176-181, 188 Modular Transfer Plates, 156-162 Splice Clamp, 232 Threaded Rod, 365
Bipod Base, 373-374 Mounting Bar, 228, 325 Splice Kits, 284 Triple Rail Clamp, 226
Bolt Slot Cover, 284 M-Profile, 276-278 Splice Sleeve, 232 Tripod Base, 373-374
Bottle Guides, 247 Multiflex Chains, 54-57 Splicing Pins, 270, 273 T-Rod, 332
Bottle Indicator, 335 Neck Guides, 246 Sprockets for Belt Series 2121, 116-118 Tube Cap, 343
Braced Angle Bracket, 283 Nolu-S Rod, 412 Sprockets for Belt Series 2252, 122-123 Tube Covers, 254
Brackets, 289-324 Nose Bar, 75 Sprockets for Belt Series LBP2120, 116-118 Tube Ends, 342-343
Cable Guides, 194-195 Nose Plow, 285 Sprockets for Belt Series LBP2251, 122-123 Turning Disk, 129
Cable Pulleys, 193-194 Nyla-Ride™, 408 Sprockets for Case/Crate Chain Series 600, 125 Twist Insert, 219
Case/Crate Conveyor Chains, 58-59 Photocell Mounts, 334-335 Sprockets for Case/Crate Chain Series 1400, 124 UHMW and Aluminum Rails, 257-262
Chain Guide Shoe, 182-183 Plastic “L” Brackets, 304-305 Sprockets for Case/Crate Chain Series 1431, 124 UHMW Tape Roll, 196
Chain Guide, 206-207 Plastic Double Rail Clamp, 226, 236 Sprockets for Chain Series 812, 102-103 Universal Mount, 334
Chain Guide Wear Strip, 180-182 Plastic Fabrication, 415-419 Sprockets for Chain Series 815, 102-103 ValuFlex, 169-175
Chain Return Shoe, 187 Plastic Materials, 418-420 Sprockets for Chain Series 815VG, 102-103 ValuTrac, 130-145
Channel Clamps, 182 PolyGlide, 214-215 Sprockets for Chain Series 820, 108-109 V-Belt Guide, 194
Chemical Resistance, 422-424 Post Brackets, 317-319 Sprockets for Chain Series 821, 110-111 Vibration Pads, 363
Clamp and Metal Rod, 227, 237 Post Caps, 369-370 Sprockets for Chain Series 821VG, 110-111 Wear Bed Grid, 218
Combiner Bracket, 283 Protective Caps, 325 Sprockets for Chain Series 828, 112-113 Wear Strip, UHMW, 184, 186-187, 252
Combiner Section Ends, 283 Quick Adjust Head, 303 Sprockets for Chain Series 831, 108-109 Wide Guide™, 238-239
Connecting Joints, 371 Rail Bender Rollers, 220-223 Sprockets for Chain Series 831VG, 108-109
Corner Block, 219 Rail Benders, 220, 222 Sprockets for Chain Series 878TAB VG, 112-113
Corner Clip, 284 Rail Bridge Kit, 233 Sprockets for Chain Series 878TAB, 112-113, 126
Cross Blocks, 327-331, 338 Rail Clips/Clamps, 224-228 Sprockets for Chain Series 878TGS, 112-113
Cross Clamp, 333 Rail Splice Clamp, 232-233 Sprockets for Chain Series 879, 112-113
Double Rail Clamps, 225-226, 236 Ratchet Handles, 331, 376-379 Sprockets for Chain Series 879M, 112-113
Drip Pan Holders, 326 Reflector Mount, 336, 338 Sprockets for Chain Series 879TAB VG, 112-113
Drive Rivet, 185 Reflector Mounting Assembly, 337, 339 Sprockets for Chain Series 879TAB, 112-113
DynaPlate, 156-158 Return Rollers, 164-166, 386-388 Sprockets for Chain Series 880, 112-113